TC4 (XGT7022 - HQC Tower Crane)

塔式起重机使用说明书
TOWER CRANE OPERATING INSTRUCTION
第一册：安装手册
BOOK ONE：INSTALLATION MANUAL
徐州建机工程机械有限公司
XUZHOU CONSTRUCTION MACHINERY CO.,LTD.
XGT7022-12S
塔式起重机安装手册
Tower Crane Installation Manual
设备型号规格:
QTZ250
Equipment Specifications:
总图图号:
XGT7022-12S
General Drawing No.:
出厂编号（PIN 码）：
Factory No. (PIN Code):
出厂日期：年月
Date of Production: Year Month
说明书版本号：
XCMG-TC-20190401
Instructions Version No.:
产品说明书是产品的一部分，应始终放在手边以备查阅。
Product manuals are part of the product and should always be kept at hand for reference.
安装、验收、操作、维护保养产品前请仔细阅读该说明书。
Please read the instructions Carefully before installing, accepting, operating and maintaining the products.
版权所有
All Right Reserved
未经徐工集团的书面许可，不允许对此出版物的任何部分通过任何方法以任何形式进行复制或使用，包括复印、录像、
录音或信息贮存及检索系统。
Without the written permission of XCMG, any part of the publication shall not be copied or used in any form by any
means, including copying, video, recording or information storage and retrieval systems.
注意
Note
永远使用由原始制造商为此机器生产的备件。如果使用了非原始备件，徐工对机器的任何损坏或损失的操作时间不承
担责任。
It shall always use spare parts manufactured by the original manufacturer for this machine. If non-original spare parts
are used, XCMG shall not be liable for any damage or loss during the operation time of the machine.
XGT7022-12S 塔式起重机说明书
XGT7022-12S Tower Crane Instruction Manual
致用户
To Users:
尊敬的用户：
Dear Users:
您好！
How are you!
首先感谢您对我公司的信任，并选用我公司产品。
Thank you for your trust in our company, and choose our products.
为了使您尽快掌握本产品的正确安拆、操作、维修及保养方法，我们特别为您编写了《产品说明书》。
我们对产品说明书的编排力求全面而详尽，从中您可以获得有关本产品的正确安拆、操作、维修及保养方
法等相关知识。我们强烈建议您在操作本产品前，务必先仔细阅读《产品说明书》，这样有助您更好的使
用本产品。
In order to grasp the correct installation, operation, maintenance methods of this product as soon as possible,
we have prepared the Product Manual for you in particular. We strive to make up the product instructions in a
comprehensive and detailed manner, from which you can get the relevant knowledge about the correct installation,
operation and maintenance methods of this product. We strongly recommend that you should read the Product
Manual carefully before operating this product. This will help you to use this product better.
《产品说明书》是让操作者把使用风险降到最小的指导性文件，给操作者提供正确安拆、操作本产品
的信息，提供保护操作者、他人和产品安全的使用方法，避免因操作失误而产生的风险。同时，对操作者
在产品操作过程中可能遇到的问题给予解答，并给出适当的风险警示。
Product Manual is a guiding document for operators to minimize the risk of use. It provides operators with
correct information on the installation, removal and operation of the product, and provides methods to protect
operators, others and product safety, so as to avoid risks arising from operational errors. At the same time, it can
provide the explanations for the problems in the process of product operation, and give appropriate risk warning.
《产品说明书》对产品各主要部件的结构功能和原理做了详尽的描述和介绍，可以使您在维修、保养
时方便地查出所需更换的零部件，尽可能地给您在安拆过程、操作过程、维修和保养过程中带来最大限度
的方便和快捷。
Product Manual gives a detailed description and introduction of the structure, function and principle of the
main components of the product, which can make it easy for you to find out the parts you need to replace during
maintenance and repair, and bring you maximum convenience and rapidity in the process of installation and
removal, operation and maintenance.
尊敬的用户请您注意：本《产品说明书》仅是为您安拆、操作、维修和保养提供方便的文件，不是专
业的维修作业指导书。
Dear users, please pay attention to: This Product Manual is only a convenient document for your installation,
operation and maintenance, and it not a professional maintenance operation guide.
为了维护您的权益，请遵守《产品说明书》的相关安拆、操作、维修条款，如果您未按本说明书的要
求安拆、操作、维修、保养本产品可能会造成设备故障及人身伤害安全事故，为了保证产品的使用安全请
严格按照本说明书要求进行安拆、操作及维修保养，未经我公司设计部门同意，请勿擅自对产品进行改装
及违章违规作业，以免给您带来不必要的损失。
In order to protect your rights and interests, please abide by the relevant provisions of the Product Manual
for installation, operation and maintenance. If you do not comply with the requirements of this Manuals for
installation, operation and maintenance of this product, it may cause equipment failure and safety accidents of
personal injury. In order to ensure the safety of the use of products, please strictly follow the requirements of this
Manuals for installation, operation and maintenance. Without permission of the Design Department of the
company, it is not allowed to alter the product or do illegal work without authorization, so as to avoid unnecessary
losses to you.
同时，您的需求是我们产品性能研发和提升的方向。您在使用我公司产品时有任何好的建议及意见，
可通过相应渠道及时告诉我们。我公司将尽最大努力，以至诚、快捷和有效的服务满足您的需求，为您带
来最大的经济效益，助您取得成功的事业。
At the same time, your demand is our improvement direction on product performance research and
development. If you have any good suggestions and opinions when using our products, you can tell us in time
through the corresponding channels. Our company will do our utmost to meet your needs with sincere, fast and
effective service, bring you the greatest economic benefits and help you to achieve successful business.
您诚挚的朋友：
Your sincere friend:
徐工集团徐州建机工程机械有限公司
Xuzhou Construction Machinery Co., Ltd. of XCMG
说明书使用说明
Manuals Instructions
本说明书一共分为三册：
《安装手册》
、《操作维保手册》
、《零部件图册》
，每一册前面有该册相应的总
目录，请按需查询。
This manual is divided into three volumes: Installation Manual, Operational Maintenance Manual and Parts
Atlas. There are corresponding catalogues in front of each volume. Please inquire as needed.
《安装手册》主要介绍了使用塔式起重机（以下简称塔机）所必须遵循的安全规则及塔机基本技术数
据、安拆过程。其中安全规则部分是每一位与塔机相关人员必须阅读和熟知的部分。
Installation Manual mainly introduces the safety rules that must be followed in the use of tower crane
(hereinafter referred to as tower crane), the basic technical data of tower crane and the process of installation and
removal. The safety rules are the part that must be read and known by everyone concerned with the tower crane.
《操作维保手册》主要介绍了塔机操作与维修、检查、保养方法与注意事项。
Operational Maintenance Manual mainly introduces tower crane operation, inspection, maintenance
methods and matters need to be paid attention.
《零部件图册》主要介绍了整机零部件的外形、规格、数量，方便维修保养人员识别、更换零部件，
同时在塔机安拆环节未详尽叙述的细节也可在《零部件图册》内查询。
Parts Atlas mainly introduces the shape, specifications and quantity of the whole machine parts, so as to
facilitate the identification and replacement of parts by maintenance personnel. At the same time, details not fully
described in the installation and removal of tower cranes can also be inquired in Parts Atlas.
下述人员应熟知本说明书：
The following persons shall be familiar with this instruction manual:
—操作驾驶人员（包括塔机安装、工作中故障排除、维修人员）；
--Operating drivers (including tower crane installation, troubleshooting and maintenance personnel);
—维护保养人员（维修、检查、保养人员）；
--Maintenance personnel (maintenance, inspection personnel);
本说明书资料应常备在塔机上规定位置（驾驶室文件夹、电气箱或工具箱内文件夹中）。
This manual should always be kept on the specified place on tower crane (in cab folder, electric box or tool
box folder).
本说明书包括了安全、正确和经济的使用塔机的重要规定。遵守这些规定可以避免危险、降低修理费
用，提高塔机的可靠性和使用寿命。
This manual includes important provisions for safe, correct and economical use of tower cranes. Complying
with these regulations can avoid danger, reduce repair costs and improve the reliability and service life of tower
cranes.
除本说明书的规定外，还应遵守塔机所在国及地区有关预防事故和环境保护等相关法律法规的规定。
In addition to the provisions of this Manual, the relevant laws and regulations concerning accident prevention
and environmental protection in the country and region where the tower crane is located shall also be observed.
除本说明书的规定和塔机所在国及工作地点有关预防事故的规定外，还应遵守塔机安全操作和专业方
面的技术规定。
In addition to the provisions of this Manual and the accident prevention regulations of the country where the
tower crane is located and the working place, the safety operation and professional technical regulations of the
tower crane shall also be observed.
公司保留随技术改进而不断修改《产品说明书》内容的权力，如有变更，恕不另行通知。本手册中部
分图文可能与实物不符，但是不影响您使用，产品状态以实物为准。请悉知。如有疑问可联系我公司售后
服务人员！
The company reserves the right to constantly modify the contents of the Product Manual as technology
improves. If there are any changes, no further notice will be given. Some of the pictures and texts in this
manual may not conform to the real object, but they do not affect your actual use. The product status is
based on the real object. Please Notice. If you have any questions, please contact our after-sales service!
XGT7022-12S 塔式起重机说明书第一册：安装手册
XGT7022-12S Tower Crane Instruction Manual Vol. I: Installation Manual
第一册：安装手册
Vol. I: Installation Manual
第一章：安全说明
Chapter I: Safety Instructions
1 规范性引用文件.......................................................................................................................................... 01-1
1 Normative References .............................................................................................................................. 01-1
2 塔式起重机一般安全规则.......................................................................................................................... 01-2
2 General Safety Rules for Tower Cranes ................................................................................................... 01-2
2.1 警告标识及含义............................................................................................................................... 01-2
2.1 Warning Signs and Meaning .......................................................................................................... 01-2
2.2 正确使用原则................................................................................................................................... 01-2
2.2 Principle of Correct Use ................................................................................................................ 01-2
2.3 单位、人员和资格的选择............................................................................................................... 01-3
2.3 Selection of Units, Personnel and Qualifications .......................................................................... 01-3
2.4 塔机安装前现场准备....................................................................................................................... 01-7
2.4 Site Preparation before Installation of Tower Crane ..................................................................... 01-7
2.5 塔机安装与拆卸的安全规则........................................................................................................... 01-7
2.5 Safety Rules for Installation and Dismantlement of Tower Cranes .............................................. 01-7
2.6 工作阶段的安全规则....................................................................................................................... 01-8
2.6 Safety Rules at Work Stage ........................................................................................................... 01-8
2.7 关于特殊危险的说明..................................................................................................................... 01-12
2.7 The Special Risk Description ...................................................................................................... 01-12
2.8 预防、防护和应急措施................................................................................................................. 01-14
2.8 The Prevention, Protection and Emergency Measures ............................................................... 01-14
2.9 安全资料......................................................................................................................................... 01-17
2.9 Safety Information ....................................................................................................................... 01-17
2.10 塔机的改造/焊接.......................................................................................................................... 01-18
2.10 Modification/Welding of Tower Crane ..................................................................................... 01-18
2.11 非工作状态说明........................................................................................................................... 01-19
2.11 Description of Non-operating State ........................................................................................... 01-19
3 安全信号.................................................................................................................................................... 01-22
3 Safety Signal ........................................................................................................................................... 01-22
安装手册 I
Installation Manual I
3.1 说明................................................................................................................................................. 01-22

3.1 Description ................................................................................................................................... 01-22
3.2 安全标识......................................................................................................................................... 01-22
3.2 Security Identification ................................................................................................................. 01-22
4 术语.............................................................................................................................................................01-37
4 Terms ....................................................................................................................................................... 01-37
4.1 起重名词说明................................................................................................................................. 01-37
4.1 Description of Lifting Terms ....................................................................................................... 01-37
4.2 相关数据单位说明......................................................................................................................... 01-38
4.2 Description of Relevant Data Units ............................................................................................ 01-38
4.3 起重吊运指令................................................................................................................................. 01-38
4.3 Hoisting and Lifting Instructions ................................................................................................ 01-38
第二章：产品概述
Chapter II: Product Overview
1 产品型号说明.............................................................................................................................................. 02-1
1 Product Models Description ..................................................................................................................... 02-1
2 产品样本...................................................................................................................................................... 02-2
2 Product Sample ......................................................................................................................................... 02-2
3 产品样本...................................................................................................................................................... 02-6
3 Product Sample ......................................................................................................................................... 02-6
3.1 独立固定式整机外形尺寸及部件组成...........................................................................................02-6
3.1 Dimension and Components of Independent Fixed Tower Crane ................................................ 02-6
3.2 独立固定式塔机部件组成............................................................................................................... 02-7
3.2 Components of Independent Fixed Tower Crane .......................................................................... 02-7
4 整机性能参数表.......................................................................................................................................... 02-8
4 Equipment Performance Parameter Table ................................................................................................ 02-8
5 机构技术性能参数表.................................................................................................................................. 02-9
5 Mechanism Technical Performance Parameter Table .............................................................................. 02-9
5.1 起升机构主要技术性能参数表....................................................................................................... 02-9
5.1 Main Technical Performance Parameter Table of Hoisting Mechanism ...................................... 02-9
5.2 变幅机构主要性能参数表............................................................................................................. 02-10
5.2 Main Performance Parameter Table of Trolley Mechanism ....................................................... 02-10
II 安装手册
II Installation Manual
5.3 回转机构主要性能参数表............................................................................................................. 02-11

5.3 Main Performance Parameters of Slewing Mechanism .............................................................. 02-11
5.4 液压系统主要性能参数表............................................................................................................. 02-11
5.4 Main Performance Parameters of Hydraulic System .................................................................. 02-11
6 起重性能特性表........................................................................................................................................ 02-12
6 Lifting Performance Characteristics Table ............................................................................................. 02-12
7 塔机部件尺寸及重量................................................................................................................................ 02-14
7 Part Size and Weight of Tower Crane ..................................................................................................... 02-14
7.1 塔机旋转部分................................................................................................................................. 02-14
7.1 Rotating Parts of Tower Crane .................................................................................................... 02-14
7.2 塔身................................................................................................................................................. 02-22
7.2 Tower Body ................................................................................................................................. 02-22
8 部件的介绍与辨别.................................................................................................................................... 02-25
8 Introduction and Identification of Components and Parts ..................................................................... 02-25
8.1 辨别塔身节..................................................................................................................................... 02-25
8.1 Tower Body Mast Identifying ..................................................................................................... 02-25
8.2 辨别起重臂臂节............................................................................................................................. 02-26
8.2 Jib Mast Identifying ..................................................................................................................... 02-26
8.3 爬升架的识别................................................................................................................................. 02-27
8.3 Identification of Climbing Frame ................................................................................................ 02-27
第三章：技术数据
Chapter III: Technical Data
1 塔机电源...................................................................................................................................................... 03-1
1 Power Supply of Tower Crane .................................................................................................................. 03-1
2 独立固定式塔身组成.................................................................................................................................. 03-1
2 Composition of Independent Fixed Tower Body ..................................................................................... 03-1
3 附着式塔身组成.......................................................................................................................................... 03-3
3 Composition of Attached Tower Body ..................................................................................................... 03-3
3.1 塔身附着间距及悬高....................................................................................................................... 03-3
3.1 Attachment Distance and Suspension Height of Tower Body ...................................................... 03-3
3.2 附着杆与预埋件的受力表............................................................................................................... 03-4
3.2 Force Table of Attached Rod and Embedded Parts ....................................................................... 03-4
4 固定基础...................................................................................................................................................... 03-5
安装手册 III
Installation Manual III
4 Fixed Foundation ...................................................................................................................................... 03-5

4.1 预埋支腿式固定基础....................................................................................................................... 03-5
4.1 Pre-embedded Leg Fixed Foundation ........................................................................................... 03-5
4.2 固定基础计算................................................................................................................................. 03-10
4.2 Fixed Foundation Calculation ..................................................................................................... 03-10
4.3 支腿反力......................................................................................................................................... 03-21
4.3 Counter Force of Supporting Legs .............................................................................................. 03-21
4.4 非工作状态下不同台风等级基础载荷值及对应塔身高度（70m 臂长）................................ 03-23
4.4 Foundation Load Values of Different Typhoon Scales Under Non-Operating State and Corresponding
Tower Height (70m Length) .............................................................................................................. 03-23
5 平衡重........................................................................................................................................................ 03-24
5 Counter Weight ....................................................................................................................................... 03-24
5.1 各臂长平衡重组成明细................................................................................................................. 03-24
5.1 Details of Weight Counter for Each Jib Length .......................................................................... 03-24
5.2 平衡重安装位置............................................................................................................................. 03-25
5.2 Mounting Position of Counter Weight ........................................................................................ 03-25
5.3 平衡重制作..................................................................................................................................... 03-28
5.3 Manufacturing of Counter Weight ............................................................................................... 03-28
6 钢丝绳配置................................................................................................................................................ 03-29
6 Steel Wire Rope Configuration .............................................................................................................. 03-29
6.1 变幅钢丝绳..................................................................................................................................... 03-29
6.1 Trolley Wire Rope ....................................................................................................................... 03-29
6.2 起升钢丝绳..................................................................................................................................... 03-30
6.2 Hoisting Wire Rope ..................................................................................................................... 03-30
7 钩头技术参数............................................................................................................................................ 03-31
7 Technical Parameters of Hook ................................................................................................................ 03-31
第四章：安装调试拆卸
Chapter IV: Installation, Commissioning and Disassembly
1 引言...............................................................................................................................................................04-1
1 Introduction ............................................................................................................................................... 04-1
1.1 安装一般规则................................................................................................................................... 04-1
1.1 General Rules for Installation ........................................................................................................ 04-1
IV 安装手册
IV Installation Manual
1.2 开口销的安装................................................................................................................................... 04-1

1.2 Installation of Split Pin .................................................................................................................. 04-1
2 汽车吊的选择.............................................................................................................................................. 04-2
2 Selection of Truck Crane .......................................................................................................................... 04-2
2.1 通过顶升安装塔机........................................................................................................................... 04-2
2.1 Installation of Tower Crane by Jacking ......................................................................................... 04-2
2.2 通过叠放和顶升进行安装............................................................................................................... 04-2
2.2 Installation by Stacking and Jacking ............................................................................................. 04-2
2.3 汽车吊选择参数表........................................................................................................................... 04-3
2.3 Selection Parameter Table of Truck Crane .................................................................................... 04-3
3 安装过程...................................................................................................................................................... 04-3
3 Installation Process ................................................................................................................................... 04-3
3.1 塔机底部的安装图解....................................................................................................................... 04-4
3.1 Installation Diagram of Tower Crane Bottom ............................................................................... 04-4
3.2 塔机旋转部分的安装图解............................................................................................................... 04-5
3.2 Installation Diagram of Rotating Part of Tower Crane ................................................................. 04-5
4 安装固定支腿.............................................................................................................................................. 04-8
4. Installation of Fixed Leg .......................................................................................................................... 04-8
4.1 概述................................................................................................................................................... 04-8
4.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 04-8
4.2 安装固定支腿................................................................................................................................... 04-8
4.2 Installation of Fixed Leg ............................................................................................................... 04-8
4.3 基础模具的拆除............................................................................................................................... 04-9
4.3 Removal of Foundation Mold ....................................................................................................... 04-9
5 安装塔身...................................................................................................................................................... 04-9
5. Installation of Tower Body ...................................................................................................................... 04-9
5.1 概述................................................................................................................................................... 04-9
5.1 Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 04-9
5.2 塔身安装图解................................................................................................................................. 04-10
5.2 Installation Diagram of Tower Body ........................................................................................... 04-10
5.3 基础节的吊装................................................................................................................................. 04-10
5.3 Hoisting of Basic Mast.................................................................................................................. 04-10
5.4 安装基础节总成............................................................................................................................. 04-11
安装手册 V
Installation Manual V
5.4 Installation of Basics Mast Assembly ......................................................................................... 04-11

5.5 安装标准节..................................................................................................................................... 04-14
5.5 Installation Mast .......................................................................................................................... 04-14
6 安装爬升架................................................................................................................................................ 04-19
6. Installation of Climbing Frame ............................................................................................................. 04-19
6.1 概述................................................................................................................................................. 04-19
6.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 04-19
6.2 爬升架的吊装................................................................................................................................. 04-19
6.2 Hoisting of Climbing Frame ........................................................................................................ 04-19
6.3 安装爬升架平台............................................................................................................................. 04-20
6.3 Installation of Climbing Frame Platform .................................................................................... 04-20
6.4 安装顶升横梁，油缸及液压站..................................................................................................... 04-23
6.4 Installation of Jacking Beams, Cylinders and Hydraulic Stations .............................................. 04-23
7 安装特殊节................................................................................................................................................ 04-24
7 Installation of Special Mast .................................................................................................................... 04-24
7.1 特殊节耳座安装............................................................................................................................. 04-24
7.1 Lug Installation of Special Mast ................................................................................................. 04-24
7.2 识别平台及栏杆............................................................................................................................. 04-25
7.2 Identification of Platform and Railings ....................................................................................... 04-25
7.3 平台栏杆安装................................................................................................................................. 04-25
7.3 Installation of Platform Railing ................................................................................................... 04-25
7.4 爬梯安装......................................................................................................................................... 04-26
7.4 Installation of Ladder .................................................................................................................. 04-26
7.5 引进装置引进梁安装..................................................................................................................... 04-27
7.5 Installation of Guide Equipment and Guide Beam ..................................................................... 04-27
7.6 特殊节吊装安装............................................................................................................................. 04-28
7.6 Hoisting and Installation of Special Mast ................................................................................... 04-28
7.7 引进小车吊装安装......................................................................................................................... 04-28
7.7 Hoisting and Installation of Guide Trolley .................................................................................. 04-28
8 安装回转支座............................................................................................................................................ 04-29
8 Installation of Pivoting Support .............................................................................................................. 04-29
8.1 概述................................................................................................................................................. 04-29
VI 安装手册
VI Installation Manual
8.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 04-29

8.2 回转总成的拼装............................................................................................................................. 04-29
8.2 Pivoting Assembly ....................................................................................................................... 04-29
8.3 回转总成的安装............................................................................................................................. 04-33
8.3 Installation of Pivoting Assembly ............................................................................................... 04-33
9 安装平衡臂................................................................................................................................................ 04-34
9 Installation of Counter Jib ...................................................................................................................... 04-34
9.1 概述................................................................................................................................................. 04-34
9.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 04-34
9.2 臂根节的拼装................................................................................................................................. 04-34
9.2 Assembly of Jib Root ................................................................................................................... 04-34
9.3 臂根节吊装示意图......................................................................................................................... 04-34
9.3 Lifting Schematic Diagram of Jib Root ...................................................................................... 04-34
9.4 平衡臂组装..................................................................................................................................... 04-35
9.4 Assembly of Counter Jib ............................................................................................................. 04-35
10 安装平衡重.............................................................................................................................................. 04-37
10 Installation of Counter Weight ............................................................................................................. 04-37
10.1 概述............................................................................................................................................... 04-37
10.1 Overview .................................................................................................................................... 04-37
10.2 平衡重的吊装............................................................................................................................... 04-37
10.2 Hoisting of Counter Weight ....................................................................................................... 04-37
11 载重小车的安装...................................................................................................................................... 04-38
11 Installation of Trolley............................................................................................................................. 04-38
11.1 一般注意事项............................................................................................................................... 04-38
11.1 General Considerations .............................................................................................................. 04-38
11.2 小车吊篮的安装........................................................................................................................... 04-39
11.2 Installation of Trolley Basket .................................................................................................... 04-39
11.3 将小车安装到起重臂上............................................................................................................... 04-40
11.3 Install the Trolley on the Jib ...................................................................................................... 04-40
12 准备起重臂.............................................................................................................................................. 04-40
12 The Preparation of Jib............................................................................................................................. 04-40
12.1 概述............................................................................................................................................... 04-40
12.1 Overview .................................................................................................................................... 04-40
安装手册 VII
Installation Manual VII
12.2 起重臂不同臂长的组成............................................................................................................... 04-40

12.2 Composition of Jib with Different Jib Length .......................................................................... 04-40
12.3 起重臂臂节的装配....................................................................................................................... 04-41
12.3 Jib Assembly................................................................................................................................ 04-41
12.4 安装起重臂安全绳....................................................................................................................... 04-43
12.4 Installation of Jib Safety Rope .................................................................................................. 04-43
13 安装起重臂.............................................................................................................................................. 04-43
13 Installation of Jib .................................................................................................................................. 04-43
13.1 概述............................................................................................................................................... 04-43
13.1. Overview ................................................................................................................................... 04-43
13.2 起重臂起吊注意事项................................................................................................................... 04-43
13.2 Cautions for Hoisting of Jib ...................................................................................................... 04-43
13.3 安装起重臂................................................................................................................................... 04-44
13.3 Installation of Jib ....................................................................................................................... 04-44
14 吊钩的安装.............................................................................................................................................. 04-46
14 Installation of Hook .............................................................................................................................. 04-46
14.1 吊钩吊装示意............................................................................................................................... 04-46
14.1 The Indication of Hoisting of Hook .......................................................................................... 04-46
14.2 吊钩的装配................................................................................................................................... 04-46
14.2 Assembly of Hook ..................................................................................................................... 04-46
14.3 吊钩总成的安装........................................................................................................................... 04-46
14.3 Installation of Hook Assembly .................................................................................................. 04-46
15 钢丝绳张紧功装置的功能...................................................................................................................... 04-46
15 Function of Wire Rope Tensioning Device .......................................................................................... 04-46
15.1 张紧绳索....................................................................................................................................... 04-47
15.1 Tension Rope ............................................................................................................................. 04-47
15.2 松弛绳索....................................................................................................................................... 04-47
15.2 Slack Rope ................................................................................................................................. 04-47
16 断绳保护器.............................................................................................................................................. 04-48
16 Broken Rope Protection Devices .......................................................................................................... 04-48
16.1 使用注意事项............................................................................................................................... 04-48
16.1 Precautions for Use .................................................................................................................... 04-48
VIII 安装手册
VIII Installation Manual
16.2 操作............................................................................................................................................... 04-49

16.2 Operation ................................................................................................................................... 04-49
17 安装钢丝绳.............................................................................................................................................. 04-50
17 Installation of Wire Rope ...................................................................................................................... 04-50
17.1 概述............................................................................................................................................... 04-50
17.1. Overview ................................................................................................................................... 04-50
17.2 一般指示....................................................................................................................................... 04-50
17.2 General Instruction .................................................................................................................... 04-50
17.3 安装绳夹....................................................................................................................................... 04-51
17.3 Installation Rope Clamp ............................................................................................................ 04-51
17.4 安装钢丝绳楔套........................................................................................................................... 04-52
17.4 Installation of Wire Rope Wedge Sleeve ................................................................................... 04-52
17.5 使用绳夹....................................................................................................................................... 04-52
17.5 Use Rope Clamp ........................................................................................................................ 04-52
18 穿绕变幅钢丝绳...................................................................................................................................... 04-56
18 Winding the Amplitude Wire Rope ...................................................................................................... 04-56
18.1 穿绕后变幅钢丝绳....................................................................................................................... 04-56
18.1 Amplitude Wire Rope after Winding ......................................................................................... 04-56
18.2 穿绕前变幅钢丝绳....................................................................................................................... 04-57
18.2 Amplitude Wire Rope Before Winding ..................................................................................... 04-57
19 穿绕起升钢丝绳...................................................................................................................................... 04-59
19 Winding the Hoisting Wire Rope ......................................................................................................... 04-59
20 钢丝绳的安装完成调试运行.................................................................................................................. 04-60
20 Installation, Commissioning and Operation of Wire Rope .................................................................. 04-60
20.1 钢丝绳安装使用的操作步骤....................................................................................................... 04-60
20.1 Operation Steps for Wire Rope Installation .............................................................................. 04-60
20.2 新钢丝绳的试运行....................................................................................................................... 04-61
20.2 Trial Operation of New Wire Rope ........................................................................................... 04-61
21 电气控制系统安装与调试...................................................................................................................... 04-63
21 Installation and Commissioning of Electric Control System ............................................................... 04-63
21.1 电气控制系统安装....................................................................................................................... 04-63
21.1 Installation of Electrical Control System .................................................................................. 04-63
21.2 电气控制系统调试....................................................................................................................... 04-64
安装手册 IX
Installation Manual IX
21.2 Commissioning of Electrical Control System ........................................................................... 04-64

22 安全装置概述.......................................................................................................................................... 04-69
22 Overview of Safety Devices ................................................................................................................. 04-69
22.1 前言............................................................................................................................................... 04-69
22.1 Preface ....................................................................................................................................... 04-69
22.2 调节规程....................................................................................................................................... 04-73
22.2 Adjustment Procedure ............................................................................................................... 04-73
22.3 预防性维护................................................................................................................................... 04-73
22.3 Preventive Maintenance ............................................................................................................ 04-73
22.4 力矩限制器................................................................................................................................... 04-73
22.4 Torque Limiter ........................................................................................................................... 04-73
22.5 起重量限制器............................................................................................................................... 04-79
22.5 Load Lifting Limiter .................................................................................................................. 04-79
23 顶升...........................................................................................................................................................04-81
23 Jacking .................................................................................................................................................. 04-81
23.1 顶升前的准备工作....................................................................................................................... 04-81
23.1 Preparations Before Jacking ...................................................................................................... 04-81
23.2 顶升时的配平............................................................................................................................... 04-81
23.2 Trim on Jacking ......................................................................................................................... 04-81
23.3 顶升作业....................................................................................................................................... 04-84
23.3 Jacking Operation ...................................................................................................................... 04-84
23.4 防脱销装置的使用方法............................................................................................................... 04-91
23.4 Application Method of Anti-Stripping Device .......................................................................... 04-91
24 拆卸塔机.................................................................................................................................................. 04-91
24 Removal the Tower Crane .................................................................................................................... 04-91
24.1 一般注意事项............................................................................................................................... 04-91
24.1 General Considerations ............................................................................................................. 04-91
24.2 拆卸前的准备............................................................................................................................... 04-92
24.2 Preparations for Removal .......................................................................................................... 04-92
24.3 拆卸程序....................................................................................................................................... 04-93
24.3 Removal Procedure ................................................................................................................... 04-93
24.4 降塔............................................................................................................................................... 04-93
X 安装手册
X Installation Manual
24.4 Drop Tower ................................................................................................................................ 04-93

24.5 拆卸其余结构件........................................................................................................................... 04-94
24.5 Removal of Remaining Structural Parts .................................................................................... 04-94
安装手册 XI
Installation Manual XI
前言
Preface
本手册适用于所有与塔机使用相关人员，是整个说明书不可缺少的部分，在没有完全了解第一章《安
全说明》之前，不允许进行其他操作。
This manual is applicable to all personnel related with tower crane operation and is an indispensable part of
the whole manual. No other operation is allowed until the Safety Instruction in Chapter I are fully understood.
产品概述是为了帮助您对产品整体的了解，包括产品性能参数、外形尺寸、重量、零部件的识别等。
Product overview is to help you understand the overall product, including product performance parameters,
shape, size, weight and parts identification.
塔机技术数据涵盖了安装塔机所必须的一些技术数据，是塔机安全使用必须的指示，特别是如下方面：
The technical data of tower crane covers some necessary technical data for the installation of the tower crane,
which is the necessary instruction for the safe use of the tower crane, especially in the following aspects:
1. 准备操作场地；
1. Preparing Operation Site;
2. 制作基础、配重；
2. Making the Base and Counterweight;
3. 塔身的配置和附着；
3. Configuration and Attachment of Tower Body;
4. 钢丝绳的技术参数。
4. Technical Parameters of Wire Rope.
安装调试拆卸叙述了塔机的安装过程及注意事项，机械部分的调试方法，塔机的顶升过程等。
The installation, commissioning and removal of the tower crane described the installation process and
matters needing attention, the commissioning method of the mechanical part, the jacking process of the tower
crane, etc.
请务必仔细阅读并领会说明书内容，如有疑问请及时与厂家联系。
Please read and understand the instructions Carefully. If you have any questions, please contact the
manufacturer in time.
空白页
Blank Page
第一章安全说明
Chapter I Safety Instructions
空白页
Blank Page
目录
Contents
1 规范性引用文件.........................................................................................................................................1
1 Normative References............................................................................................................................... 1
2 塔式起重机一般安全规则.........................................................................................................................3
2 General Safety Rules for Tower Cranes..................................................................................................3
2.1 警告标识及含义......................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Warning Signs and Meaning........................................................................................................ 3
2.2 正确使用原则......................................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Principle of Correct Use.........................................................................................................3
2.3 单位、人员和资格的选择......................................................................................................5
2.3 Selection of Units, Personnel and Qualifications.................................................................... 5
2.4 塔机安装前现场准备............................................................................................................11
2.4 Site Preparation before Installation of Tower Crane............................................................. 11
2.5 塔机安装与拆卸的安全规则............................................................................................... 12
2.5 Safety Rules for Installation and Dismantlement of Tower Cranes...................................... 12
2.6 工作阶段的安全规则............................................................................................................13
2.6 Safety Rules at Work Stage....................................................................................................13
2.7 关于特殊危险的说明............................................................................................................20
2.7 The Special Risk Description.................................................................................................20
2.8 预防、防护和应急措施........................................................................................................22
2.8 The Prevention, Protection and Emergency Measures..........................................................22
2.9 安全资料....................................................................................................................... 26
2.9 Safety Information............................................................................................................. 26
2.10 塔机的改造/焊接....................................................................................................................... 29
2.10 Modification/Welding of Tower Crane........................................................................................ 29
2.11 非工作状态说明..........................................................................................................................29
2.11 Description of Non-operating State............................................................................................. 29
3 安全信号.......................................................................................................................................35
3 Safety Signal.......................................................................................................................................35
3.1 说明....................................................................................................................... 35
3.1 Description....................................................................................................................... 35
3.2 安全标识....................................................................................................................... 35
3.2 Safety Signs....................................................................................................................... 35
4 术语.......................................................................................................................................52
4 Terms.......................................................................................................................................52
4.1 起重名词说明....................................................................................................................... 52
4.1 Description of Lifting Terms..................................................................................................52
4.2 相关数据单位说明（见表 1.4-1）...................................................................................... 54
4.2 Description of Relevant Data Units (see Table 1.4-1).........................................................54
4.3 起重吊运指令....................................................................................................................... 54
4.3 Hoisting and Lifting Instructions.........................................................................................54
安全说明 Safety Instructions Ⅰ

空白页
Blank Page
Ⅱ 安全说明 Safety Instructions

1 规范性引用文件
1 Normative References
本产品的使用（安装、验收、拆卸、操作、维护保养等）应遵守如下标准（标准以颁布的最新有效版
本为准）：
The use of this product (installation, acceptance, removal, operation, maintenance, etc.) shall comply with the
following standards (the latest valid version shall prevail):
■ GB 5144-2006 《塔式起重机安全规程》
■ GB 5144-2006 Safety Code for Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 5031-2008 《塔式起重机》
■ GB/T 5031-2008 Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 23720.3-2010 《起重机司机培训第 3 部分：塔式起重机》
■ GB/T 23720.3-2010 Cranes-Driver Training-Part III: Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 23723.3-2010 《起重机安全使用第 3 部分：塔式起重机》
■ GB/T 23723.3-2010 Cranes-Safety Use- Part III: Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 23724.3-2010 《起重机检查第 3 部分：塔式起重机》
■ GB/T 23724.3-2010 Cranes-Inspection- Part III: Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 31052.3-2016 《起重机械检查与维护规程第 3 部分：塔式起重机》
■ GB/T 31052.3-2016 Lifting Appliance-Code of inspection and Maintenance-Part III: Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 33080-2016 《塔式起重机安全评估规程》
■ GB/T 33080-2016 Safety Assessment Code for Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 26471-2011 《塔式起重机安装与拆卸规程》
■ GB/T 26471-2011 Installation and Disassembly Procedures of Tower Cranes
■ GB/T 28758-2012 《起重机检查人员的资格要求》
■ GB/T 28758-2012 Cranes-Competency Requirements for Crane Inspectors
■ GB/T 5082-1985 《起重吊运指挥信号》
■ GB/T 5082-1985 Commanding Signal for Lifting and Moving
■ GB/T 5972-2016 《起重机钢丝绳保养、维护、检验和报废》
■ GB/T 5972-2016 Cranes-Wire ropes- Truck and Maintenance, Inspection and Distrolleyded
■ JG/T 100-1999 《塔式起重机操作使用规程》
■ JG/T 100-1999 Specification for Operation of Tower Cranes
■ JGJ 33-2012 《建筑机械使用安全技术规程》
■ JGJ 33-2012 Technical Specification for Safety Operation of Constructional Machinery
■ JGJ 196-2010 《建筑施工塔式起重机安装、使用、拆卸安全技术规程》
■ JGJ 196-2010 Technical Specification for Safety Installation Operation and Dismantlement of Tower
Crane in Construction
安全说明 Safety Instructions 01-1
■ JGJ/T 187-2009 《塔式起重机混凝土基础工程技术规程》

■ JGJ/T 187-2009 Technical Specification for Concrete Foundation Engineering of Tower Cranes
■ JGJ/T 301-2013 《大型塔式起重机混凝土基础工程技术规程》
■ JGJ/T 301-2013Technical Specification for Concrete Foundation Engineering of Large Tower Cranes
■ 建设部第 166 号令《建筑起重机械安全监督管理规定》
■ Decree 166 of Ministry of Construction, Regulations on Safety Supervision and Management of
Construction Cranes Machinery
■ 其他相关国家、地方标准，技术规范，法律法规。
■ Other relevant national and local standards, technical specifications, laws and regulations.
上述标准、规范、法律、法规均引用为本产品说明书内容的一部分，用户必须寻求上述的所有标准、
规范、法律、法规颁布的最新有效版本。用户除了遵守本产品说明书中所提及的内容，还必须严格遵守但
不局限于上述所有标准、规范、法律、法规的相关规定。
The above standards, specifications, laws and regulations are all quoted as part of the content of the
product specification. Users must seek the latest and effective versions of all the above standards,
specifications, laws and regulations. In addition to abiding by the contents mentioned in this product
manuals, users must strictly abide by but not limited to the relevant provisions of all the above standards,
specifications, laws and regulations.
本产品说明书中的内容和以上标准、规范、法律、法规不一致时，以较为严格的为准。
When the contents of this product manuals are inconsistent with the above standards, specifications,
laws and regulations, the stricter ones shall prevail.
01-2 安全说明 Safety Instructions

2 塔式起重机一般安全规则
2 General Safety Rules for Tower Cranes
2.1 警告标识及含义
2.1 Warning Signs and Meaning
在使用规则中，下述符号均为非常重要的标识：
In the usage rules, the following signs are very important identifiers:
——警告词“危险”表示即将发生的危险状况。如果不能避免，将导致产品报废，及重大安全
事故。
——The warning word "Danger" indicates an imminent dangerous situation. If it cannot be

avoided, it may lead to product scrap and major safety accidents.
——警告词“警告”表示潜在的危险状况。如果不能避免，可能会导致产品损伤，及重大安
全事故。
——The warning word "Warning" indicates a potentially dangerous situation. If it cannot be

avoided, it may lead to product damage and major safety accidents.
——警告词“注意”表示潜在的危险情况。如果不能避免，可能会导致产品损伤，及严重安
全事故。
——The warning word "Attention" indicates a potentially dangerous situation. If it cannot be

avoided, it may lead to product damage and serious safety accidents.
——表示一种能够对设备、私人财产和/或环境带来损害，或使设备运行不当的情况。如果
不严格地遵守，可能造成财产损失、机器部件的损坏或降低机械性能，及一般安全事故。
——Indicates a situation in which equipment, private property and/or the environment can be
damaged or the equipment run improperly. If it cannot be strictly observed, it may lead to property and machine
parts damage or reduce mechanical performance, and general safety accidents.
——“提示”用来对个别信息进行指示或附加说明。
—— "Tips" is used to indicate or annotate individual information.

2.2 正确使用原则
2.2 Principle of Correct Use
2.2.1 基本工作条件
2.2.1 Basic Working Conditions
1）风速/风压条件：
1） Wind Speed/Pressure Conditions:

a. 工作状态时塔机顶部风速≤20m/s，相当于风压 250Pa，6 级风速。

a. The wind speed at the top of the tower crane on working condition is less than 20m/s, which is
equivalent to 250 Pa of wind pressure and 6 grade wind speed.
b. 安装和顶升时塔机顶部风速≤12m/s，相当于风压 90Pa，4 级风速。
b. The wind speed at the top of the tower crane on installation and jacking is less than 12 m/s, which is
equivalent to 90 Pa of wind pressure and 4 grade wind speed.
c. 非工作状态的风速设计值是按离地面高度来进行取值：
c. The design value of non-working wind speed is based on the height above ground.
a）当高度为 0～20m 时，风速取 36m/s，相当于风压 800Pa，10 级风速；
a) When the height is 0-20 m, the wind speed is 36 m/s, which is equivalent to 800 Pa of wind pressure
and 10 grade wind speed;
b）当高度﹥20m～100m 时，风速取 42m/s，相当于风压 1100Pa，11 级风速；
b) When the height is higher than 20m to 100m, the wind speed is 42m/s, which is equivalent to 1100Pa of
wind pressure and 11 grade wind speed.
c）当高度为﹥100m 时，风速取 46m/s，相当于风压 1300Pa，12 级风速；
c) When the height is higher than 100m, the wind speed is 46m/s, which is equivalent to 1300Pa of wind
pressure and 12 grade wind speed.
d）当非工作状态的风速大于以上数据，应采取必要可行的防风措施（可向我公司咨询）。
d) When the non-working wind speed is greater than the above data, necessary and feasible wind
protection measures should be taken (which can consult our company).
塔机在安装、顶升和工作时必须根据当时的风速，按照规定来开展工作，否则将造成重大财产损失及
人身伤害安全事故。
Tower cranes must be installed, lifted and operated according to the wind speed at that time, the
operation shall be in accordance with the regulations, otherwise it will cause safety accidents of serious
property losses and personal injury.
2）环境温度条件：
2） Environmental temperature conditions:
a. 工作工况环境温度：-20℃～40℃；
a. Ambient temperature of working condition: -20℃~ 40℃;
b. 非工作工况环境温度：-20℃～40℃；
b. Working condition ambient temperature: -20℃~ 40℃;
c. 存放环境温度：-25℃～55℃；
c. Storage ambient temperature: -25℃~55℃;
d. 运输环境温度：-25℃～55℃。
d. Transportation ambient temperature: -25℃~55℃。

在上述环境温度外工作会影响塔机元器件的寿命及起重作业安全。如果需在此温度范围外使用，应在
订货时额外注明特殊使用环境，进行非标定制。当环境温度超过正常工作环境温度时，操作者有权利在不
会产生二次危险的情况下停止起重机作业。否则可能造成产品损坏及人身伤害安全事故。
Operation outside the above ambient temperature will affect the life of tower crane components and
the safety of lifting operation. If it needs to be used outside this temperature range, special use environment
should be added to the order for non-standard customization. When the ambient temperature exceeds the
normal working ambient temperature, the operator has the right to stop crane operation without secondary
danger. Otherwise, it may cause safety accidents of product damage and personal injury.
3）海拔高度条件：≤1000 m。
3） Altitude conditions: ≤1000 m。
4）工作湿度条件：30～95%。
4） Working humidity conditions: 30～95%。
5）工作电压/频率条件：
5） Operating voltage/frequency conditions:
a. 中国国内工作电压/频率条件：工作电压：AC380V（±10%）；电源频率：50Hz。
a. Working voltage/frequency conditions in China: Working voltage: AC380V (+10%); power supply
frequency: 50Hz。
b. 其他地区工作电压及电源频率根据当地实际情况进行非标设计。
b. The working voltage and power supply frequency in other areas are designed according to local
conditions.
2.2.2 禁用
2.2.2 Forbidden
1）不能在打雷、爆炸性的工作条件下使用；
1） It cannot be used under lightning or explosive working conditions.
2）不能在能见度低、风速大于规定风速的条件下使用。
2） It cannot be used under conditions of low visibility and wind speed greater than the prescribed wind
speed.
2.3 单位、人员和资格的选择
2.3 Selection of Units, Personnel and Qualifications
2.3.1 安装单位要求
2.3.1 Requirements for Installation Unit
1) 安装单位必须具有塔机安装资质证书；
1) Installation unit must have qualification certificate on tower crane installation
2) 安装单位必须在安装过程中指定一个安装人员作为“安装负责人”。
2) Installation units must designate an installer as the "Installation Leader" during the process.

2.3.2 安装人员要求
2.3.2 Requirements for Installation Personnel
1）安装人员必须符合以下条件：
1） Installers must meet the following requirements:
a. 具有资格证书。
a. Qualification Certificate.
b. 年龄大于 18 周岁。
b. They are older than 18 years old.
c. 适应该项工作，特别是视力、听力、灵活性和反应能力。
c. Suitable for this job, especially vision, hearing, flexibility and responsiveness
d. 具备安全搬运重物，包括安装塔机的体力。
d. Have the strength to handle the heavy objects safely, and install the tower cranes physically.
e. 能够登高作业。
e. With the ability to climb the heights.
f. 具有估计载荷质量、平衡载荷及判断距离、高度和静空的能力。
f. With the ability of estimating load mass, balancing load and judging distance, height and static space.
g. 经过吊装及信号技术的培训。
g. With the training on hoisting and signal technology.
h. 具有根据载荷的情况选择吊具和附件的能力。
h. With the ability to select hooks and accessories according to load conditions.
i. 在塔机安装、拆卸以及所安装类型塔机的操作方面经过全面培训。
i. With the comprehensive training in tower crane installation, disassembly and operation of the installed
type.
j. 在所安装类型塔机安全装置的安装和调试方面经过全面培训。
j. With the comprehensive training in installation and commissioning of tower crane safety devices.
k. 完全熟悉并掌握说明书中相关章节的要求。
k. Master the requirements of relevant chapters in the manual.
l. 能熟练并正确使用所有个人安全防护装备。
l. It can use all personal safety equipment skillfully and correctly.
安装人员的职责：依据本产品说明书要求进行安装塔机，否则可能造成产品损坏及人身伤害的安全事
故。
Responsibilities of Installers: Installation of tower crane shall be in accordance with the requirements
of this product specification, otherwise, it may cause safety accidents of product damage and personal
injury.

2）安装负责人除满足安装人员的条件外还应满足以下条件：
2） In addition to meeting the requirements of installation personnel, the installation leader shall satisfy the
following conditions:
a. 有塔机或类似设备的安装与拆卸工作经验并接受过相关安拆方面的培训。
a. Have experience in installation and disassembly of tower crane or similar equipment and have the
relevant training in installation and disassembly.
b. 熟悉并拥有该塔机的说明书。
b. Familiar with and have the manuals of the tower crane.
c. 接受过对塔机安装拆卸人员进行管理的培训。
c. With the personnel management training on tower crane installation and disassembly.
d. 能证实安装过程中使用设备的适用性。
d. It can ensure the applicability of the equipment used in the installation process.
3）安装负责人的职责如下：
3) The responsibilities of the installation leader shall as follow:
a. 安装负责人在塔机的整个安装、拆卸、爬升过程中不能离开现场。
a. The installation leader should not leave the site during the whole process of installation, disassembly
and climbing the tower crane.
b. 管理所有安装人员和安装、拆卸、爬升过程中可能用到的相关辅助起重设备的操作人员。
b. Manage all installers and the operators who use the relevant auxiliary lifting equipment in the process of
installation, disassembly and climbing.
c. 提供保证塔机按塔机安装工作计划运行的技术措施(即安装方案)。
c. Provide technical measures to ensure the installation of tower crane according to its plan (i.e.
installation scheme).
d. 保证塔机的附属设施与安装报告完全一致。
d. Ensure that the ancillary facilities of the tower crane are in accordance with the installation report.
e. 查证所有安装人员都配备有必要的工具和个人安全保护设备。
e. Ensure that all installation personnel are equipped with necessary tools and personal safety protection
equipment.
f. 保证通道设备随安装进程的进度而逐步正确安装，以便安装人员使用。
f. Ensure that the channel equipment is installed correctly gradually with the progress of the installation
process, so that it can be used by the installation personnel.
g. 安装负责人在认为场地条件、气候、障碍物或其它原因不能保证安全时，有权终止安装作业。
g. The installation leader has the right to terminate the installation operation when he considers the
condition of site, climate, obstacles or other reasons cannot guarantee safety.
操作者应掌握充分的信息，以便顺利完成工作。准备不足强行工作，意外事故随时可能发生，将造成
产品损坏及人身伤害安全事故。

The operator shall have sufficient information to complete the work smoothly. The operation with
insufficient preparation may lead to the accidents at any time, which will cause safety accidents of product
damage and personal injury.
2.3.3 塔机司机和起重工的要求
2.3.3 Requirements of Tower Crane Drivers and Crane Man
2.3.3.1 塔机司机的要求
2.3.3.1 Requirements of Tower Crane Drivers
1）对塔机的操作，只能由下述人员进行：
1） The operation of tower cranes can only be trolleyried out by the following persons:
a. 经过考试，并取得塔机操作合格证的人员。
a. Personnel who have passed the examination and obtained the tower crane operation qualification
certificate.
b. 为了执行任务需要进行操作的维修、检测人员。
b. Personnel who perform the maintenance and testing to trolleyry out the task.
c. 经上级任命的劳动安全监察员。
c. Labor Safety Supervisor appointed by the superiors.
2）塔机司机必须具备的条件：
2） Requirements for tower crane drivers:
c. 视力(包括矫正视力)在 0.7 以上，无色盲。
c. Visual acuity (including corrected visual acuity) was above 0.7, and there was no color blindness
d. 听力能满足具体工作条件的要求。
d. Hearing can meet the requirements of specific working conditions.
e. 熟悉所操作塔机各机构的构造和技术性能。
e. Familiar with the structure and technical performance of each part of tower crane.
f. 掌握塔机操作规则和有关法令。
f. Master tower crane operation rules and relevant laws and regulations.
g. 掌握起重指挥信号，操作准确。
g. Master lifting command signal and operate accurately.
h. 熟悉塔机保养和基本的维修知识。
h. Familiar with tower crane trolleye and basic maintenance knowledge.
2.3.3.2 塔机起重工的要求

2.3.3.2 Requirement of Tower Crane Man

c. 掌握起重指挥信号，指挥准确并符合标准规定。
c. Master the lifting command signal, command accurately and in accordance with the standards.
酗酒者、吸毒者及服用抑制反应药物的人员不得参与起重机的安装、操作、维修、指挥等相关工作，
否则可能造成产品损坏及人身伤害安全事故。
The personnel who alcoholics, drug addicts and using anti-reaction drugs shall not participate in the
installation, operation, maintenance and command of cranes, otherwise it may cause safety accidents of
product damage and personal injury.
图 1.2-1
Figure 1.2-1
2.3.4 维保单位及人员要求
2.3.4 Requirements of trolleye and Maintenance Units and Personnel
1）维护保养单位要求：对塔机进行维护保养的单位必须具有相关维护保养经验并能承担相关责任及
后果。
1） Requirements of trolleye Units Units that trolleye tower cranes must have relevant maintenance
experience and bear relevant responsibilities and consequences.
2）维修单位要求：维修改造塔机结构的单位必须具有塔机维修改造许可证（如塔机生产厂家）。
2） Requirements of Maintenance Units Units that maintain and renovate tower crane structures must have a
tower crane maintenance and renovation license (e.g. tower crane manufacturers).
未经塔机制造厂家允许不能够随意更改塔机结构，如客户私自更改塔机结构，所造成的一切后果由客
户自行承担。
The tower crane structure cannot be changed at will without the permission of the tower crane
manufacturer. If the customer changes the tower crane structure privately, and all the consequences will be
borne by the customer.
3）维护保养人员要求：

3） Requirements of Maintenance Personnel:
a. 年龄大于 18 周岁。
a. They are older than 18 years old.
b. 适应该项工作，特别是视力、听力、灵活性和反应能力。
b. Suitable for this job, especially vision, hearing, flexibility and responsiveness
c. 具备安全搬运重物，包括维保及维修塔机的体力。
c. Have the strength to handle the heavy objects safely, and install the tower cranes physically.
d. 能够登高作业。
d. With the ability to climb the heights.
e. 在塔机维护保养方面经过全面培训。
e. With the comprehensive training in tower crane maintenance.
f. 在本塔机安全装置的安装和调试方面经过全面培训。
f. With the comprehensive training in installation and commissioning of tower crane safety devices.
g. 完全熟悉并掌握维保手册中相关章节的内容。
g. Master the relevant chapters in the maintenance manual.
如：塔机司机可以完成塔机的维护保养工作。
For example: The tower crane driver can complete the maintenance work of the tower crane.
4）维修人员要求：维修人员除了需要满足维护保养人员各项要求外必须经过专业维修知识培训并取
得相关资格证书。如：生产厂家售后服务人员等。
4） Requirements of Maintenance Personnel In addition to meeting the requirements of maintenance

personnel, maintenance personnel must undergo professional maintenance knowledge training and obtain relevant
qualification certificates. For example: Manufacturers after-sales service personnel, etc.
2.3.5 人员安全装备
2.3.5 Personnel Safety Equipment
1）在操作机器时，必须使用安全装备。
1） Safety equipment must be used when operating machines.
2）根据工作现场状况选择合适的安全装备，如安全帽、安全手套、安全防护眼镜、安全带、安全靴
和听力保护装置等；
2） Choose appropriate safety equipment according to the working conditions, such as safety helmet, safety
gloves, safety glasses, safety belts, safety boots and hearing protection devices.

图 1.2-2
Figure 1.2-2
3）在工作前后检查安全装备，按规定程序进行维护或在必要时进行更换；
3） Inspect the safety equipment before and after work, maintain it according to prescribed procedures or
replacing it when necessary;
4）在需要时应保存检查和维修记录；
4） Inspection and maintenance records should be kept when necessary.
5）某些安全装备（例如安全帽和安全带）使用一段时间可能会损坏，因而应定期检查并更换。
5） Certain safety equipment may be damaged for a period of time (such as safety helmets and safety belts),
so they should be inspected and replaced regularly.
所有的个人防护装置都不能提供 100%的保护，安全装备应定期检查，如果发现损坏应立即更换，否
则将容易造成人身伤害安全事故。
All personal protective devices cannot provide 100% protection. Safety equipment should be checked
regularly. If damage is found, it should be replaced immediately. Otherwise, it will easily cause personal
injury and safety accidents.
2.4 塔机安装前现场准备
2.4 Site Preparation before Installation of Tower Crane
保证现场能满足塔机技术特性和使用的需要。
Ensure that the site can meet the requirement of technical characteristics and use needs of tower crane.
2.4.1 塔机安装现场
2.4.1 Tower Crane Installation Site
在开始安装前，对现场进行仔细研究，例如：
Before starting the installation, carefully study the site, such as:
1）当地法规中对有关公共建筑或其他，如道路、铁路、运河等要求。
1） The requirement of local regulations on public buildings or others, such as roads, railways, canals, etc.

2）接近其他起重机、机场、电线、电磁波发射站等。
2） Close to other cranes, airports, wires, electromagnetic wave transmission stations, etc.
3）考虑地面状况，地面障碍、坑道、斜坡、地下建筑物等。
3） Consider the ground conditions, such as ground obstacles, tunnels, slopes, underground buildings, etc.
4）在安装或拆除时塔机零部件存放场地，汽车吊的定位等。
4） The parts storage site of the installation or dismantlement of tower crane, Truck Crane positioning, etc.
5）塔机安装或拆除时与建筑物是否存在干涉。
5） Whether there is interference with the building when the tower crane is installed or dismantled.
2.5 塔机安装与拆卸的安全规则
2.5 Safety Rules for Installation and Dismantlement of Tower Cranes
塔机安装场地禁止一切与工作无关的人员进入。
The installation site of tower crane is forbidden for all personnel who have nothing to do with their
work.
1）根据装箱单检查货物是否齐全，检查各部件是否有运输变形或损坏。
1） Check whether the goods are complete according to the packing list and whether the parts are deformed
or damaged during the transportation.
2）确定塔机的顶升加节方向，以方便顶升和拆塔。
2） Determine the direction of jacking section of tower crane to facilitate jacking and dismantling.
3）安装架设时塔机顶部风速不大于 12m/s。
3） The top wind speed of tower crane is not more than 12 m/s during the installation.
4）固定式混凝土基础具有 80%以上强度时才能进行立塔工作。
4） Only when there is more than 80% strength of the fixed concrete foundation, it can operate the tower
work.
5）安装塔机需要一辆辅助汽车吊，它的起重性能要与所吊部件的重量和需要吊装的高度相适应。
5） An auxiliary trolley crane is needed when install tower crane, its lifting performance should be suit for
the weight of lifting parts and the height of lifting.
6）在现场最大限度的节约辅助汽车吊的使用时间，需要在安装和装配程序、安装队、道路与地面之
间有很好的配合。
6） In order to save the use time of auxiliary Truck Crane in the field, it is necessary to have a good
cooperation between installation and assembly procedures, installation team, road and ground.
7）立塔安装必须按照立塔说明顺序进行安装，在任何安装或拆塔过程中出现与正常程序不相符的情
况（例如：在安装或拆塔过程中，出现故障、机构失效等），请咨询我公司。
7） The erection of the tower must be trolleyried out in the order specified in the tower instructions. In any
installation or dismantling process, there are cases that do not conform to the normal procedures (e.g. In the
process of installing or dismantling the tower, there are faults, mechanism failure and so on). Please consult our

company.
8）使用汽车吊吊装塔机零部件必须注意安全，必须保证汽车吊支撑稳固、幅度与吊重适合、不超载
使用、吊点位置准确。
8） Safety must be paid attention to when using the tower crane to hoist the parts, and the support of the
crane must be stable, the range and the lifting weight should be suitable, the crane should not be overloaded and
the location of the lifting point should be accurate.
9）对所吊物品的重心和重量不清楚时必须进行试吊。
9） Trial lifting must be trolleyried out when the gravity center and weight of the lifted articles are not clear.
10）在未安装调试完成前，不能用塔机吊运物品。
10）Before the completion of installation and commissioning, goods cannot be lifted by tower crane.
11）在安全装置调整完成前，塔机不能投入使用。
11）Tower crane cannot be put into operation until safety device commissioning is completed.
12）必须安装和使用安全保护设施，如爬梯、平台、护栏、安全帽和安全带等。
12）Safety protection facilities such as climbing ladders, platforms, guardrails, safety helmets and safety belts
must be installed and used.
13）开口销的安装必须正确，要求使用新的或状态良好的开口销。
13）The split-pin must be installed correctly, the using of split-pin should be new or in good condition.
14）如果销轴的安装位置为上下穿插形式，在无特殊要求的情况下带肩销轴必须从上往下插入，即销
轴带肩部分在上方，以防止开口销断后销轴掉落。
14）If the installation position of the pin shaft is in the form of top-down insertion, the shoulder pin shaft
must be inserted from top to bottom without special requirements, that is, the shoulder part of the pin shaft is in
above to prevent the pin shaft from falling off after the split-pin is broken.
15）所需工具：大锤、扳手、撬棍、电工工具、吊绳、吊具、卡具、卷尺、经纬仪、绝缘电阻表和接
地电阻仪器等。
15）Tools required: Sledgehammer, wrenches, crowbars, electrical tools, lifting rope, slings, clamps, tapes,
theodolites, insulation resistance meters and grounding resistance instruments.
16）安装过程中需要导向绳，防止起吊货物旋转引发事故。
16）Guiding rope is needed during installation to prevent accidents caused by the rotation of lifting trolleygo.
17）在出厂前，塔机经过严格的测试，电控柜中电气元件均经过严格的调校，为了您安全使用，请不
要随意调整。
17）Before leaving the factory, the tower crane shall be undergone the testing, and the electrical components
in the electronic control cabinet have undergone rigorous adjustment. For your safe use, please do not adjust at
will.
2.6 工作阶段的安全规则
2.6 Safety Rules at Work Stage
2.6.1 塔机操作者要做到“十不吊”
2.6.1 Tower crane operators should achieve "Ten Items Not to Be Hanged"
1）指挥信号不明确或违章指挥不吊。
1） Command signal is not clear or illegal
2）超载不吊。
2） Overloading
3）工件或吊物捆绑不牢不吊。
3） Workpieces or hangers are not tied up properly
4）吊物上面有人不吊。
4） Someone on the hangers
5）安全装置不齐全或动作不灵敏、失效不吊。
5） Incomplete safety devices or insensitive or invalid movements
6）吊物埋在地下、与地面建筑物或设备有钩挂不吊。
6） Hanging objects buried underground or linked to ground buildings or equipment
7）光线阴暗视线不佳不吊。
7） Poor light and dark vision
8）棱角物件无防切割措施不吊。
8） Non-preventive cutting measures for edges and corners
9）斜拉歪拽工件不吊。
9） Diagonal pulled workpiece
10）遇到大雷雨、暴雨和塔机最高处风速超过 20m/s 时不吊。
10） When heavy thunderstorms, rainstorms and wind speeds at the top of tower cranes exceed 20 m/s
2.6.2 起重工操作安全规则
2.6.2 Safety Rules for Crane Operation
1）吊装绳的选择必须能满足安全起吊载荷的要求。吊挂时，吊挂绳之间的夹角宜小于 120°，以免吊
挂绳受力过大，建议采用 90°或 60°夹角。
1） The selection of hoisting rope must meet the requirement of safe hoisting load. The angle between the
hoisting ropes should be less than 120 degrees when it hoisting, so as to avoid excessive force on the hoisting
ropes, it is recommended to use 90 degrees or 60 degrees’ angle.

图 1.2-3
Figure 1.2- 3
2）绳、链所经过的棱角处应加衬垫，防止绳、链被棱角割断。
2） The edges and corners of ropes and chains should be padded to prevent from being cut off by the
corners.
图 1.2-4
Figure 1.2-4
3）指挥物体翻转时，必须使其重心平衡变化，不应产生指挥意图之外的动作。
3） The balance of its center of gravity must be changed when commanding an object to turn over, and no
action other than commanding intent should be produced.
4）进入悬吊物体下方时，必须先与塔机操作者联系并设置支撑装置以免发生事故。
4） When entering under the hoisting object, the tower crane operator must be contacted first and the
supporting device must be set up to avoid accidents.
5）多人绑挂时，必须由一人负责指挥。
5） One person must be in charge of the command as many people are tied up.
2.6.3 在塔机使用前的安全规则
2.6.3 Safety Rules before Tower Crane Operation
1）听取工地负责人的指令。
1） Listen to the instructions of the person in charge of the construction site.
2）认真阅读塔机的工作日志，了解前一班塔机的运行情况。

2） Read the working log of the tower crane carefully to understand the operation of the previous duty.
3）检查塔机钢结构各杆件有无变形，检查连接螺栓有无松动。
3） Check the deformation of each part of the tower crane steel structure, check the loosening of the
connecting bolts.
4）检查钢丝绳端头固定情况、查看钢丝绳有无磨损。
4） Check the fixed condition of the end of the wire rope and check whether the wire rope is worn or not.
5）检查塔机金属结构部分有无漏电现象。
5） Check whether there is leakage in the metal structure of tower crane.
6）检查各传动部位及润滑点的润滑油量。
6） Check the amount of lubricating oil in each transmission part and lubricating point.
7）检查各机构的固定情况，制动器各铰点是否灵活、闸瓦松紧是否合适。
7） Check the fixing condition of each mechanism, whether the hinge points of brake are flexible and
whether
8）检查所有保护和安全装置是否处于正常状态。
8） Check that all protective and safety devices are in normal condition.
2.6.4 在塔机使用过程中的安全规则
2.6.4 Safety Rules in Tower Crane Operation
1）用空载低速度试验塔机各机构的动作是否正常。
1） Test each mechanism of the tower crane with no-load low-speed.
2）塔机动作时，不要将起吊载荷从人员上方经过。
2） The lifting load should not pass over the personnel when the tower crane is in operation.
3）起吊载荷进入视线之外区域时，必须有人导向。
3） It must be guided when the lifting load enters the area beyond sight.
4）不要在规定的幅度以外吊起超重的载荷。
4） Don't lift the overweight load beyond the prescribed range.
5）不要使用急停按钮停止正常的动作。急停按钮只能用于整机停止运行，或在紧急特殊情况或在威
胁安全的情况下使用。
5） Don't use the emergency button to stop normal action. The emergency stop button can only be used to
stop the operation of the whole machine, or in special emergency situations or in threatening safety.
6）不要将限制器和限位器当作正常停车的装置使用。
6） Don't use limiters and stops as normal parking devices.
7）禁止将安全保护装置短接、改动其调整的安全工作状态。
7） It is forbidden to short-connect the safety protection device and change its adjusted safe working state.
8）确保塔机与空中电线之间有足够安全距离。

8） Ensure a safe distance between the tower crane and air wires.
9）塔机出现运转不良时，必须立即停车并派人修理，不允许塔机带病工作。
9） When the tower crane fails to operate properly, it must stop immediately and arrange personnel to repair
it. It is not allowed to operate with fault on the tower crane.
10）不要在有载荷的情况下调整起升、变幅、回转机构的制动器。
10） Do not adjust the brake of hoisting, trolley and slewing mechanism under load.
11）塔机工作时，不能进行检查和维修。
11）It cannot be inspected and maintained during the operation of tower crane.
12）所吊重物接近或达到额定起重能力时，用小高度、短行程试吊后再平稳地吊运。
12） When the lifted weight approaches or reaches the rated lifting capacity, it shall be lifted smoothly after
trial lifting with small height and short travel.
13）多台塔机在同一工程进行施工时，应注意保持各自活动范围，以免发生事故。
13 ） During the construction of several tower cranes in the same project, attention should be paid to
maintaining their respective range of activities in order to avoid accidents.
14）在工作班中，操作者必须离开司机室时，离开前必须切断电源。
14 ） When the operator must leave the cab during the working, the power supply must be cut off before
leaving.
15）按使用说明书规定和标明的周期对塔机进行检查和巡视！
15） Inspect the tower crane according to the period specified in the operation manuals.
2.6.5 在塔机使用完成后的安全规则
2.6.5 Safety Rules after Tower Crane Operation
1）吊钩必须升高至上限位置。
1） The hook must be raised to the upper limit.
2）将小车收放在最小幅度处。
2） Put the trolley in the minimum range.
3）回转制动器必须处于松开状态。
3） Slewing brake must be loosened.

图 1.2-5
Figure 1.2-5
以上位置及状态为理论情况，根据工地实际工况，必须保证吊钩、小车在自由回转时必须避开相应障
碍物，如有特殊情况不允许塔机自由旋转时，可酌情对塔机进行锚固，但当遭遇大风情况时，需按照 2.11
章节中的相关预案进行处理，负责将会造成产品损伤及人身伤害安全事故。
The above position and state are the theoretical situation. It is necessary to ensure that the hooks and
Trucks must avoid the corresponding obstacles when rotate freely according to the actual working
conditions of the construction site. If the tower crane is not allowed to rotate freely under special
circumstances, the tower crane can be anchored as appropriate. However, there is a condition of strong
wind, the tower crane should be treated according to the relevant plans in Chapter 2.11, which will cause
safety incidents of product damage and personal injury.
4）认真填写塔机的工作日志、维保记录。
4） Fill in the working log and maintenance record of tower crane carefully.
图 1.2-6
Figure 1.2-6
5）切断塔机控制系统电源和司机室电源，关闭门窗并上锁，同时根据工地实际情况，切断塔机下方
控制柜总电源。对于障碍灯需要供电的情况，必须保留障碍灯的电源，保证障碍灯能够正常工作。

5） Cut off the power of tower crane control system and cab, close doors and windows and lock. At the
same time, cut off the total power of the control cabinet under the tower crane according to the actual situation of
the construction site. On the condition of power supply for obstacle lamp, the power supply must be retained to
ensure the normal operation of obstacle lamp.
2.6.6 安全上下起重机
2.6.6 Safety Up and Down the Crane
由于塔式起重机械结构的特殊性，司机室位置高度较高，在您上下起重机时应当注意安全以免发生意
外伤害。
For the particularity of tower crane structure and the high position of driver's cab, it shall pay attention to
safety when you go up and down the crane to avoid accidental injury.
1）上下起重机过程中必须佩戴安全带、安全帽、防护鞋、防护手套等安全防护措施。
1） Safety measures such as safety belts, safety helmets, protective shoes and gloves must be worn, during
the process of going up and down the crane.
2）应当借助梯子扶手等固有通道设施进出司机室或工作平台。
2） It shall take means of inherent passage facilities such as ladder handrails to the driver's cab or working
platform.
图 1.2-7
Figure 1.2-7
3）当爬梯上覆盖有霜、冰和雪时应尽量避免使用起重机。
3） When the climbing ladder is covered with frost, ice and snow, the crane shall be avoided as far as
possible.
4）未经允许不得擅自改动起重机固有的通道装置。
4） The inherent passageway device of the crane shall not be altered without permission.

5）爬上塔机时不要被任何障碍阻挡，看清楚前方，身体要保持三点接触：与梯子、副手、层间平台、
栏杆等，例如：2 只脚和 1 只手，2 只手和一只脚。
5） Don't be blocked by any obstacles when climbing the tower crane. Look ahead clearly and keep three
points of contact with your body. Contact with ladders, handrails, interlayer platforms, railings, etc., for example:
Two feet and one hand, two hands and one foot.
1）小心踩空或滑倒！
1） Be careful to step or slip!
2）在作业之前必须清除附着的油污、泥浆、水或雪，并且保持鞋和司机室底板清洁。
2） Grease, mud, water or snow must be removed before operation, and shoes and cab floor must be
kept clean.
3）在通道上不要放置任何妨碍安全操纵和通行的物品或工具，否则将威胁通过者人身安全。
3） Do not place any objects or tools on the passageway that hinder safe operation and passage,
otherwise it will threaten the personal safety of the passers-by.
2.7 关于特殊危险的说明
2.7 The Special Risk Description
2.7.1 电气
2.7.1 Electrical
1）更换各种保险和开关，应使用与原件同类型的并适合电流规定的断路器。电气设备发生故障，应
立即停止塔机工作。
1） Replace all kinds of insurance and switches, circuit breakers of the same type as the original and
suitable for current regulation shall be used. If the electrical equipment fails, the tower crane shall be stopped
immediately.
2）塔机与架空线应保持足够的距离。在架空线附近施工时，注意不要使塔机靠近架空线，以免造
成生命危险！
2） The tower crane should keep enough distance from the aerial line. It shall pay attention to not make the
tower crane close to the aerial line in the construction, in order to avoid danger!
3）一旦触到架空线：
3) Once the aerial line is touched:
a. 不要离开塔机。
a. Don't leave the tower crane.
b. 将塔机开除危险区。
b. Remove tower cranes from dangerous areas.
c. 告知周围的人不要靠近塔机和触摸塔机。
c. Tell people around you not to approach or touch the tower crane.
d. 切断这条电线的电源。
d. Cut off the power supply of this cable.

e. 在确认这条被碰撞的电线断电之前不要离开塔机。
e. Don't leave the tower crane until you confirm that the touched cable is cut off.
4）对电气设备的维修只能由有资格的电工进行，或由经过培训的人员在一名有资格的电工指导并监
督下按电气规定进行，如有规定，塔机的检查、保养和修理部位应断电。
4） Maintenance of electrical equipment can only be trolleyried out by qualified electricians, or by trained
personnel under the guidance and supervision of a qualified electrician in accordance with electrical regulations.
The inspection, maintenance and repair parts of tower cranes should be power-off in accordance with regulations.
5）首先检查该断电部位是否确已无电，然后将其接地和短路，并使之与附近其它带电部位绝缘。
5） Firstly, check whether the power-off part is dead, then make it grounded and short-circuited, and
insulate it from other live parts nearby.
6）塔机电气设备应定期检查，发现隐患，如接头松动或电线老化，应及时排除。
6） Electrical equipment of tower crane should be inspected regularly and hidden troubles such as loosening
of joints or aging of wires should be eliminated in time.
7）如需对某些部位进行带电作业，应有另一人在场，以便在出现紧急情况时切断总电源。用红白安
全链将带电作业区隔离开并竖立警告牌。应使用绝缘工具。
7） If hot-line work is needed on certain parts, another person should be present in order to cut off the total
power supply in case of emergency. Separate the hot-line working area with red and white safety chains and set
the warning signs. Insulation tools should be used.
2.7.2 液压、气动
2.7.2 Hydraulic and Pneumatic
1）对液压装置进行作业，只能由专业人员和有液压经验的人进行定期检查各种导管，软管和接头，
以便检查有无漏油和外部故障。有故障应及时排除。漏油会造成伤害并引发火灾。
1） For the operation of hydraulic devices, only professionals and personnel with hydraulic experience can
regularly inspect various ducts, hoses and joints in order to check for oil leakage and external faults. Failures
should be eliminated in time. Oil leakage can cause injury and fire.
2）进行修理工作之前，应按有关部件的规定对带有压力的零件去除压力（液压、压缩空气）。
2） Before repairing, the pressure parts (hydraulic pressure and compressed air) should remove pressure
according to the relevant provisions of the parts.
3）正确安放和安装液压及压缩空气管路，不要把接头接反，软管的接头、长度和质量应符合规定。
3） Set and install hydraulic and compressed air pipelines correctly. Do not connect the joints inversely. The
joints, length and quality of hoses should conform to the regulations.
4）不要在装有油料或润滑脂的装置旁吸烟和使用明火设备（减速机等）。
4） Do not smoke and use open-fire equipment (reducer, etc.) beside devices equipped with oil or grease.
5）不要折叠或挤压油管。
5） Do not fold or squeeze the oil tubing.
2.7.3 安装、拆卸
2.7.3 Installation, Disassembly
塔机特殊安装或拆卸，特殊工地出现的故障不在本说明书范围内，请与我公司服务人员联系。

Special installation or disassembly of tower crane. The special site failure is not within the scope of this
manual, please contact our service personnel.
2.7.4 风力
2.7.4 Wind Force
塔机工作和非工作状态下的倾覆稳定性根据现行标准和规定允许的风速进行计算。但在特殊情况下，
如：塔机上部转动部分的风速超过标准规定时，请向我方咨询。
The overturning stability of tower crane under working and non-working conditions is calculated according
to the allowable wind speed of current standards and regulations. But in special cases, such as: When the wind
speed of the upper rotating part of the tower crane exceeds the standard, please consult us.
塔机安装现场的地形较为特殊，如：风标启动后，起重臂不稳定；局部风速增加，请向我方咨询。
The landform of tower crane installation site is rather special, such as: After the weathercock starts, the jib is
unstable; if the local wind speed increases, please consult us.
2.8 预防、防护和应急措施
2.8 The Prevention, Protection and Emergency Measures
为了您和他人的利益，请正确操作起重机，并且熟悉工作时可能发生的各种危险，否则可能造成产品
损坏及人身伤害的安全事故。
For the benefit of you and others, please operate the crane correctly, and be familiar with all kinds of
dangers that may occur during the work, otherwise it may cause product damage and personal injury.
2.8.1 触电事故的应急措施
2.8.1 Emergency Measures for Electric Shock Accidents
触电：塔机在架空线附近施工时，尽管采取了必要的预防措施，当发生触电事故，可参考下面的程序
处理：
Electric Shock: When the tower cranes operation near the aerial cables, although necessary precautions have
been taken, when an electric shock occurs, the following procedures can be used to deal with it:
1）操作者应保持冷静，不要惊慌。
1） Operators should remain calm.
2）操作者不要离开驾驶室，并且不要触碰金属物件，以防触电。
2） Operators should not leave the cab and touch metal objects in case of electric shock.
3）将塔机立即开出危险区。
3） Operate the tower crane out of dangerous area immediately.
4）立即告知周围的人远离塔机；
4） Tell the people around you to stay away from the tower crane immediately.
5）立即报告主管人员，并与附近的电力部门取得联系，报告情况，尽快切断电源。
5） Report to the supervisor immediately and contact the nearby power department to report the situation
and cut off the power supply as soon as possible.
6）在确认接触电线断电前不要离开驾驶室。

6） Do not leave the cab before confirming that the power supply is cut off.
2.8.2 雷击和地震的安全预防措施
2.8.2 Safety precautions against lightning strikes and earthquakes;
自然灾害的发生是不确定的，当我们在施工中发生自然灾害时，一定要冷静处理。
The occurrence of natural disasters is uncertain. we must deal with them calmly when natural disasters occur
in construction.
1）停止作业，将吊重物体放置地面。
1） Stop operation and place the lifting objects on the ground.
2）切断所有电路。
2） Cut off all circuits.
3）撤离到安全地方。
3） Evacuate to a safe place.
2.8.3 火灾防护措施及自救逃生方法
2.8.3 Fire protection measures and self-rescue and escape methods.
火灾：灭火器和急救箱作为火灾或人身伤害的必要预防措施，您要始终保持将其放置在机器的指定位
置。同时，应当遵循以下内容：
Fire: Fire extinguishers and first-aid kits are necessary precautions against fire or personal injury. You should
always keep them in the designated position of the machine. At the same time, the following items shall be
followed:
1）确保灭火器功能正常可靠。
1） Ensure the function of fire extinguisher is normal and reliable.
2）操作和维护人员应熟悉提供的灭火器的使用和维护方法。
2） Operators and maintenance personnel should be familiar with the use and maintenance methods of fire
extinguishers provided.
3）保持急救箱在存放处且定期检查。
3） Keep the first aid kit in storage and check regularly.
4）准备一份急救电话清单在手边以备事故急用。
4） Prepare a list of first aid calls at hand for emergencies.

图 1.2-8
Figure 1.2-8
5）当塔机发生火灾时，操作人员应立即停止起重作业，迅速撤离现场。同时拨打所在地的火警电话，
在救援人员到来之前并且不危及操作人员生命安全的前提下，可采用塔机自带灭火器先行实施自救。事故
之后，再次使用塔机前，应仔细检查所有部件、仪器仪表、安全装置等是否工作正常。
5） Operators should stop lifting immediately and evacuate the site quickly when tower crane fire occurs. At
the same time, call the local fire telephone, before the arrival of rescuers and without endangering the safety of
operators, the fire extinguishers in tower crane can be used to trolleyry out self-rescue first. Before using the tower
crane again, it shall check carefully whether all components, instruments and safety devices are working properly
after the accident.
图 1.2-9
Figure 1.2-9
2.8.4 其他伤害
2.8.4 Other Damage
1）工具使用误伤
1） Accidentally injured by tools
a. 在进行维修或安装调试工作时，操作人员应确保选用合适的工具，否则可能导致人员伤害。尤其
在狭小空间工作，避免伤害。
a. Operators should ensure that appropriate tools are selected during maintenance or installation and
commissioning, otherwise it may lead to the personnel injure. especially in the narrow space, it also need to avoid
injury.
b. 保持工具整洁，使用完毕后收存整齐，避免遗漏在机器上。
b. Keep the tools tidy, store them neatly after use, and avoid missing them on the machine.
图 1.2-10
Figure 1.2-10
2）旋转部件的伤害
2） Damage of Rotary Parts
维护塔机时应停止运行设备，如果维修工作必须在塔机运转下进行，请严格遵守以下基本安全规则：
当心旋转中的部件。塔机运转时禁止将手及身体其它部位或衣物伸入塔机运动部位。
The operation equipment should be stopped when maintaining the tower crane. If the maintenance work must
be carried out under the operation of the tower crane, please strictly abide by the following basic safety rules:
Beware of rotating parts. When the tower crane is operating, it is forbidden to put hands and other parts of the
body or clothing into the moving parts of the tower crane.
图 1.2-11
Figure 1.2-11
3）高压油管路
3） High Pressure Oil Tube
操作人员在检修或更换液压管路时，特别注意以避免高压管路泄露可能导致的伤害。
Operators should pay special attention to avoid possible damage caused by leakage of high-pressure tube
when maintaining or replacing hydraulic tube.
a. 检查液压管路及软管是否有破裂或变形，可以通过周围区域有渗出油渍来判断。
a. Check whether the hydraulic tube and hose are broken or deformed which can be judged by the oil stain
in the surrounding area.
b. 当液压系统存在压力时，禁止检测或更换管路。否则，可能导致严重的伤害。
b. When there is pressure in the hydraulic system, it is forbidden to detect or replace the tube. Otherwise, it
may cause serious injury.
c. 禁止用身体的任何部位去检测或感知管路泄露情况，必须穿戴防护眼镜和皮手套用木板或硬纸板
检查小孔的泄露。
c. It is forbidden to use any part of the body to detect or perceive tube leakage. Protective glasses and
leather gloves must be worn, and small holes must be checked with wood cardboard.

图 1.2-12
Figure 1.2-12
d. 一旦高压液体刺伤你的皮肤或眼睛，请立即就医。
d. Once high-pressure liquid stabs your skin or eyes, please seek doctor immediately.
4）高空坠物伤害
4） High-altitude Crash Injury
a. 塔机上不应长期放置零散有坠落可能物品，以免在使用过程中坠落对塔机下方人员造成伤害。
a. Possible falling objects should not be placed on the tower crane for a long time, so as to cause injury to
the personnel below the tower crane when falling in the course of use.
b. 临时放置的物品或维修工具，必须放置在周围存在踢脚板的平台位置，防止意外坠落对塔机下方
人员造成伤害。
b. Objects or maintenance tools temporarily placed must be placed on the platform with kick boards
around them to prevent accidental falls from harming people below the tower crane.
c. 塔机上的螺栓等易松动的零件应定期检查维护，防止松动脱落。
c. The loosening parts such as bolts on tower crane should be inspected and maintained regularly to
prevent loosening and falling off.
2.8.5 塔机的清洁防护
2.8.5 Cleaning and Protection of Tower Crane
塔机的平台和通道应保持清洁，以免导致操作者及相关人员在通过平台和通道时发生滑倒、跌落。
Platforms and passageway of tower cranes should be kept clean to prevent operators and related personnel to
slip and fall when passing through platforms and passageway.
人身防护设备：对塔机进行安装、使用的操作者以及管理员必须在上塔到下塔的全过程中配戴安全帽、
安全带和穿防滑鞋。
Personal protection equipment: Operators and operators who maintain the tower crane must wear safety
helmet, safety belt and non-slip shoes during the whole process including going up and down.
2.9 安全资料
2.9 Safety Information
2.9.1 安全距离
2.9.1 Safe Distance
1）有架空输电线的场合，塔机任何部位与输电线的安全距离应符合表 1.2-1 规定：
1） The safe distance between any part of tower crane and aerial lines shall comply with the provisions of
Table 1.2-1:
表 1.2-1
Table 1.2-1
电压/kV
安全距离/m
Voltage /kV
Safe Distance/m
＜1 1～15 20～40 60～110 220
沿垂直方向 1.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0
Vertical Direction
沿水平方向
1.0 1.5 2.0 4.0 6.0
Horizontal Direction
2）如果因为条件限制不能保证表中的安全距离，应与有关部门协商，并采取安全保护措施后方可架
设塔机。
2） If the safety distance in the table cannot be guaranteed due to the limitation of conditions, the tower
crane can be erected only after consultation with the relevant departments and taking safety protection measures.
塔机在高压输电线附近作业时，其任何部位与架空输电线的安全距离，应符合表 1-1 的要求，否则会

造成触电伤亡事故，另外还可能引发二次事故，如：民用停电、医院停电危及病人、工厂停产等。
When the tower crane works near the high voltage transmission line, the safe distance between any
part of the tower crane and the aerial transmission line should meet the requirements of Table 1-1.
Otherwise, it may cause electric shock casualties and secondary accidents, such as: Civil power cut, hospital
power cut endangers patients, factory shutdowns, etc.
3）塔机的尾部与周围建筑物及外围施工设施之间的安全距离不小于 0.6m。
3） The safety distance between the tail of tower crane and surrounding buildings and construction facilities
is not less than 0.6m.
4）两台塔机之间的最小架设距离应保证处于低位塔机的起重臂端部与处于高位塔机的塔身之间至
少有 2m 的距离；处于高位塔机的最低位置的部件（吊钩升至最高点或平衡重的最低部位）与低位塔机中
处于最高位置部件之间的垂直距离不小于 2m。
4） The minimum erection distance between two tower cranes should be at least 2 m between the end of the
lifting arm of the low tower crane and the mast of the high tower crane; the vertical distance between the lowest
part of the high tower crane (the lowest part of the hook rising to the highest point or the lowest part of the
balance weight) and the highest part of the low tower crane should not be less than 2 m.
5）在机场或空港附近使用的塔机，由于飞机的起飞和着陆，有必要安装白天和夜间航空限位灯。
5） For tower cranes used near the airports, it is necessary to install daytime and nighttime limit lights for
takeoff and landing of aircraft.
2.9.2 物象风速
2.9.2 Object Wind Speed
起重作业时应以作业高度的瞬时风速为准，离空旷地面 10m 高度处 10min 时距的平均风速乘以 1.4（工
作风速换算系数）后换算得到 3s 短时距平均风速，即瞬时风速（见表 1.2-2）。
The instantaneous wind speed at the working height should be taken as the criterion in lifting operation. The
average wind speed of 10 minutes at the height of 10 m in the open ground multiplied by 1.4 (working wind speed
conversion coefficient) and then converted to the average wind speed of 3 seconds short distance, i.e.
instantaneous wind speed (see Table 1.2-2).
表 1.2-2
Table 1.2-2
瞬时风速 m/s
平均风速 m/s
Instantaneous 名称级数说明（陆地）
Average Wind
Wind Speed Name Class Description (Land)
Speed m/s
m/s

瞬时风速 m/s
平均风速 m/s
Instantaneous 名称级数说明（陆地）
Average Wind
Wind Speed Name Class Description (Land)
Speed m/s
m/s
无风静，炊烟直升
0.0～0.2 0.0～0.3 0
Clam Quiet, smoke rising
炊烟能表示风向，但风向标不能转动
轻风
0.3～1.5 0.5～2.3 1 Cooking smoke can indicate the direction of the wind, but
Light air
the vane can't turn.
柔风面部感觉有风，树叶微响，寻常的风向标转动
1.6～3.3 2.4～5.0 Light 2 The face feels windy, the leaves sound slightly, and the
breeze usual vane turns.
微风
树叶及微枝摇动不息，旗帜随风飘扬
3.4～5.4 5.1～8.1 Gentle 3
Leaves and branches wave and flags fly in the wind
breeze
和风
地面扬尘、纸张飞跃，枝条摇动
5.5～7.9 8.3～11.9 Moderate 4
Dust on the ground and paper leaps, branches shake
breeze
疾风
小树摇摆
8.0～10.7 12～16.1 Moderate 5
Little tree sway
gale
强风
大树枝摇动，电线摇摆，撑伞困难
10.8～13.8 16.2～20.7 Strong 6
Big branches and wires shake; umbrella is hard to support
breeze
中强风
Moderate 大树摇动，迎风步行困难
13.9～17.1 20.9～25.7 7
strong Big branches and wires shake; umbrella is hard to support
breeze
树枝折断，迎风行走阻力很大
劲风
17.2～20.7 25.8～31.1 8 Branches break and there's a lot of resistance to walk in
Fresh gale
the wind.
烟囱及平房屋顶受损（烟囱顶部及平顶摇动）
烈风
20.8～24.4 31.2～36.6 9 Chimney and flat roof damaged (chimney top and flat
Strong gale
roof shaking)
陆上少见，可拔树毁屋
狂风
24.5～28.4 36.8～42.6 10 Rare on land, trees can be pulled up and houses can be
Whole gale
destroyed
暴风陆地很少见，有则必受重大损毁
28.5～32.6 42.8～48.9 11
Storm Rare on land, and it must be badly damaged.
飓风陆上绝少，其摧毁力极大
>32.7 >49.1 12
Hurricane Rarely happens on land, and it is destructive.
作业前操作人员必须从气象部门获得风速、风力信息，如果风速超过规定值，禁止作业，避免发生危
险，造成不必要的损失。
Before the operation, the operators must obtain the information about wind speed and wind power from the
meteorological department. If the wind speed exceeds the specified value, the operation is prohibited to avoid danger and

unnecessary loss.
2.10 塔机的改造/焊接
2.10 Modification/Welding of Tower Crane
非经我公司同意，不得对塔机主体进行改造，尤其是：
The main body of the tower crane shall not be modified without the consent of our company, in particular:
1）改变塔机结构(如：增减部件、改变迎风面、焊接等)。
1） Change the Tower Structure (e.g. Increase or Decrease Components, Change the Windward, weld, etc.).
2）采用非授权的零部件。
2） Use unauthorized parts.
3）在塔机上进行焊接工作。
3） Perform welding work on the tower crane.
如果改变塔机工作状态（起重臂加长，起重臂扬高），必须重新调整安全装置，否则将造成产品损坏
及人身伤害的安全事故。
If the working state of the tower crane is changed (the jib is lengthened and the jib is raised), the safety
device must be readjusted, otherwise it will cause product damage and personal injury.
2.11 非工作状态说明
2.11 Description of Non-operating State
非工作状态下的风速（见表 1.2-3）参考标准 GB/T 13752-2017 《塔式起重机设计规范》。
The wind speed under non-operating conditions (see Table 1.2-3) refers to the Standard GB/T 13752-2017
Tower Crane Design Code.
表 1.2-3
Table 1.2-3
序号离地高度风速风压
SN Ground Clearance Wind Speed Wind Pressure
1 0-20m 36m/s 800Pa
2 20-100m 42m/s 1100Pa
3 100-200m 46m/s 1300Pa
4 200m 以上请联系我们
Above 200m Please contact us.
2.11.1 抗强台风安全措施及预案
2.11.1 Anti-strong Typhoon Safety Measures and Plans
本塔机按 GB/T13752-2017《塔式起重机设计规范》设计，对沿海地区，几乎每年都有强热带风暴、甚
至较强的台风侵袭，有时风载将会超出规范的设计范围，威胁到塔机的安全。为避免自然灾害造成的损失，
应根据实际情况制定出防强台风的措施或应急预案。在此提出以下要求：
The tower crane is designed according to GB/T13752-2017 Tower Crane Design Code. For coastal areas,
almost every year there are strong tropical storms and even strong typhoons. Sometimes the wind load will exceed
the design scope of the Code, which will threaten the safety of the tower crane. In order to avoid losses caused by
natural disasters, measures or emergency plans for preventing strong typhoons should be established according to
the actual situation. The following requirements are hereby made:
1）塔机用户应密切注意天气、风力动向，当预报风力大于 6 级小于 11 级时，塔机应停止工作，检
查塔身、附墙杆、机构、广告牌、电控箱、灯具等是否连接牢固，有问题应及时处理，吊钩升到最高处，
吊臂应能随风转动，回转范围内不得有障碍。
1） Users should pay close attention to the weather and wind direction. When the forecast wind is greater
than scale6 and less than scale11, the tower crane should stop working, check the connection of the mast, wall
pole, mechanism, advertising board, electric control box, lamps, etc. If there is any problem, it should be handled
in time. The lifting hook should be raised to the highest position. The jib should be able to rotate with the wind
and there should be no obstacles in the range of rotation.
2）当预报风力大于等于 11 级时，塔机的独立固定高度、附着后塔身最大自由端高度不能超过表 1.2-4
要求，爬升架位置按照表 1.2-4 要求放置。必要时应拆除楼顶的钢管、脚手架等设施，让塔身尽量降低，
当塔机独立固定高度满足缆风绳方案时，可以使用缆风绳防护。塔机在独立高度时候，应将回转机构拆下。
2） When the forecast wind is greater than or equal to scale11, the independent fixed height of the tower
crane and the maximum free end height of the attached back mast shall not exceed the requirements in Table 1.2-4,
and the position of the climbing frame shall be placed in accordance with Table 1.2-4. If necessary, the steel pipes
and scaffolding on the roof should be removed to minimize the height of mast. When the independent fixed height
of the tower crane meets the scheme of hawser cable, the cable can be used. When the tower crane is at the
independent height, the slewing mechanism should be removed.
3）对于超过独立高度并安装有附着的塔机，且四周空旷，风力不受阻碍的高层建筑塔机用户，当预
报风力大于 11 级时，应将塔机降低至建筑物高度以下，并将吊臂和平衡臂与建筑物主体结构连接牢固（不
得仅连接在建筑物外的钢管架等物体上），动臂式塔机如图 1.2-13 所示、平头式塔机如图 1.2-14 所示、塔
顶式塔机如图 1.2-15 所示。并且平时就应准备好固定塔机的工具，以免临时没办法加固。
3） For the users whose tower cranes’ height is over the independent height and are equipped with attached
tower cranes, and the surrounding is open, and high-rise building tower crane users, when the forecast wind is
greater than scale11, the tower crane should be lowered below the building height and the boom and counter jib
should be firmly connected to the main structure of the building (shall not only connected to the objects such as
steel pipe racks outside the building), the tower crane with luffing boom is shown in Figure 1.2-13, and the flat
roof tower crane is shown in Figure 1.2-14, and the tower top tower crane is shown in Figure 1.2-15. And the tools
used to fix the tower crane should be ready usually for the emergency use.
4）严格按照塔机使用说明书安装和使用，塔身高度和附墙以上的塔机悬出高度不得超过说明书规定
的范围，附墙装置（框架及支撑杆）也应由专业厂家设计制作，不可贪图便宜，在没有计算依据的情况下
随意制作，且附着点强度必须满足设计要求。
4） Install and use the tower crane in strict accordance with the operating manual. The height of the mast
and the suspended height of the tower crane above the wall shall not exceed the scope specified in the manual.
The wall attached device (frame and support rod) shall also be designed and manufactured by professional
manufacturers. It cannot be manufactured without calculation due to it is cheap, and the strength of the attachment
point must meet the design requirements.
5）严格按设计要求制作塔机基础，不得心存侥幸、降低要求。
5） The foundation of tower crane shall be made strictly following the design requirements, shall not take
any chances, and lower the requirements.
6）因为台风来袭时的方向还是有规律可循，塔机安装时尽量安装在建筑物能挡风的背风面。
6） As the direction of the typhoon strikes is still regular, the tower crane should be installed on the leeward
side of the building that can block the wind as far as possible.

塔机安装与顶升加节时应该在 4 级风以下进行作业，禁止塔机回转和变幅操作。请严格按照以上要求
操作，否则将会导致折臂或整机倾覆现象发生，造成财产损失及人身伤害的安全事故。
The installation and jacking of tower crane should be operated below the scale4 wind, and the tower
crane rotation and trolley operation are prohibited. Please strictly follow the above requirements, otherwise
it will lead to the boom breaking or the whole crane collapsing, resulting in property damage and personal
injury.
表 1.2-4
Table 1.2-4
附着后塔身最
无附着时套大自由端高度附着后套
塔身最大独立
风速 Vb 架位置（m）架位置
高度（m）
热带气旋等级风级 Frame Maximum Frame
Wind Maximum
Scale of Tropical Speed Wind Position Free End Position
Cyclones Scale Independent
Without Height of with
（m/s） Height of the
Attachmen Tower with Attachmen
Tower (m)
t Attachment t
(m)
最后一道
强热带风暴 11 级塔身底部附着上部
30.0 60.2 42.05 The last one
Strong Tropical Scale Bottom of
Storm 11 Tower is attached
to the upper
part.
最后一道
附着上部
强热带风暴 11 级塔身底部
32.6 54.2 39.05 The last one
Strong Tropical Scale Bottom of
Storm 11 Tower is attached
to the upper
part.
最后一道
附着上部
12 级塔身底部
台风 The last one
33.8 Scale 51.2 Bottom of 36.05
Typhoons is attached
12 Tower
to the upper
part.
最后一道
附着上部
12 级塔身底部
台风 The last one
12 Tower
to the upper
part.
最后一道
附着上部
13 级塔身底部
台风 The last one
13 Tower
to the upper
part.
13 级塔身底部最后一道
台风
40.4 Scale 42.2 Bottom of 27.05 附着上部
Typhoons
13 Tower The last one

is attached
to the upper
part.
最后一道
附着上部
14 级塔身底部
强台风 The last one
Violent typhoon is attached
14 Tower
to the upper
part.
1）载重小车位于起重臂根部最小幅度处，吊钩升至载重小车下方，最大高度处；
1） The load trolley is located at the minimum radius of jib root, and the lifting hook is raised below
the load trolley at the maximum height;
2）为方便与天气预报风速等级（蒲福风级）对应，本表风速为 10min 时距平均风速，计算风压时的
风速为该值的 1.4 倍；
2） In order to facilitate the comparison with the wind speed scale of weather forecast (Beaufort wind
scale), the wind speed in the table is the average wind speed at a time interval of 10min, and the wind speed
when calculating the wind pressure is 1.4 times of this value;
3）有更高抗风要求时，请联系我们。
3） Please contact us, if you have higher wind resistance requirements.

图 1.2-13
Figure 1.2-13
图 1.2-14
Figure 1.2-14

图 1.2-15
Figure 1.2-15

3 安全信号
3 Safety Signal
3.1 说明
3.1 Description
安全或健康信号，是针对某一物体某一特定环境，所提供的与安全或健康有关的知识或规定。根据情
况不同，该信号可以是标识牌、一种颜色、一个灯光或声响信号。
Safety or health signal refers to the knowledge or regulations related to safety or health provided for a
specific environment of a certain object. Depending on the situation, the signal can be a signboard, a color, a light
or an audible signal.
3.2 安全标识
3.2 Safety Signs
3.2.1 安全标识说明（见表 1.3-1）
3.2.1 Description of Safety Signs (See Table 1.3-1)
表 1.3-1
Table 1.3-1
安装位置
序号代码图形标志说明备注
Installation
SN Code Symbol Mark Description Notes
Location
基础节必须系好安
Basic Mast 全带
1 AQBZ1 起重臂第一 You must
节 wear safety
Jib I belts
必须戴安全
帽
基础节
2 AQBZ2 You must
Basic Mast
wear safety
helmet.

安装位置
Installation
Location
基础节
Basic Mast 当心坠落
3 AQBZ3 起重臂第一 Beware of
节 falling
Jib I
当心落物
基础节 Beware of
4 AQBZ4
Basic Mast falling
objects
检查安全装
置是否处于
良好工作状
基础节态
Basic Mast Check if all
5 AQBZ5 the safety
塔帽
protecting
Tower Cap devices
keep good
working
condition
塔机工作中
未经允许严
禁攀爬！攀
爬时须告知
塔机操作者
Crane at
基础节 work! No
6 AQBZ6 unauthorise
Basic Mast
d ascent!
Authorised
personnel
must warn
crane driver
of intended
ascent!
安装位置
Installation
Location
必须穿防护
鞋
基础节 You must
7 AQBZ7
Basic Mast wear
protective
footwear.
必须戴防护
手套
基础节 You must
8 AQBZ8
Basic Mast wear
protective
gloves
检查钢丝绳
的磨损情况
每三个工作
日一次
塔帽 Check the
9 AQBZ9
Tower Cap worn
condition of
the wire
ropes every
3 working
days
检查制动块
的间隙!
起升机构 Check the
10 AQBZ10 Hoisting clearance of
Mechanism the brake
block!

安装位置
Installation
Location
检查主要金
属结构件的
变形、焊缝
等情况
每周一次
塔帽 Check the
11 AQBZ11
Tower Cap of main
metal
structures’
deformation
and weld
joint
weekly.
保持对减速
机及各润滑
点加油
塔帽 Add oil to
12 AQBZ12 the reducers
Tower Cap
and
lubricating
locations in
time.
更换钢丝绳
后必须重新
调整高度限
位器
起升机构 It is
13 AQBZ13 Hoisting necessary to
Mechanism adjust the
height
limiter
again after
changing
wire rope.
起升机构调节制动器
14 AQBZ14 Hoisting Adjustment
Mechanism Brake

安装位置
Installation
Location
当心机械伤
起升机构人
15 AQBZ15 Hoisting Beware
Mechanism mechanical
hand injury
主电控柜
Main
Electric 当心触电
Control Beware of
16 AQBZ16 Cabinet electric
起升柜 shock
Hoisting
Cabinet
驾配箱
Driving Box 严禁触摸带
主电控柜点部位
Main 防止触电
17 AQBZ17 Electric Forbid
Control touching the
Cabinet part of
起升柜 electrophor
Hoisting us.
Cabinet
驾配箱操作前请阅
Driving Box 读使用手册
主电控柜定期维护保
Main 养
18 AQBZ18 Electric Read the
Control userbook
Cabinet before
起升柜 operation
Hoisting maintenanc
Cabinet e on time.

安装位置
Installation
Location
驾配箱
Driving Box
开门前请关
主电控柜
闭电源
Main
Shut current
19 AQBZ19 Electric
source
Control
before
Cabinet
opening the
起升柜 door.
Hoisting
Cabinet
驾配箱
Driving Box
非专业人员
主电控柜
勿动
Main
Don’t touch
20 AQBZ20 Electric
or maintain
Control
except
Cabinet
specialized
起升柜 persons
Hoisting
Cabinet
使用机器
前，请认真
阅读使用手
册，按照使
用手册和安
全章程操作
司机室内左 Carefully
read
侧
21 AQBZ21 operator’s
Left side of manual
driver’s cab before
handling the
machine.
Observe
instructions
and safety
rules when
operating.

安装位置
Installation
Location
司机室内右
联动台
Right 紧急制动
22 AQBZ22 linkage Emergency
control button
panel of
driver’s cab
适用
于塔
非工作工况顶式
司机室内左时回转自由机型
侧 Free Suitab
23 AQBZ23
Left side of rotation in le for
driver’s cab non-workin tower
g condition top
model
s
适用
于平
非工作工况头式
司机室内左时回转自由机型
侧 Free Suitab
24 AQBZ23A
Left side of rotation in le for
driver’s cab non-workin tower
g condition top
model
s

安装位置
Installation
Location
适用
于动
臂式
非工作工况机型
司机室内左时回转自由 Suitab
侧 Free le for
25 AQBZ23B tower
Left side of rotation in
driver’s cab non-workin crane
g condition with
trolley
jib
model
s
适用
于塔
大臂下方禁顶式
止站人机型
基础节
26 AQBZ24 No standing Suitab
Basic mast le for
under the
big arm tower
top
model
s
适用
于平
大臂下方禁头式
止站人机型
基础节
27 AQBZ24A No standing Suitab
Basic Mast le for
under the
big arm tower
top
model
s

安装位置
Installation
Location
适用
于动
臂式
机型
大臂下方禁
Suitab
止站人 le for
基础节
28 AQBZ24B No standing tower
Basic Mast
under the crane
big arm with
trolley
jib
model
s
当心吊物
基础节 Beware of
29 AQBZ25
Basic Mast hanging
thing
当心电缆
基础节
30 AQBZ26 Beware of
Basic Mast
cable
顶升横梁当心冒顶
31 AQBZ27 Hoisting Beware of
Beam roof-falling

安装位置
Installation
Location
顶升时必须
将安全销插
顶升横梁入
32 AQBZ28 Hoisting The safety
Beam pin must be
inserted
when
lifting.
顶升时必须
将安全销插
顶升横梁入
33 AQBZ28A Hoisting The safety
Beam pin must be
inserted
when
lifting.
仔细观察
基础节
34 AQBZ30 Observe
Basic Mast
carefully
注意安全
基础节
35 AQBZ31 Caution
Basic Mast
danger.

安装位置
Installation
Location
行走
式塔
台车外侧机专
塔机行走注
Outside of 用
the trolley 意事项
Considerati Specia
36 AQBZ32 司机室内左 lized
ons to tower
侧 for
crane
Left side of moving travell
driver’s cab ing
tower
crane
下支座未于
标准节相连
时禁止拆下
爬升架
Never
爬升架 remove the
37 AQBZ33 Climbing climbing
frame frame when
the lower
support is
not
connected
with the
mast
请按照说明
书要求悬挂
平衡臂配重
38 AQBZ34 Please
Counter Jib
suspend the
weight
according to
安装位置
Installation
Location
塔机塔身维
保相关注意
事项
基础节 Related
39 AQBZ35 consideratio
basic mast
ns to tower
crane
maintenanc
e
片式标准节片式
连接螺栓拧
标准
紧力矩说明
节专
Tightening 用
标准节 torque
40 AQBZ36 Specia
Mast description
lized
of
connecting for
flake-t
bolts for
ype
flake-type
mast
mast
塔身
螺栓连接型为螺
式塔身连接栓连
螺栓拧紧力接型
矩说明式塔
Tightening 机专
标准节
41 AQBZ37 torque 用
Mast description Specia
of lized
connecting for
bolts for bolted
bolted type type
tower tower
crane

安装位置
Installation
Location
回转支撑连
接螺栓拧紧
上下支座总力矩说明
成 Tightening
Upper and torque
42 AQBZ38 description
lower
of
support
connecting
assembly
bolts for
slewing
support
L 系
列片
片式标准节式标
连接销轴示准节
意图专用
标准节 Schematic Specia
43 AQBZ39 diagram of lized
Mast
connecting for
pin shaft for Series
flake-type L
mast flake-t
ype
mast
塔机操作
Tower crane
司机室
44 AQBZ40 operation
Driver’s cap
“十不吊”
Ten Don’ts”
3.2.2 安全标识在塔机上的位置
3.2.2 Location of Safety Sign on Tower Crane
在塔身节、平衡臂、起重臂、塔顶、司机室等重要部位，有各种安全警示标志，指导操作者安全使用，
避免造成伤害，车辆的安全标识必须位置准确，完整无损，无外物遮挡。动臂式塔机安全标识具体粘贴位
置如图 1.3-1 所示，平头式塔机安全标识具体粘贴位置如图 1.3-2 所示，塔顶式塔机安全标识具体粘贴位置
如图 1.3-3 所示。
On the mast mast, counter jib, lifting jib, tower top, driver’s cab and other important parts, there are a variety
of safety warning signs, guiding the operator to use the equipment safely, avoid injury. The safety sign location of
the vehicle must be accurate, intact, and not be covered by external objects. The specific sticking position of
safety sign of tower crane with luffing boom is shown in Figure 1.3-1. The specific sticking position of safety sign
of flat roof tower crane is shown in Figure 1.3-2. The specific sticking position of safety sign of the tower top
tower crane is shown in Figure 1.3-3.

图 1.3-1
Figure 1.3-1

图 1.3-2
Figure 1.3-2
图 1.3-3
Figure 1.3-3

1）如需更换标志，您的徐工经销商会提供新的安全标识。除经我公司或经销商授权，禁止擅自篡改
或更换现有标志。
1） If you need to change the logo, your XCMG dealer will provide a new safety logo. Except as
authorized by our company or dealers, it is forbidden to tamper with or replace the existing signs.
2）更换新标志时，请粘贴在正确的位置。
2） When replacing the new logo, please paste it in the correct position.
4 术语
4 Terms
4.1 起重名词说明
4.1 Description of Lifting Terms
1）最大起重量 Q
1） Maximum lifting weight Q
塔机在各种安全作业的情况下，所容许的起吊重物的最大质量。最大质量是吊钩以下质量的总和（不
含吊钩质量，包括吊具质量）。
Maximum allowable mass of lifting objects of tower crane under various safe working conditions. The
maximum mass is the sum of the masses below the hook (excluding the mass of hook quality, including the mass
of lifting appliance).
2）幅度 R
2） Range R
塔机回转中心线至吊钩中心线的距离，也称工作幅度。
The distance from the slewing center line of the tower crane to the center line of the hook is also called the
working range.
3）起升高度 H
3） Hoisting Height H
塔机固定独立状态时，空载、塔身处于最大高度、吊钩处于最小幅度处，吊钩支承面对塔机基础上平
面的最大垂直距离。以上说明是针对固定式或附着式塔机的。
When the tower crane is fixed in an independent state, the mast is at the maximum height without load and
the hook is at the minimum radius, the maximum vertical distance between hook supporting plane and upper plane
of tower crane foundation. The description above is for fixed or attached tower cranes.
4）最大起重力矩 M
4） Maximum lifting torque M
最大额定起重量与其在设计确定的各种组合臂长中所能达到的最大工作幅度的乘积。
The product of the maximum rated lifting weight and the maximum working radius that can be achieved in
the various combined arm lengths determined by the design.
5）安全距离
5） Safe distance
塔机运动部分与周围障碍物之间的最小距离。
The minimum distance between the moving part of the tower crane and the surrounding obstacles.
6）工作状态
6） Operating State
塔机处于司机控制之下进行作业的状态。
The tower crane is operated by the driver.
7）非工作状态
7） Non-operating State
已经安装架设完毕的塔机，小车处于臂根位置，吊钩处于最上部，不吊载，所有机构停止运动，切断
动力电源，并采取防风保护措施的状态。
The maximum pressure in the hydraulic circuit or element under normal operating conditions.
8）最大工作压力
8） Maximum working pressure
正常操作状态下，液压回路或元件中的最大压力。
The maximum pressure in the hydraulic circuit or element under normal operating conditions.
图 1.3-4
Figure 1.3-4

4.2 相关数据单位说明（见表 1.4-1）

4.2 Description of Relevant Data Units (see Table 1.4-1)
表 1.4-1
Table 1.4-1
序号类别单位
SN Category Unit
1 长度单位 mm
Unit of Length
2 重量单位 kg
Unit of Weight
3 风压单位 Pa
Unit of Wind Pressure
4 风速单位 m/s
Unit of Wind Speed
5 温度单位 ℃
Unit of Temperature
本说明书中未提到单位的数据所采用的单位按照上表中单位为准，若文中数据规定了单位，以具体规
定的单位为准，请悉知。
The units used for the data not mentioned in this manual shall be subject to the units in the above table.
If the unit of the data in this manual is specified, the specified unit shall prevail. Please note this.
4.3 起重吊运指令
4.3 Hoisting and Lifting Instructions
当执行塔机各种动作时，司机必须时刻关注塔机周围的空间情况。在带载动作时，司机必须注视载荷；
在空钩动作时，司机应注意吊钩。为确保起重安全，起重工和司机应熟练掌握各种指挥信号。由于塔机高
度较高，一般都采用对讲机进行指挥。
When operating tower crane, the driver must always pay attention to the surrounding space. The driver must watch the load
during the loading operation; the driver shall pay attention to the hook during the empty hook operation. To ensure the safety of
lifting, the crane operator and driver should master all kinds of command signals. Since the tower crane is high, the walkie-talkie is
generally used for command.
推荐指挥手势如下表 1.4-2 所示：

The recommended command gesture is shown in Table 1.4-2 below:
表 1.4-2
Table 1.4-2
1、“预备”（注意） 2、“吊钩上升”
1、“Ready” (Attention) 2、“Hoisting Hook Up”
手臂伸直，置于头上方，五指自然伸开，手心朝小臂向侧上方伸直，五指自然伸开，高于肩部，以
前保持不动。腕部为轴转动。
Keep the arms straight, above the head, fingers Straighten the forearms upward, stretch fingers
stretched naturally, palms facing forward and keep naturally above the shoulder, rotate with wrist as
still. axis.

3、“吊钩下降” 4、“指示降落方位”
3、“Hoisting Hook Down” 4. “Indicating Landing Position”
手臂伸向侧前下方，与身体夹角为 30°，五指自然五指伸直，指出负载应降落的位置
伸开，以腕部为轴转动。 Straighten fingers and point out the position that the
Straighten forearm downward and make 30° angle load should put.
with the body, stretch fingers naturally, rotate with
wrist as axis.
5、“吊钩微微上升” 6、“吊钩微微下降”
5. “Hoisting Hook Up Slightly” 6. “Hoisting Hook Down Slightly”
小臂伸向侧前上方，手心朝上高于肩部，以腕部手臂伸向侧前下方，与身体夹角约为 30°，手心朝
为轴，重复向上摆动手掌。下，以腕部为轴，重复向下摆动手掌。
Straighten forearm upward front, palm up over the Straighten forearm downward and make 30° angle
shoulder, with the wrist as the axis, swing palm with the body, palm down, with the wrist as the axis,
upward repeatedly. swing palm downward repeatedly.

7、“吊钩水平移动”
7. “Moving Hoisting Hook Horizontally”
小臂向侧上方伸直，五指并拢手心朝外，朝负载应运行的方向，向下挥动到与肩相平的位置。
Straighten forearm upward, fingers close together, palm outwards and toward the direction that the load
should move, wave downward to the position that is level with the shoulder.
8、“吊钩水平微微移动”
8. “Slightly Moving Hoisting Hook Horizontally”
小臂向侧上方自然伸出，五指并拢手心朝外，朝负载应运行的方向，重复做缓慢的水平运动。
Naturally straighten forearm upward, fingers close together, palm outward and towards the direction that the
load should move, repeat the slow horizontal movement.

9、“微动范围” 10、“停止”
9. “Slight Moving Range” 10. “Stop”
双小臂曲起，伸向一侧，五指伸直，手心相对，小臂水平置于胸前，五指伸开，手心朝下，水平挥
其间距与负载所要移动的距离接近。向一侧。
Bent forearms and stretch to one side, stretch fingers, Put forearms level in front of the chest, stretch
palm to palm, the spacing is close to the distance that fingers, palm down, horizontally swing to one side.
the load is to be moved.
11、“紧急停止” 12、“工作结束”
11. “Emergency Stop” 12. “End of Work”
两小臂水平置于胸前，五指伸开，手心朝下，同双手五指伸开，在额前交叉。
时水平挥向两侧。 Stretch hands and fingers out and cross in front of the
Put forearms level in front of the chest, stretch forehead.
fingers, palm down, horizontally swing to both sides

本产品说明书所给的指挥语言只作为推荐，是基本的指挥语言。如果不能满足，使用单位可根据使用
情况增加，指挥信号可参考标准 GB5082-1985《起重吊运指挥信号》。
The command language in the product manual is only recommended as the basic command language.
If it is not satisfied, users can increase it according to the service condition. The command signal can refer
to the Standard GB5082-1985 “Lifting Command Signals”.
对本章中所提到的要点疏忽检查或不遵守，可能会导致产品损坏及人身伤害安全事故。
Failure to inspect or comply with the key points mentioned in this chapter may result in product
damage and personal injury accidents.

第二章产品概述
Chapter II Product Overview
空白页
Blank Page
产品概述
Product Overview
1 产品型号说明...................................................................................................................................................... 1
1 Product Models Description.............................................................................................................................. 1
2 产品样本.............................................................................................................................................................. 2
2 Product Sample................................................................................................................................................... 2
3 总体布置.............................................................................................................................................................. 6
3 General Layout................................................................................................................................................... 6
3.1 独立固定式整机外形尺寸及部件组成..............................................................................................6
3.1 Dimension and Components of Independent Fixed Tower Crane....................................................... 6
3.2 独立固定式塔机部件组成.................................................................................................................. 7
3.2 Components of Independent Fixed Tower Crane.................................................................................7
4 整机性能参数表（见表 2.4-1）.........................................................................................................................7
4 Equipment Performance Parameter Table (see Table 2.4-1)......................................................................... 8
5 机构技术性能参数表.......................................................................................................................................... 9
5 Mechanism Technical Performance Parameter Table.................................................................................... 9
5.1 起升机构主要技术性能参数表（见表 2.5-1）................................................................................ 9
5.1 Main Technical Performance Parameter Table of Hoisting Mechanism (see Table 2.5-1)................. 9
5.2 变幅机构主要性能参数表（见表 2.5-2）.......................................................................................11
5.2 Main Performance Parameter Table of Trolley Mechanism (see Table 2.5-2).................................. 11
5.3 回转机构主要性能参数表（见表 2.5-3）...................................................................................... 12
5.3 Main Performance Parameters of Slewing Mechanism (see Table 2.5-3).........................................12
5.4 液压系统主要性能参数表（见表 2.5-4）...................................................................................... 12
5.4 Main Performance Parameters of Hydraulic System (see Table 2.5-4).............................................12
6 起重性能特性表（见表 2.6-1）.......................................................................................................................14
6 Lifting Performance Characteristics Table (see Table 2.6-1).......................................................................14
7 塔机部件尺寸及重量........................................................................................................................................ 15
7 Part Size and Weight of Tower Crane............................................................................................................ 15
7.1 塔机旋转部分（见表 2.7-1）...........................................................................................................15
7.1 Rotating Parts of Tower Crane (see Table 2.7-1)............................................................................... 15
7.2 塔身.................................................................................................................................................... 25
7.2 Tower body......................................................................................................................................... 25
8 部件的介绍与辨别............................................................................................................................................ 28
8 Introduction and Identification of Components and Parts..........................................................................28
8.1 辨别塔身节........................................................................................................................................ 29
8.1 Tower Mast Identifying...................................................................................................................... 29
8.2 辨别起重臂臂节................................................................................................................................ 30
8.2 Jib Identifying.....................................................................................................................................30
8.3 爬升架的识别.................................................................................................................................... 31
8.3 Identification of Climbing Frame.......................................................................................................31
产品概述 Product Overview Ⅰ

空白页
Blank Page
Ⅱ 产品概述 Product Overview

1 产品型号说明
1 Product Models Description
本产品说明书适用于设备型号规格为：QTZ250，总图图号为：XGT7022-12S 的机型。在本产品说明
书中代号简称为 XGT7022-12S。
The product manual applies to the equipment models and specifications: QTZ250, General Drawing No. :
Model of XGT7022-12S. The code in the product manual is XGT7022- 12S for short.
1）设备型号规格：QTZ250
1） Equipment Specifications : QTZ250

塔式起重机型式试验额定起重力矩为 250 t·m。
The test rated lifting torque of tower crane is 250 t•m.
2）总图图号：XGT 70 22 - 12 S
2） General Drawing No. : XGT 70 22 - 12 S
产品系列代号
Product Series Code
最大起重量（t）
Maximum Lifting Weight (t)
臂端最大起重量（kN）
Maximum Lifting Weight of jib (kN)
最大臂长（m）
Maximum Jib Length (m)
徐工塔机内部代号
Internal Code of XCMG Tower Crane
徐工塔机内部代号为 XGT（XGA 代表徐工塔顶式，XGT 代表徐工平头式，XGL 代表徐工动臂式），

产品最大臂长 70m，在臂端 70m 幅度处最大起重量为 2.2t，整机最大起重量为 12t，产品系列代号为 S。
The internal code of XCMG tower crane is XGT (XGA stands for XCMG tower top type, XGT stands for
XCMG flat roof type, XGL stands for XCMG tower crane with trolley jib), the maximum length of the jib is 70m,
the maximum lifting weight at the 70m radius of jib end is 2.2t, the maximum lifting capacity of the whole
machine is 12t, and the product series code is S.
产品概述 Product Overview 02-1

2 产品样本
2 Product Sample
02-2 产品概述 Product Overview




3 总体布置
3 General Layout
3.1 独立固定式整机外形尺寸及部件组成
3.1 Dimension and Components of Independent Fixed Tower Crane
图 2.3-1
Figure 2.3-1

3.2 独立固定式塔机部件组成
3.2 Components of Independent Fixed Tower Crane
图 2.3-2
Figure 2.3-2
图例
Legend
1 固定支腿 8 平衡重 15 吊钩
Fixed Legs Counter Weight Lifting Hook
2 塔身 9 起升机构 16 司机室
Mast Hoisting Mechanism Driver’s Cap
3 爬升架 10 平衡臂拉杆 17 回转机构
Climbing Frame Counter Jib Lever Slewing Mechanism
4 特殊节 11 电控系统 18 液压顶升系统
Special Mast Electronic Control Hydraulic Jacking
System System
5 下支座 12 变幅机构 19 基础节
Lower Support Trolley Mechanism Basic Mast
6 上支座 13 起重臂
Upper Support Jib
7 平衡臂 14 载重小车
Counter Jib Trolley
4 整机性能参数表（见表 2.4-1）

4 Equipment Performance Parameter Table (see Table 2.4-1)

表 2.4-1
Table 2.4-1
起升机构
Hoisting M5
Mechanism
机构工作级别回转机构
Mechanism Slewing M5
Classification Group Mechanism
变幅机构
Trolley M4
Mechanism
倍率
固定附着式
Multiplying
起升高度（m） Fixed Anchorage type
Power
Hoisting Height (m)
α=2 60.2 300.2
α=4 60.2 150
额定起重力矩(t·m)
Rated Lifting Torque 250
(t•m)
最大起重量(t)
Maximum Lifting Weight 12
(t)
最大幅度(m)
Maximum 70
幅度(m) Radius (m)
Radius (m) 最小幅度(m)
Minimum 3
Radius (m)
倍率
Multiplying α=2 α=4
Power
速度起重量（t）
起升机构 Speed Lifting Weight 2.1 4.2 6 4.2 8.4 12
Hoisting (t)
Mechanism 速度（m/min）
0～92 0～68 0～46 0～46 0～34 0～23
Speed (m/min)
电机型号
Motor YZP2 250M1-4B 30L 55kW
Model
转速电机型号功率
回转机构 Rotate speed Motor Model Power
Slewing Mechanism
0.7r/min YTRVFW132M2-4F1 7.5 kW 2×7.5 kW
速度电机型号功率
变幅机构
Speed Motor Model Power

Trolley Mechanism 0～65m/min YVFE3-132S-4H 5.5kW 5.5kW
速度电机型号功率
Speed Motor Model Power
液压系统 0.5m/min YE3-160M-4 B5 11kW 11 kW
Hydraulic System
工作压力
Working 36MPa
Pressure
臂长（m）重量（t）臂长（m）重量（t）
Jib length/m Weight (t) Jib length/m Weight (t)
70 19.85 45 16.25
平衡重 65 19.85 40 14.8
Counter Weight 60 18.05 35 13.35
55 18.05 30 10.1
50 18.05
总功率 75.5kW（不含顶升、行走机构）
Total Power 75.5kW (Excluding Jacking, Traveling Mechanism)
5 机构技术性能参数表
5 Mechanism Technical Performance Parameter Table
5.1 起升机构主要技术性能参数表（见表 2.5-1）
5.1 Main Technical Performance Parameter Table of Hoisting Mechanism (see Table 2.5-1)
表 2.5-1
Table 2.5-1
项目单位参数
Item Unit Parameters
型号
/ 55JLF30A
Model
单绳公称牵引力
N 30000
起升机构 Hoisting Mechanism
Nominal Traction of Single

Rope
型号 GB 8918-2006
/
Model 16 NAT 4V×39S+5FC 1870 ZS
公称直径
钢丝绳
Nominal mm 16
Steel Wire
Diameter
Rope
最大线速度
Maximum Line m/min 92
Velocity
卷筒容绳量/层数
Lifting Rope m/r 695/6
Drum Capacity/Layers
型号
电机 / YZP2 250M1-4B 30L 55kW
Model
Motor 额定功率
kW 55
Rated Power
基频
Fundamental Hz 50
Frequency
最高运行频率
Maximum Hz 100
Operating
Frequency
额定转速 1450（50Hz 时）
r/min
Rated Speed 1450(@ 50Hz)
型号
减速机 / JQ07A
Model
Reduction
减速比
Gears / 38.5
Reduction Ratio
型号
/ YWH315-800.RL.HL.CP
制动器 Model
Brake 制动力矩
N.m 500-1000N.m
Braking Torque

5.2 变幅机构主要性能参数表（见表 2.5-2）

5.2 Main Performance Parameter Table of Trolley Mechanism (see Table 2.5-2)
表 2.5-2
Table 2.5-2
项目单位参数
型号
/ 6JXF5
Model
最大牵引力
N 5400
Maximum Traction Force
最大变幅范围 m
73
Maximum Trolley Range m
钢丝绳规格型号
GB/T20118-2006
Steel Wire Specification and /
7.7 6×19＋FC 1670 U ZS
Rope Model
变幅机构 Trolley Mechanism
变幅速度
m/min 0～65
Trolley Speed
型号
/ YVFE3-132S-4H 5.5kW
Model
额定功率
kW 5.5
Rated Power
额定频率
电机 Hz 50
Rated Frequency
Motor
转速
r/min 1460
Rotate speed
最大制动力矩
Maximum Braking N.m 80
Torque
型号
/ 120JXL.01
减速机 Model
Reduction 等效速比
Gears Equivalent Speed / 35.7
Ratio

5.3 回转机构主要性能参数表（见表 2.5-3）

5.3 Main Performance Parameters of Slewing Mechanism (see Table 2.5-3)
表 2.5-3
Table 2.5-3
项目单位参数
型号
/ JH12CT6
Model
型号
/ YTRVFW132M2-4F1 7.5 kW
Model
回转电机
功率
Slewing Mechanism kW 2×7.5kW
Power
Motor
转速
r/min 1250
回转机构 Slewing Mechanism
Rotate speed
型号
/ JH12CT6
Model
减速机
减速机速比
Reduction Gears
Reducer Speed / 195
Ratio
模数
mm 12
Modulus
齿数
输出端齿轮参数
Number of / 16
Output Gear
Teeth
Parameters
变位系数
Modification / +0.5
Coefficient
主机总速比
/ 1785.7
Total Speed Ratio of Main Engine
主机转速
r/min 0.7
Rotational Speed of Main Engine
5.4 液压系统主要性能参数表（见表 2.5-4）

5.4 Main Performance Parameters of Hydraulic System (see Table 2.5-4)
表 2.5-4
Table 2.5-4
项目单位参数
型号
Hydraulic System
/ YE3-160M-4 B5 11kW
Model
电机功率
kW 11
液压系统
Motor Power
转速
r/min 1450
Rotate Speed
流量
液压泵站 L/min 12.6
Flow Rate
Hydraulic
工作压力
Power Unit MPa 36
Working Pressure
缸/杆直径
顶升油缸 Cylinder/Rod mm 180/125
Jacking Diameter
Cylinder 顶升速度
m/min 0～0.5
Jacking Speed

6 起重性能特性表（见表 2.6-1）
6 Hoisting Performance Characteristics Table (see Table 2.6-1)
表 2.6-1
Table 2.6-1
幅度 70m 65m 60m 55m 50m 45m 40m 35m 30m 25m
Radius α=4
α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=2 α=4
(R)m α=4
3～16.21 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
17 6000 11400 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
17.56 6000 11004 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
18 6000 10711 6000 11681 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
18.52 6000 10383 6000 11325 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
19 6000 10095 6000 11014 6000 11670 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
20 6000 9541 6000 10414 6000 11037 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
20.78 6000 9146 6000 9986 6000 10585 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
21 6000 9040 6000 9871 6000 10464 6000 11867 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
22 6000 8584 6000 9377 6000 9943 6000 11282 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
22.08 6000 8549 6000 9340 6000 9904 6000 11238 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000
22.36 6000 8430 6000 9210 6000 9767 6000 11085 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 11840
22.8 6000 8248 6000 9014 6000 9560 6000 10852 6000 11749 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 11595
23 6000 8168 6000 8927 6000 9468 6000 10749 6000 11638 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 11519 6000 11487
23.1 6000 8128 6000 8884 6000 9423 6000 10698 6000 11584 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 12000 6000 11464 6000 11433
23.69 6000 7901 6000 8638 6000 9164 6000 10407 6000 11270 6000 12000 6000 11656 6000 11553 6000 11154 6000 11128
24 6000 7786 6000 8513 6000 9032 6000 10260 6000 11112 6000 11835 6000 11493 6000 11391 6000 10997 6000 10973
25 6000 7435 6000 8133 6000 8632 6000 9810 6000 10628 6000 11324 6000 10994 6000 10896 6000 10518 6000 10500
26 6000 7111 6000 7782 6000 8261 6000 9394 6000 10181 6000 10853 6000 10533 6000 10439 6000 10075
27 6000 6811 6000 7458 6000 7919 6000 9010 6000 9767 6000 10416 6000 10106 6000 10015 6000 9666
28 6000 6532 6000 7156 6000 7601 6000 8653 6000 9383 6000 10011 6000 9710 6000 9622 6000 9285
29 6000 6273 6000 6875 6000 7304 6000 8320 6000 9026 6000 9634 6000 9341 6000 9256 6000 8931
30 6000 6031 6000 6613 6000 7028 6000 8010 6000 8692 6000 9282 6000 8997 6000 8915 6000 8600
30.93 6000 5820 6000 6384 6000 6787 6000 7739 6000 8401 6000 8975 6000 8696 6000 8617
31 5985 5804 6000 6368 6000 6769 6000 7720 6000 8379 6000 8952 6000 8674 6000 8595
32 5773 5592 6000 6138 6000 6527 6000 7447 6000 8087 6000 8643 6000 8372 6000 8296
33 5574 5393 6000 5922 6000 6299 6000 7192 6000 7812 6000 8353 6000 8089 6000 8015
33.5 5478 5297 6000 5819 6000 6190 6000 7070 6000 7680 6000 8215 6000 7953 6000 7880
34 5386 5205 5899 5718 6000 6085 6000 6951 6000 7553 6000 8080 6000 7822 6000 7750
35 5209 5028 5708 5527 6000 5883 6000 6724 6000 7309 6000 7823 6000 7570 6000 7500
35.33 5153 4972 5647 5466 6000 5818 6000 6652 6000 7231 6000 7741 6000 7490
36 5042 4861 5527 5346 5873 5692 6000 6510 6000 7078 6000 7579 6000 7332
37 4884 4703 5355 5175 5692 5511 6000 6307 6000 6860 6000 7349 6000 7107
38 4734 4553 5193 5012 5521 5340 6000 6115 6000 6654 6000 7131 6000 6894
39 4592 4411 5039 4858 5359 5178 6000 5933 6000 6458 6000 6925 6000 6692
39.65 4503 4322 4943 4763 5257 5077 6000 5820 6000 6335 6000 6796 6000 6566
40 4457 4276 4893 4712 5204 5024 5941 5760 6000 6271 6000 6728 6000 6500
41 4328 4147 4754 4573 5058 4877 5776 5595 6000 6094 6000 6541
42 4206 4025 4621 4441 4918 4737 5619 5439 6000 5926 6000 6364
42.66 4128 3947 4537 4357 4829 4649 5520 5339 6000 5819 6000 6251
43 4089 3908 4495 4314 4785 4604 5470 5289 5946 5765 6000 6194
44 3978 3797 4375 4194 4658 4477 5327 5146 5792 5611 6000 6032
45 3872 3691 4259 4079 4536 4355 5191 5010 5645 5465 6000 5877
46 3770 3589 4149 3968 4420 4239 5060 4880 5505 5324
47 3672 3492 4044 3863 4309 4128 4936 4755 5371 5190
48 3579 3398 3943 3762 4202 4021 4816 4635 5242 5061
49 3489 3309 3846 3665 4100 3919 4701 4520 5119 4938
50 3404 3223 3753 3572 4002 3821 4591 4410 5000 4819
51 3321 3140 3663 3482 3907 3727 4485 4304
52 3242 3061 3577 3396 3817 3636 4383 4202
53 3165 2984 3494 3314 3729 3549 4285 4104
54 3091 2911 3415 3234 3645 3465 4191 4010
55 3021 2840 3338 3157 3564 3384 4100 3919
56 2952 2771 3264 3083 3486 3306
57 2886 2705 3192 3012 3411 3230
58 2823 2642 3123 2943 3338 3157
59 2761 2580 3057 2876 3268 3087
60 2701 2521 2992 2812 3200 3019
61 2644 2463 2930 2749
62 2588 2407 2870 2689
63 2534 2354 2811 2631
64 2482 2301 2755 2574

幅度 70m 65m 60m 55m 50m 45m 40m 35m 30m 25m
Radius α=4
α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=4 α=2 α=2 α=4
(R)m α=4
65 2431 2251 2700 2519

66 2382 2202
67 2335 2154
68 2288 2108
69 2244 2063
70 2200 2019
1）以上各臂长起重性能根据塔机独立固定高度（60.2m）计算而得出。当起升高度大于 60.2m 时，
性能曲线中的起重量必须降低。
1） The lifting performance of the above jib lengths is calculated according to the independent fixed
height (60.2 m) of the tower crane. When the hoisting height is greater than 60.2 m, the hoisting weight in
the performance curve must be reduced.
2）计算方法为：计算高度的起重量=性能表中的起重量-每米钢丝绳的重量×（计算高度-60.2）×倍率。
（单位，高度：m；重量：kg，其中钢丝绳每米的重量为 1.05kg）
2） The calculation method is: The lifting weight of the calculated height = the lifting weight in the
performance table - the weight per meter of wire rope × (the calculated height - 60.2) ×multiplying power.
Unit: height: m; weight : kg; the weight of the wire rope per meter is 1.05kg)
塔机处于非工作工况时，必须夹好行走液压制动器（仅行走式塔机），回转刹车释放，塔机可自由回
转。
When the tower crane is in non-working conditions, the travelling hydraulic brake (only the travelling
tower crane) must be clamped, the swing brake is released, and the tower crane can swing freely.
7 塔机部件尺寸及重量
7 Part Size and Weight of Tower Crane
7.1 塔机旋转部分（见表 2.7-1）
7.1 Rotating Parts of Tower Crane (see Table 2.7-1)

图 2.7-1
Figure 2.7-1
表 2.7-1
Table 2.7-1
单件重
部件位
长L 宽B 高H 量 (kg)
置
件数名称简图
Compon Pieces Length L Width W Height H Weight
Name Sketch of Single
ent (m) (m) (m)
Piece
Location
(kg)
臂根节
9 1 Jib Root 11.63 1.73 2.49 4216
T1501
臂节二
9 1 Jib II 10.32 1.45 2.27 2018
T1513

单件重
部件位
置
件数名称简图 Weight
Compon Pieces Length L Width W Height H
ent (m) (m) (m)
Piece
Location
(kg)
臂节三
9 1 Jib III 10.26 1.45 1.9 1760
T1502
臂节四
9 1 Jib IV 10.23 1.45 1.88 1366
T1515
臂节五
9 1 Jib V 5.19 1.32 1.82 569
T1516
臂节六
9 1 Jib IV 10.15 1.45 1.56 1016
T1517
臂节七
9 1 Jib VII 5.15 1.45 1.54 403.5
T1518
臂节八
9 1 Jib VIII 10.13 1.45 1.51 549.5
T1519
臂节九
9 1 jib IX 5.118 1.45 1.5 225.2
T1503
臂头
9 1 Jib End 1.08 1.71 1.31 96.7
T15T1

单件重
部件位
置件数名称简图
ent (m) (m) (m)
Piece
Location
(kg)
平衡臂
4 1 11.81 1.59 0.66 2717
Counter Jib
起升机构
5 1 Hoisting 2.04 2.23 1.41 2150
Mechanism
变幅机构
8 1 Trolley 1.44 0.65 0.74 414
Mechanism
回转减速机
13 1 Slewing 0.64 0.42 0.42 195
reducer
电控柜
7 1 Electric 1.44 0.51 1.5 300
control
cabinet

单件重
部件位
置
ent (m) (m) (m)
Piece
Location
(kg)
上支座
3 1 Upper 1.8 2.42 0.83 1711
Support
下支座
2 Lower 2.03 2.03 0.98 1854
Support
司机室
12 1 2.3 1.3 2.1 850
Driver’s cap

单件重
部件位
置件数名称简图
ent (m) (m) (m)
Piece
Location
(kg)
载重小车
10 1 2.33 1.55 1.27 392
Trolley
吊钩
11 1 1.26 0.4 1.91 464
Lifting Hook
平衡重 1
1 5 Counter 1.11 0.35 3.485 3250
Weight 1

单件重
部件位
置
ent (m) (m) (m)
Piece
Location
(kg)
平衡重 2
1 2 Counter 1.11 0.32 2.11 1800
Weight 2
平衡臂拉杆 I
6 2 Counter Jib 6.115 0.087 0.2 184.5
Lever I
平衡臂拉杆 II
6 1 Counter Jib 1.22 0.087 0.2 56
Lever II
以上图标中的重量为图纸理论数值，考虑焊缝等情况，实际重量误差在±5%左右，机构重量不包含钢
丝绳重量。
The weight in the above symbol is the theoretical value in the drawing. Considering the welding seams, the
actual weight error is about 5%. The weight of the mechanism does not include the weight of the wire rope.
7.1.1 塔机上回转部分尺寸及重量
7.1.1 Dimensions and Weight of Upper Swing Part on Tower Crane
1） 70m 臂长塔机上半部外形尺寸
1） The upper part size of 70m long jib tower crane

图 2.7-2
Fig. 2.7-2
图 2.7-3
Figure 2.7-3
图 2.7-4
Figure 2.7-4
图 2.7-5
Figure 2.7-5
图 2.7-6
Figure 2.7-6

图 2.7-7
Figure 2.7-7
图 2.7-8
Figure 2.7-8
图 2.7-9
Figure 2.7-9
图 2.7-10
Figure 2.7-10
图 2.7-11

Figure 2.7-11
7.1.2 起重臂截面尺寸（单位：mm）
7.1.2 Jib Size (Unit: mm)
图 2.7-12
Figure 2.7-12
7.1.3 组装后的起重臂重量
7.1.3 Weight of Assembled Jib
下表 2.7-1 显示的重量为起重臂包变幅机构（含钢丝绳）的重量，重量误差：±5%。
The weight shown in Table 2.7-1 below is the weight of the jib trolley mechanism (including wire rope), and
the weight error is: ±5%。
表 2.7-1
Table 2.7-1
序号臂长/m 重量（不含小车、吊钩）/kg
SN Jib Length/m Weight (Excluding Trolley, Hook) / kg
1 70 13028
2 65 12785
3 60 12433
4 55 12190
5 50 11761
6 45 11126
7 40 10697
8 35 10100
9 30 9273
10 25 8673

7.2 塔身
7.2 Masts
图 2.7-13
Figure 2.7- 13

表 2.7-2
Table 2.7-2
单件重
部件位置件数长L 宽W 高H 量 (kg)
名称简图
Componen Piece Length L Width W Height H Weight
t Location s (m) (m) (m)
Piece
(kg)
爬升架
3 1 Climbing 2.49 2.57 7.25 2988
Frame
基础节
2 1 2.1 2.08 7.76 4038
Basic Mast
标准节
2 17 2.07 2.11 3.26 1754
Mast

单件重
部件位置件数长L 宽W 高H 量 (kg)
名称简图
Componen Piece Length L Width W Height H Weight
t Location s (m) (m) (m)
Piece
(kg)
特殊节
4 1 2.47 2.51 3.26 2511
Special Mast
支腿
1 4 0.6 0.6 2.26 265.7
Support Leg
以上图标中的重量为图纸理论数值，考虑焊缝等情况，实际重量误差在±5%左右，机构重量不包含钢
丝绳重量。
The weight in the above symbol is the theoretical value in the drawing. Considering the welding seams, the
actual weight error is about 5%. The weight of the mechanism does not include the weight of the wire rope.
7.2.1 各种塔身节
7.2.1 Various Masts
1）标准节 L68B1
1） Mast L68B1
a. 截面 2m×2m；
a. Cross Mast 2m × 2m;
b. 高度 3m；
b. Height 3m
c. 主弦型材 L200×200×20。
c. Structural Mast of Main Chord L200×200× 20.
2）基础节 S68JT
2） Basic Mast S68JT
a. 截面 2m×2m；


b. 高度 7.5m；
b. Height 7.5 m;
c. 主弦型材 L200×200×26。
c. Structural Mast of Main Chord L200×200×26.
4）特殊节 TTJ250A
4） Special Mast TTJ250A
a. 截面 2m×2m；
b. 高度 3m；
b. Height 3m
c. 主弦型材 L200×200×20。
c. Structural Mast of Main Chord L200×200× 20.
7.2.2 固定支腿
7.2.2 Fixed Legs
1） TBGJ200L01.1 外形尺寸
1） Dimension of TBGJ200L01.1
图 2.7-14
Figure 2.7- 14
8 部件的介绍与辨别
8 Introduction and Identification of Components and Parts

8.1 辨别塔身节
8.1 Mast Identifying
基础节镂空标识码为 S68JT，基础节主弦为主弦型材 L200×200×26，截面 2m，高度 7.5m（见图 2.8-1）。
The hollowed identification code of basic mast is S68JT, the structural mast of main chord of basic mast is
L200×200×26, the mast is 2m, and the height is 7.5m (see Figure 2.8-1).
图 2.8-1
Figure 2.8-1
标准节镂空标识码为 L68B1，标准节主弦为主弦型材 L200×200×20，截面 2m，高度 3m，
（见图 2.8-2）。
The hollowed identification code of mast is L68B1, the structural jib of main chord of mast is L200×200×20,
the jib is 2m, and the height is 7.5m (see Figure 2.8-1).

图 2.8-2
Figure 2.8-2
8.2 辨别起重臂臂节
8.2 Jib Identifying
在组装起重臂时必须正确辨识各起重臂臂节，按照规定的顺序组装，通过臂节上弦下部镂空标识牌标
识起重臂臂节，T1513 代表起重臂第二节（见图 2.8-3）。起重臂组成见表 2.8-1。
When assembling the jib, each jib mast must be correctly identified and assembled in the specified order. The
jib mast can be identified by the hollowed-out identification plate on the upper mast of jib mast principal rafter,
and T1513 represents the second mast of the jib (see Figure 2.8- 3). The composition of the jib is shown in Table
2.81.
图 2.8-3
Figure 2.8-3
表 2.8-1
Table 2.8-1
起重
臂长
度臂头
6.35m 10m 10m 10m 5m 10m 5m 10m 5m
Jib Jib End
Lengt
h
T1503 T15T1
70m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T1516 T1517 T1518 T1519
65m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T1516 T1517 T1518 T1519 T15T1
60m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T1516 T1517 T1518 T1503 T15T1
55m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T1516 T1517 T1518 T15T1
50m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T1516 T1517 T15T1
45m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T1516 T1518 T15T1
40m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T1516 T15T1
35m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1515 T15T1
30m T1501 T1513 T1502 T1516 T15T1
25m T1501 T1513 T1502 T15T1

8.3 爬升架的识别
8.3 Identification of Climbing Frame
完整的爬升架包括以下部分（见图 2.8-4）。
The complete climbing frame consists of the following Masts (see Figure 2.8- 4).
图 2.8-4
Figure 2.8-4
图例
Legend
1 爬升架总成 3 油缸
Climbing frame assembly Cylinder
2 液压站 4 顶升横梁
Hydraulic power unit Lifting beam

1）爬升架结构（见图 2.8-5）
1） Climbing frame structure (see Figure 2.8- 5)
图 2.8-5
Figure 2.8-5
2）爬升架上平台（见图 2.8-6）
2） Upper platform of climbing frame (see Figure 2.8- 6)
图 2.8-6
Figure 2.8-6

3）爬升架下平台（见图 2.8-7）
3） Lower platform of climbing frame (see Figure 2.8- 7)
图 2.8-7
Figure 2.8-7
4）爬升架爬梯（见图 2.8-8）
4） Ladder stand of climbing frame (see Figure 2.8- 8)

图 2.8-8
Figure 2.8-8
5）油缸（见图 2.8-9）
5） Cylinder (see Figure 2.8- 9)
图 2.8-9

Figure 2.8-9
6）顶升横梁（见图 2.8-10）
6） Jacking beam (see Figure 2.8- 10)
图 2.8-10
Figure 2.8-10

XGT7022- 10S Tower Crane Instruction Manual Vol. I: Installation Manual
第三章技术数据
Chapter III Technical Data
XGT7022- 10S Tower Crane Instruction Manual Vol. I: Installation Manual
空白页
Blank Page
技术数据
Technical Data
1 塔机电源.......................................................................................................................................................1
1 Power Supply of Tower Crane...................................................................................................................... 1
2 独立固定式塔身组成...................................................................................................................................1
2 Composition of Independent Stationary Mast.............................................................................................. 1
3 附着式塔身组成...........................................................................................................................................3
3 Composition of Anchorage Mast.................................................................................................................. 3
3.1 塔身附着间距及悬高.................................................................................................................. 4
3.1 Anchorage Distance and Suspension Height of Mast.................................................................. 4
3.2 附着杆与预埋件的受力表.......................................................................................................... 5
3.2 Force Table of Anchoraged Rod and Embedded Parts.................................................................5
4 固定基础.......................................................................................................................................................6
4 Stationary Foundation................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 预埋支腿式固定基础.................................................................................................................. 7
4.1 Pre-embedded Leg Stationary Foundation................................................................................... 7
4.2 固定基础计算.............................................................................................................................13
4.2 Stationary Foundation Calculation............................................................................................. 13
4.3 支腿反力.....................................................................................................................................25
4.3 Reactions of Supporting Legs.....................................................................................................25
4.4 非工作状态下不同台风等级基础载荷值及对应塔身高度（70m 臂长）............................27
4.4 Foundation load values of different typhoon scales under non-operating state and
corresponding tower height (70m)..............................................................................................................27
5 平衡重.........................................................................................................................................................28
5 Counter Weight........................................................................................................................................... 28
5.1 各臂长平衡重组成明细（见表 3.5-1）...................................................................................28
5.1 Details of Weight Counter for Each Jib Length (see Table 3.5-1)............................................. 28
5.2 平衡重安装位置.........................................................................................................................29
5.2 Mounting Position of Counter Weight........................................................................................29
5.3 平衡重制作.................................................................................................................................34
5.3 Manufacturing of Counter Weight..............................................................................................34
6 钢丝绳配置.................................................................................................................................................36
6 Steel Wire Rope Configuration...................................................................................................................36
6.1 变幅钢丝绳.................................................................................................................................36
6.1 Trolley Wire Rope.......................................................................................................................36
6.2 起升钢丝绳.................................................................................................................................37
6.2 Hoisting Wire Rope.................................................................................................................... 37
7 钩头技术参数.............................................................................................................................................38
7 Technical Parameters of Hook.................................................................................................................... 38
技术数据 Technical Data Ⅰ

空白页
Blank Page
Ⅱ 技术数据 Technical Data

1 塔机电源
1 Power Supply of Tower Crane
表 3.1-1
Table 3.1-1
机构额定功率启动功率额定电流强度启动电流强度
Mechanism Rated Power Starting Power Rated Current Starting Current
Intensity Strength
起升机构 55 kW 165 kW 103 A 430 A
Hoisting Mechanism
变幅机构 5.5 kW 16.5 kW 13 A 43 A
Trolley Mechanism
启动电流强度包括：
The starting current strength includes:
1）最耗电的动作（一般为起升）的启动电流强度；
1） the starting current strength of the most power-consuming action (generally it is hoisting);
2）其他两种动作（一般为回转和变幅）的额定电流强度。
2） The rated current strength of the other two actions (generally it is slewing and trolley).
2 独立固定式塔身组成
2 Composition of Independent Stationary Mast
独立固定式塔机由 1 节 7.5m 基础节、17 节标准节及 1 节特殊节组成，独立固定式最大起升高度
为 60.2m。塔身各种高度的塔身节配置见表 3.2-1。
The independent stationary tower crane consists of a 7.5m basic mast, 17 mast and 1 special mast. The
maximum hoisting height of independent stationary tower crane is 60.2 m. See table 3.2-1 for the
configuration of mast masts at various heights.
如不按照此顺序执行则可能造成塔机无法顶升、标准节断裂、甚至塔机倾覆，造成人身伤害安全
事故！
Failure to follow the sequence may cause the tower crane unable to lift, the mast broken, or even
the tower crane capsizing, resulting in personal injury and safety accidents!
表 3.2-1
Table 3.2-1
塔身配置
塔身高度（m） Tower Configuration
Tower Height (m) 基础节（S68JT）标准节（L68B1）特殊节(TTJ250A)
Basic Mast (S68JT) Mast (L68B1) Special Mast ( TTJ250A)
60.2 1 17 1
57.2 1 16 1
54.2 1 15 1
51.2 1 14 1
技术数据 Technical Data 03-1

塔身配置
塔身高度（m） Tower Configuration
Tower Height (m) 基础节（S68JT）标准节（L68B1）特殊节(TTJ250A)
Basic Mast (S68JT) Mast (L68B1) Special Mast ( TTJ250A)
48.2 1 13 1
45.2 1 12 1
42.2 1 11 1
39.2 1 10 1
36.2 1 9 1
33.2 1 8 1
30.2 1 7 1
27.2 1 6 1
24.2 1 5 1
21.2 1 4 1
18.2 1 3 1
15.2 1 2 1
12.2 1 1 1
独立固定式塔身配置示意（见图 3.2-1）。
The configuration of independent stationary mast (see Figure 3.2-1).
03-2 技术数据 Technical Data

图 3.2-1
Figure 3.2-1
3 附着式塔身组成
3 Composition of Anchorage Mast
塔机最大附着高度 300.2 米，共有 99 节塔身节。自下而上的组成为：1 节 7.5 米基础节，97 节标
准节，1 节特殊节。塔身节、特殊节内有供人上下的爬梯及休息平台。
The maximum attached height of the tower crane is 300.2 meters, with a total of 99 tower masts and
mast. The components from bottom to top are as follow: one 7.5 meters basic mast, 97 masts, 1 special mast.
There are ladders and rest platforms for people go up and down in the tower mast and special mast.
如不按照此顺序执行则可能造成塔机无法顶升、标准节断裂、甚至塔机倾覆，造成人身伤害安全
事故！
Failure to follow the sequence may cause the tower crane unable to lift, the mast broken, or even
the tower crane capsizing, resulting in personal injury and safety accidents!

3.1 塔身附着间距及悬高
3.1 Anchorage Distance and Suspension Height of Mast
1）塔身附着安排（见表 3.3-1）。
1） Anchorage arrangement of mast (see Table 3.3-1).
表 3.3-1
Table 3.3-1
附着次特殊节数
基础节数量标准节数量
数量/节
高度各次附着高度/米 /节 /节
Anchor Quantity
Height Each Anchorage Height/m Quantity of Quantity of
age of Special
Basic Mast Masts
Times Mast
300.2 7 48.15×84.15×120.15×156.15×192.15×228.15×261.15 1 97 1
2）附着时塔身最大悬高参数（见表 3.3-2）。
2） Maximum suspension height parameter of the mast when attached (see Table 3.3-2).
表 3.3-2
Table 3.3-2
附着架距固定基础上表面
或下面附着架的高度（m）附着架以上塔身最大悬此时的最大起升高
附着架的道数 The height between the 高（m）度（m）
序号
Quantity of attached frame and the Maximum suspension Maximum hoisting
SN
Attached Frame stationary foundation height of mast above the height at this time
from the upper to the attached frame(m) (m)
lower (m)
第一道
1 The first attached 48.15 48.05 96.2
frame
第二道
2 The second attached 84.15 48.05 132.2
frame
第三道
3 The third attached 120.15 48.05 168.2
frame
第四道 45.05
4 The fourth attached 156.15 201.2
frame
第五道 192.15 45.05
5 The fifth attached 237.2
frame
第六道 228.15 42.05
6 The sixth attached 270.2
frame
第七道 261.15 39.05
7 The seventh attached 300.2
frame
3）附着示意图（见图 3.3-1）。
3） Anchorage diagram (see Figure 3.3-1).
注：最顶部节为特殊节
Note: The topmost mast is a special mast.
图 3.3-1
Figure 3.3-1
3.2 附着杆与预埋件的受力表
3.2 Force Table of Attached Rod and Embedded Parts
1）附着杆的受力模型（见图 3.3-2）。
1） The force model of the attached rod (see Figure 3.3-2).
工作垂直风工况工作后吹风工况非工作工况

Vertical wind operating conditions Windy condition after operating Non-working condition
图 3.3-2
Figure 3.3-2
图例
Legend
代号含义代号含义
Code Implication Code Implication

P1 塔机重力 kN P2 上部风力 kN
Gravity of tower crane kN Upper wind power kN
My 吊载弯矩 kN·m My1 上部后吹风弯矩 kN·m
Bending moment of suspended load kN•m Bending moment of upper rear wind
kN•m
Mx 上部垂直风弯矩 kN·m T 扭矩 kN·m
Bending moment of upper vertical wind Torque kN•m
kN•m
q 塔身均布风力 kN/m² R 附着处的合力
Evenly distributed wind power of mast Joint force at the Anchorage
kN/m
非工作上部风弯矩与自重弯矩的合成弯矩 kN·m
M Combined bending moment of bending moment of non-working upper wind and bending
moment of self-weight
注：上部是指塔机最上面的标准节上平面以上部分。
Note: The upper part refers to the part above the plane of the topmost mast of the tower crane.
2）根据以上受力模型将载荷旋转 360°即可得到建筑物附着点最大受力，见表 3.3-3。
2） According to the above force model, the maximum force of the Anchoragepoint of the building can
be obtained by rotating the load 360°, see Table 3.3-3.
表 3.3-3
Table 3.3-3
建筑物附着
点
Anchorage F1（t） F2（t） F3（t） F4（t）
points of
buildings
载荷 t
±20 ±36 ±12 ±32
Load t
4 固定基础
4 Stationary Foundation
XGT7022-12S 塔机基础为预埋支腿式固定基础。
The foundation of tower crane XGT7022- 12S is a stationary foundation with embedded legs.
固定基础制作不良会造成塔机使用严重事故（基础节或无法安装、塔身垂直得不到保证等）。
Improper construction of stationary foundation will cause serious accidents in tower crane
operation (basic mast cannot be installed, the perpendicularity of tower cannot be ensured, etc.).

4.1 预埋支腿式固定基础
4.1 Pre-embedded Leg Stationary Foundation
4.1.1 预埋支腿式固定基础图（见图 3.4-1）
4.1.1 Sketch of Pre-embedded Leg Stationary Foundation (see Figure 3.4-1)
Grounding
图 3.4-1
Figure 3.4-1
4.1.2 基础制作过程
4.1.2 Foundation Construction Process
1）标准基础中心距离附着墙体距离为 5m，基础开挖至老土找平，基础承载力必须达到各形式
要求，当地基承载力≤0.2Mpa 时，须回填不小于 200mm 厚度的碎石或卵石夯实，周边配模或砌砖后再
进行编筋浇注混凝土，基础周围地面低于混凝土表面 100mm 以上以利排水，周边配模，拆模以后回
填卵石。
1） The distance between the standard foundation center and the wall is 5m. From the foundation
excavation to soil leveling, the foundation carrying capacity must meet the requirements. When the carrying
capacity of foundation is ≤ 0.2Mpa, the gravel or pebbles with a thickness of not less than 200mm must be
backfilled and tamped, after the template setting or bricklaying, the reinforced concrete is deposited. The
ground around the foundation is lower above 100mm than the concrete surface to facilitate drainage, and
backfilling pebbles after the surrounding template is removed.
表 3.4-1
Table 3.4-1
架立筋
上、下层筋地耐力 MPa 混凝土 m3
重量 t Bearing
L H Upper and Lower Earth Bearing Concrete
Weight t Rod of
Reinforcement Capacity MPa m3
Frame
纵横向各 58-φ25
7100 1700 58-φ 25 in the vertical ≥0.2 85.7 205.6 441
and horizontal
directions
7500 1700 60-φ 25 in the vertical ≥0.17 95.6 229.4 441
and horizontal
directions
7800 1700 60-φ 25 in the vertical ≥0.15 103.4 248.1 441
and horizontal
directions
8100 1700 60-φ 25 in the vertical ≥0.13 111.5 267.7 441
and horizontal
directions
2）按照基础图纸布置钢筋，见图 3.4-2，根据工地实际情况选择二级螺纹钢或三级螺纹钢，都可
以满足使用要求。采用直径Φ25 钢筋，上下排双层双向，间距为 123mm，上下层钢筋间设直径Φ16 拉
结筋，间距为 492mm，拉结筋平行布置，控制上下保护层，基础的钢筋保护层厚度为 25mm。
2） Lay the steel bars in accordance with the foundation drawings, as shown in Figure 3.4-2. According
to the actual situation of the construction site, select the secondary rebar or the third-grade rebar, which can
meet the requirements for use. Use the steel bar with diameter Φ25, the upper and lower rows are
double-layered, the spacing is 123mm, the Rachel reinforcement with diameter Φ16 is set up between upper
and lower rebars, and the spacing is 492mm. The Rachel reinforcement is arranged in parallel to control the
upper and lower protective layers. The thickness of steel protective layer of foundation is 25mm.
图 3.4-2
Figure 3.4-2
3）固定支腿结构的固定
3） Fixing of stationary leg structure
a. 检查标准节，由于运输等原因，难免会造成标准节的变形，在使用前必须对标准节的关键尺

寸进行检查，要求标准节截面尺寸误差、主弦端部平面高度差均不大于 2mm，合格后方可使用。
a. Inspect the mast. Due to transportation and other reasons, mast will be inevitably deformed. The
critical dimensions of the mast must be checked before use. The cross-mast size error of mast and the plane
height difference of main string end are not greater than 2mm. It can be used after passing the test.
b. 预埋支腿、固定框架及标准节装配为一体。四个预埋支腿与固定框架采用 8 个φ65 销轴连接
并用锁销锁死、固定框架与标准节之间采用 8 个φ55 销轴连接并用锁销锁死，保证支腿的主弦与标准
节的主弦外表面对齐，见图 1.4-3。
b. The embedded supporting legs, stationary frame and masts are assembled as a whole one. The four
pre-embedded legs and the stationary frame are connected by 8 pieces of φ65 pins and locked with locking
pins. The stationary frame and the mast are connected by 8 pieces of φ55 pins and locked with locking pins to
ensure that the main string of the supporting legs is aligned with the main surface of the masts, as shown in
Figure 1.4-3.
标准节
Mast
固定框架
Fixed frame
预埋支腿
Embedded leg
图 3.4-3
Figure 3.4-3
固定支腿、固定框架、标准节连接时注意连接面清洁，不应带有任何污垢。
When connecting the stationary legs, stationary frame and masts, the joint surface must be clean
free of any dirt.
c. 钢筋捆扎到一定程度时，将装配好的支腿、固定框架及标准节整体吊入钢筋网内，预埋支腿
周围的钢筋数量不得减少和切断，主筋通过支腿时有困难时，允许主筋避让。保证预埋支腿露出基础
面高度符合图纸要求，为便于调节支腿的水平度，可在每个支腿底部增加支撑座，支撑座可采用圆管
或钢筋焊接在支腿下方。
c. When the steel bar is bundled to a certain extent, the assembled supporting legs and masts shall be
hoisted into the steel mesh as a whole. The number of steel bars around the pre-embedded legs shall not be
reduced or cut. When the main reinforcement is difficult to pass through the legs, it is allowed to keep away
from legs. Ensure that the height of embedded supporting leg above foundation surface meets the
requirements of the drawing. In order to adjust the level of supporting legs, a support seat can be welded
under the supporting leg by a round tube or steel bar.
d. 在标准节的两个方向上主弦中心线上挂铅垂线，保证标准节上平面的水平误差不大于 1/1000，
也可以使用水平仪或经纬仪测量，保证标准节上平面的水平度。
d. Hang the plumb line on the center line of main string in the two directions of the mast to ensure that
the horizontal error of the upper plane of mast is not greater than 1/1000. The gradienter or theodolite can
also be used to measure the level of the plane on the mast, ensuring the upper plane of mast is level.
铅垂线
Plumb line
图 3.4-4
Figure 3.4-4
4）调整好后浇筑混凝土，混凝土的强度等级不得低于 C35，固定支腿周围混凝土充填率必须达
95%以上。浇筑混凝土时注意尽量避免对固定支腿的扰动。
4） After the adjustment, the strength grade of the concrete shall not be lower than C35, and the filling
rate of the concrete around the stationary leg shall be more than 95%. When pouring concrete, try to avoid
disturbing the stationary legs.
5）基础浇筑完成后，应再次测量标准节的垂直度，如出现变动应立即进行调整，保证标准节垂
直度和支腿上平面的水平度。
5） After the foundation pouring is completed, the verticality of the mast should be measured again. In
case of any change, it shall be adjusted immediately to ensure the verticality of the mast and the level of the
upper plane of supporting leg.
6）安装塔机时基础混凝土应达到 80%以上设计强度，塔机运行使用时基础混凝土应达到 100%
的设计强度，砼基础养护期夏季大于 15 天，冬季时养护期应大于 21 天。

6） The strength of foundation concrete should reach more than 80% of the design strength when the
tower crane is installed and the strength of foundation concrete shall reach 100% of design strength when the
tower crane is in operation. The curing period of foundation shall be more than 15 days in summer, and more
than 21 days in winter.
a. 固定支腿应采用我公司配套支腿，否则一切责任自负。
a. The stationary legs should be provided by our company, otherwise all the responsibilities are
at users’ own risk.
b. 固定支腿只能使用一次，严禁从基础重挖出来重新使用。
b. The stationary legs can only be used once. It is strictly prohibited to dig it out from the
foundation and use it again.
c. 因固定支腿为重要受力件，我们建议购买我公司原厂配套件。
c. Since the Stationary legs are important stress parts, we recommend to purchase the original
parts of our company.
7）塔机接地
7） Tower crane grounding
为避免雷击，塔机主体结构、电机机座和所有电气设备的金属外壳、导线的金属保护管均应可靠
接地，其接地电阻应不大于 4Ω。采用多处重复接地时，其接地电阻应不大于 10Ω。
To avoid lightning strikes, the main structure of tower crane, the motor base and metal casing of all
electrical equipment and the metal protection tubes of wires shall be reliably grounded, and the grounding
resistance shall not be greater than 4 Ω. When multiple grounding is used, the grounding resistance should
not be greater than 10Ω.
接地体的电阻应很小，接地体应埋在潮湿的地方。如果土壤导电不良，有必要在凹处埋入氯化钠，
然后灌水。
The resistance of ground connector should be small, and the ground connector should be buried in a
damp place. If the soil does not conduct well, it is necessary to bury sodium chloride in the recesses and fill
them with water.
接地体的引出铜导体的截面面积≥25mm2，常用的接地方式如下：
The cross section area of the copper conductor of ground connector is ≥25 mm2. The common grounding
methods are as follows:
a. 接地桩采用正规的接地桩、等边角钢 L70×7 长 1.5m、钢管φ33×4.5 长 1.5m，进行立埋（见图
3.4-5）。
a. The regular grounding stud, 1.5m long equal angle steel L70×7, 1.5m long steel tube φ33×4.5 can
be used, and shall be buried vertically (see Figure 3.4-5).
b. 接地板采用钢板或其他可延金属板制作，面积为 1m2，板的宽度≥150mm，进行立埋（见图
3.4-6）。
b. The grounding plate is made of steel plate or other extendable metal plate with an area of 1m2 and
the width of plate is ≥150mm, and shall be buried vertically (see Figure 3.4-6).
c. 埋导线采用截面≥28mm2 的铜导体或截面≥50mm2 的铁导体埋入地下，其埋置长度决定于接地
电阻的大小（见图 3.4-7）。
c. If the buried conductor is copper with a cross section ≥28mm2 or iron with a cross section ≥50mm2,

its embedded length depends on the grounding resistance (see Figure 3.4-7).
图 3.4-5 图 3.4-6 图 3.4-7

Figure 3.4-5 Figure 3.4-6 Figure 3.4-7

4.2 固定基础计算
4.2 Stationary Foundation Calculation
4.2.1 计算
4.2.1 Calculation
1）计算偏心距
1） Eccentric distance calculation
塔机的稳定条件为
The stability condition of the tower crane is
式中：
Where,
Mv——倾翻力矩（kN·m）
Mv - Tilting Moment (kN•m)
Fh——水平力（kN）
Fh - Horizontal Force (kN)
Fv——基础所受垂直载荷（kN）
Fv - Vertical Load on Foundation (kN)
Fg——基础重量（kN）
Fg - Foundation Weight (kN)
e——偏心距（m）
e - Eccentric Distance (m)
b——基础宽度尺寸（m）

b - Foundation Width (m)

2）地耐力计算
2） Earth bearing strength calculation
式中：
Where,
——地耐力（kN/m²）
- Earth bearing strength (kN/m²)
——地面许用压应力（kN/m²）
- Allowable ground compressive stress (kN/m2)

3）计算数据：不同高度不同臂长下的基础载荷表
3） Calculating data Foundation Load Table with Different Height and jib Length
a. 70 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-2）。
a. 70m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-2).
表 3.4-2
Table 3.4-2
工作状态非工作状态
Operating State Non-operating State
工作高度垂直力弯矩水平力扭矩垂直力弯矩水平力扭矩
塔身节数量
Operating Vertical Bending Horizontal Torque Vertical Bending Horizontal Torque
Number of Height Force Moment Force Force Moment Force
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
H(m） Fv(kN) Mv(kN.m) Fh(kN) Fv(kN) M(kN.m) Fh(kN)
1+2 15.2 725.9 1832.3 19.3 557.3 599.9 -926 85.3 0
1+3 18.2 743.5 1831.8 20.5 557.3 617.5 -948.2 89.9 0
1+4 21.2 761.1 1903.4 21.8 557.3 635.1 -950.2 95.5 0
1+5 24.2 778.8 1981.4 22.6 557.3 652.8 1013.8 101.2 0
1+6 27.2 796.4 2065.9 23.8 557.3 670.4 1328.9 105.6 0
1+7 30.2 814.1 2157.5 24.8 557.3 688.1 1620.0 111.2 0
1+8 33.2 831.7 2256.3 26.6 557.3 705.7 2002.1 118.8 0
1+9 36.2 849.3 2362.9 28.2 557.3 723.3 2289.8 125.4 0
1+10 39.2 867.0 2477.8 29.4 557.3 741.0 2886.3 129 0
1+11 42.2 884.6 2601.4 30.7 557.3 758.6 3168.7 133.6 0

塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+12 45.2 902.3 2734.4 32 557.3 776.3 3630.2 134.2 0
1+13 48.2 919.9 2984 34.6 557.3 793.9 4231 135.4 0
1+14 51.2 937.5 3096.4 34.8 557.3 811.5 4558.7 140.6 0
1+15 54.2 955.2 3212.4 35.4 557.3 829.2 5022.1 145.9 0
1+16 57.2 972.8 3331.9 36.6 557.3 846.8 5501.3 151.1 0
1+17 60.2 990.5 3581.8 38.9 557.3 864.5 5847.2* 161.6 0
* 套架降低到最低位置数据。
* The rack is lowered to the lowest position data.

b. 65 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-3）。
b. 65m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-3).
表 3.4-3
Table 3.4-3
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 702.0 1889.8 19.6 557.3 558.3 -1078.9 88.3 0
1+3 18.2 719.6 1963.8 20.4 557.3 575.9 -1082.9 92.6 0
1+4 21.2 737.2 2021.1 21.5 557.3 593.5 -1087.8 96.7 0
1+5 24.2 754.9 2096.9 22.6 557.3 611.2 -1093.6 102.2 0
1+6 27.2 772.5 2169.2 23.8 557.3 628.8 -1100.4 107.2 0
1+7 30.2 790.2 2246.5 25.5 557.3 646.5 1290.7 111.8 0
1+8 33.2 807.8 2356.5 26.6 557.3 664.1 1636.6 118.5 0
1+9 36.2 825.4 2466.9 27.6 557.3 681.7 2003.7 121.1 0
1+10 39.2 843.1 2576.3 28.7 557.3 699.4 2393.0 126.4 0
1+11 42.2 860.7 2689.5 29.9 557.3 717.0 2805.6 129 0
1+12 45.2 878.4 2863.3 31.6 557.3 734.7 3242.8 130.6 0
1+13 48.2 896.0 2967.7 35.4 557.3 752.3 3888.0 133.2 0
1+14 51.2 913.6 3017.7 36.6 557.3 769.9 4329.1 138.5 0
1+15 54.2 931.3 3132.3 37.7 557.3 787.6 4786.0 143.7 0
1+16 57.2 948.9 3251.2 39.0 557.3 805.2 5258.7 149.0 0
1+17 60.2 966.6 3499.7 41.3 557.3 822.9 5591.5* 159.4 0

c. 60 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-4）。
c. 60m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-4).
表 3.4-4
Table 3.4-4
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 702.0 1889.8 19.6 557.3 558.3 -1078.9 88.3 0
1+3 18.2 719.6 1963.8 20.4 557.3 575.9 -1082.9 92.6 0
1+4 21.2 737.2 2021.1 21.5 557.3 593.5 -1087.8 96.7 0
1+5 24.2 754.9 2096.9 22.6 557.3 611.2 -1093.6 102.2 0
1+6 27.2 772.5 2169.2 23.8 557.3 628.8 -1100.4 107.2 0
1+7 30.2 790.2 2246.5 25.5 557.3 646.5 1290.7 111.8 0
1+8 33.2 807.8 2356.5 26.6 557.3 664.1 1636.6 118.5 0
1+9 36.2 825.4 2466.9 27.6 557.3 681.7 2003.7 121.1 0
1+10 39.2 843.1 2576.3 28.7 557.3 699.4 2393.0 126.4 0
1+11 42.2 860.7 2689.5 29.9 557.3 717.0 2805.6 129.0 0
1+12 45.2 878.4 2863.3 31.6 557.3 734.7 3242.8 130.6 0
1+13 48.2 896.0 2967.7 35.4 557.3 752.3 3888.0 133.2 0
1+14 51.2 913.6 3017.7 36.6 557.3 769.9 4329.1 138.5 0
1+15 54.2 931.3 3132.3 37.7 557.3 787.6 4786.0 143.7 0
1+16 57.2 948.96 3251.2 39 557.3 805.26 5258.7 149 0
1+17 60.2 966.6 3499.7 41.3 557.3 822.9 5591.5* 159.4 0

d. 55 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-5）。
d. 55m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-5).
表 3.4-5
Table 3.4- 5
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 699.5 2095.7 19.5 557.3 573.5 -1005.3 89.6 0
1+3 18.2 717.1 2198.4 19.9 557.3 591.1 -1184.9 90.2 0
1+4 21.2 734.7 2276.7 20.6 557.3 608.7 -1198.8 93.7 0
1+5 24.2 752.4 2382.3 22.9 557.3 626.4 -1131.7 97.1 0
1+6 27.2 770.0 2478.3 24.3 557.3 644.0 -1138.5 102.7 0
1+7 30.2 787.7 2502.3 25.3 557.3 661.7 1286.8 109.3 0
1+8 33.2 805.3 2631.7 26.7 557.3 679.3 1633.7 113.9 0
1+9 36.2 822.9 2749.4 27.9 557.3 696.9 2048.6 119.8 0
1+10 39.2 840.6 2862.6 29.2 557.3 714.6 2346.5 126.6 0
1+11 42.2 858.2 2987.8 30.5 557.3 732.2 2869.9 133.6 0
1+12 45.2 875.9 3022.5 31.8 557.3 749.9 3178.6 136.2 0
1+13 48.2 893.5 3004.5 32.5 557.3 767.5 3638.5 131.4 0
1+14 51.2 911.1 3112.5 33.7 557.3 785.1 4074 136.6 0
1+15 54.2 928.8 3224.2 34.9 557.3 802.8 4525.2 141.9 0
1+16 57.2 946.4 3339.3 36.0 557.3 820.4 4992.3 147.1 0
1+17 60.2 964.1 3580.7 40.8 557.3 838.1 5973.9 157.6 0

e. 50 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-6）。
e. 50m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-6).
表 3.4-6
Table 3.4- 6
塔身节数量
Operating Vertical Bending Horizontal Torque Vertical Bending Horizonta Torque
Number of Height Force Moment Force Force Moment l Force
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 695.2 2169.8 19.9 557.3 569.2 -1286.5 78.2 0
1+3 18.2 712.8 2236.3 20.2 557.3 586.8 -1262.2 83.2 0
1+4 21.2 730.4 2321.3 21.5 557.3 604.4 -1242.4 91.2 0
1+5 24.2 748.1 2326.3 22.7 557.3 622.1 -1211.6 97.3 0
1+6 27.2 765.7 2421.6 24.4 557.3 639.7 -1203.9 103.1 0
1+7 30.2 783.4 2532.8 26.3 557.3 657.4 -1182.3 108.7 0
1+8 33.2 801.0 2612.3 27.1 557.3 675.0 1624.1 115.5 0
1+9 36.2 818.6 2788.1 28.8 557.3 692.6 1885.7 119.6 0
1+10 39.2 836.3 2862.5 29.3 557.3 710.3 2287.3 125.5 0
1+11 42.2 853.9 2952.6 30.5 557.3 727.9 2601.1 131.3 0
1+12 45.2 871.6 2096.2 31.7 557.3 745.6 3152.1 133.7 0
1+13 48.2 889.2 3000.5 35.3 557.3 763.2 3455.8 135.6 0
1+14 51.2 906.8 3022.9 35.5 557.3 780.8 3746.8 136.8 0
1+15 54.2 924.5 3135.5 36.7 557.3 798.5 4192.7 142 0
1+16 57.2 942.1 3251.6 37.9 557.3 816.1 4654.3 145.3 0
1+17 60.2 959.8 3494.7 40.3 557.3 833.8 5625.1 155.8 0

f. 45 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-7）。
f. 45m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-7).
表 3.4-7
Table 3.4- 7
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 670.8 2377.2 17.9 557.3 544.8 -1412.3 79.7 0
1+3 18.2 688.4 2443.7 19.2 557.3 562.4 -1417.1 85.3 0
1+4 21.2 706.1 2516.8 20.5 557.3 580.1 -1423.0 90.9 0
1+5 24.2 723.7 2596.6 21.7 557.3 597.7 -1430.1 96.5 0
1+6 27.2 741.4 2683.4 23.0 557.3 615.4 -1438.4 102.1 0
1+7 30.2 759.0 2777.7 24.3 557.3 633.0 -1448.0 107.7 0
1+8 33.2 776.6 2879.8 25.5 557.3 650.6 -1458.8 113.3 0
1+9 36.2 794.3 2990.1 26.8 557.3 668.3 1617.1 118.8 0
1+10 39.2 811.9 3109.1 28.1 557.3 685.9 1998.4 124.4 0
1+11 42.2 829.6 3237.3 29.4 557.3 703.6 2402.0 130 0
1+12 45.2 847.2 3375.4 30.6 557.3 721.2 2829.2 135.6 0
1+13 48.2 864.8 3524 31.9 557.3 738.8 3281.2 141.2 0
1+14 51.2 882.5 3013.3 35.4 557.3 756.5 3699.5 134.7 0
1+15 54.2 900.1 3125.8 36.6 557.3 774.1 4144.9 139.9 0
1+16 57.2 917.8 3241.8 37.8 557.3 791.8 4606.1 145.1 0
1+17 60.2 935.4 3484.7 40.2 557.3 809.4 5576.0 155.6 0

g. 40 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-8）。
g. 40m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-8).
表 3.4-8
Table 3.4- 8
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 652.1 2241.9 17.8 557.3 526.1 -1428.7 79.2 0
1+3 18.2 669.7 2306.9 19.1 557.3 543.7 -1433.3 84.7 0
1+4 21.2 687.3 2378.2 20.3 557.3 561.3 -1439.0 90.3 0
1+5 24.2 705.0 2456.1 21.6 557.3 579.0 -1445.7 95.9 0
1+6 27.2 722.6 2540.7 22.9 557.3 596.6 -1453.6 101.5 0
1+7 30.2 740.3 2632.3 24.1 557.3 614.3 -1462.7 107.1 0
1+8 33.2 757.9 2731.5 25.4 557.3 631.9 -1473.1 112.7 0
1+9 36.2 775.5 2838.4 26.7 557.3 649.5 1577.7 118.3 0
1+10 39.2 793.2 2953.6 27.9 557.3 667.2 1955.9 123.9 0
1+11 42.2 810.8 3077.6 29.2 557.3 684.8 2356.1 129.4 0
1+12 45.2 828.5 3210.9 30.5 557.3 702.5 2779.5 135.0 0
1+13 48.2 846.1 3354.3 31.8 557.3 720.1 3227.0 140.6 0
1+14 51.2 863.7 3001.0 35.1 557.3 737.7 3612.1 132.8 0
1+15 54.2 881.4 3112.3 36.2 557.3 755.4 4051.8 138.0 0
1+16 57.2 899.0 3227.0 37.4 557.3 773.0 4503.7 143.7 0
1+17 60.2 916.7 3467.4 39.8 557.3 790.7 5465.9 153.7 0

h. 35 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-9）。
h. 35m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-9).
表 3.4-9
Table 3.4- 9
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 631.6 2161.2 17.8 557.3 505.6 -1402.5 79.0 0
1+3 18.2 649.2 2225.1 19.0 557.3 523.2 -1406.5 84.6 0
1+4 21.2 666.9 2295 20.3 557.3 540.9 -1411.5 90.2 0
1+5 24.2 684.5 2371.1 21.6 557.3 558.5 -1417.5 95.8 0
1+6 27.2 702.1 2453.7 22.8 557.3 576.1 -1424.5 101.4 0
1+7 30.2 719.8 2543 24.1 557.3 593.8 -1432.5 107 0
1+8 33.2 737.4 2639.4 25.4 557.3 611.4 -1441.7 112.6 0
1+9 36.2 755.1 2743.3 26.7 557.3 629.1 1598.3 118.2 0
1+10 39.2 772.7 2854.9 27.9 557.3 646.7 1974.8 123.8 0
1+11 42.2 790.3 2974.8 29.2 557.3 664.3 2372.9 129.3 0
1+12 45.2 808.0 3103.5 30.5 557.3 682.0 2793.5 134.9 0
1+13 48.2 825.6 3241.5 31.7 557.3 699.6 3237.6 140.5 0
1+14 51.2 843.3 2883.8 34..5 557.3 717.3 3459.3 130.7 0
1+15 54.2 860.9 2993.5 35.7 557.3 734.9 3892.7 135.9 0
1+16 57.2 878.5 3106.8 36.9 557.3 752.5 4341.9 141.2 0
1+17 60.2 896.2 3344.1 39.3 557.3 770.2 5287.8 151.7 0

i. 30 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-10）。
i. 30m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-10).
表 3.4-10
Table 3.4- 10
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 590.9 2132.5 17.6 557.3 464.9 -1309.3 78.5 0
1+3 18.2 608.5 2195.8 18.9 557.3 482.5 -1313.1 84.1 0
1+4 21.2 626.1 2265.2 20.2 557.3 500.1 -1317.7 89.6 0
1+5 24.2 643.8 2340.7 21.4 557.3 517.8 -1323.3 95.2 0
1+6 27.2 661.4 2422.7 22.7 557.3 535.4 -1329.8 100.8 0
1+7 30.2 679.1 2511.5 24.0 557.3 553.1 -1337.3 106.4 0
1+8 33.2 696.7 2607.2 25.3 557.3 570.7 1319.5 112 0
1+9 36.2 714.3 2710.3 26.5 557.3 588.3 1674.2 117.6 0
1+10 39.2 732.0 2821.2 27.8 557.3 606.0 2049.7 123.2 0
1+11 42.2 749.6 2940.3 29.1 557.3 623.6 2446.7 128.8 0
1+12 45.2 767.3 3068.1 30.3 557.3 641.3 2866.3 134.4 0
1+13 48.2 784.9 3205.2 31.6 557.3 658.9 3309.4 139.9 0
1+14 51.2 802.5 2951.8 34.5 557.3 676.5 3619.0 130.0 0
1+15 54.2 820.2 3061.2 35.7 557.3 694.2 4050.0 135.1 0
1+16 57.2 837.8 3174.2 36.8 557.3 711.8 4496.7 140.4 0
1+17 60.2 855.5 3410.9 39.2 557.3 729.5 5437.8 150.8 0

j. 25 米臂长基础载荷表（见表 3.4-11）。
j. 25m jib length foundation load table (see Table 3.4-11).
表 3.4-11
Table 3.4- 11
塔身节数量
T(kN) T(kN)
Masts
1+2 15.2 581.5 2200.5 19.6 557.3 455.5 -1276.3 77.5 0
1+3 18.2 599.1 2235.8 20.9 557.3 473.1 -1289.1 78.1 0
1+4 21.2 616.7 2276.2 21.2 557.3 490.7 -1310.7 83.6 0
1+5 24.2 634.4 2366.6 22.4 557.3 508.4 -1312.3 88.6 0
1+6 27.2 652.0 2463.9 23.3 557.3 526.0 -1366.8 95.8 0
1+7 30.2 669.7 2551.6 25.2 557.3 543.7 -1327.6 100.2 0
1+8 33.2 687.3 2677.6 26.2 557.3 561.3 1315.5 102.9 0
1+9 36.2 704.9 2782.8 27.7 557.3 578.9 1774.2 105.6 0
1+10 39.2 722.6 2796.2 28.8 557.3 596.6 2049.7 111.2 0
1+11 42.2 740.2 2820.3 29.6 557.3 614.2 2446.7 113.8 0
1+12 45.2 757.9 2868.1 31.3 557.3 631.9 2903.3 116.4 0
1+13 48.2 775.5 2965.2 32.5 557.3 649.5 3362.4 120.9 0
1+14 51.2 793.1 2977.7 33.6 557.3 667.1 3552.0 121.3 0
1+15 54.2 810.8 2996.6 34.3 557.3 684.8 3879.2 126.3 0
1+16 57.2 828.4 3115.6 35.6 557.3 702.4 4281.6 146.5 0
1+17 60.2 846.1 3368.8 38.3 557.3 720.1 5336.8 149.6 0

4.3 支腿反力
4.3 Reaction of Supporting Legs
工作状态支腿反力见表 3.4-12，非工作状态支腿反力见表 3.4-13。
The reaction of supporting legs in operating state is shown in Table 3.4- 12, and in non-operating state is
shown in Table 3.4-13.
起重臂
Jib
平衡臂臂
counter jib
表 3.4-12
Table 3.4- 12
工作状态支腿反力
Reaction of Supporting Legs in Operating State
标准节数工作高度 Tmax Rmax

RD RC RD RC RD RC
量 Operating (kN) (kN)
RA RB RA RB RA RB
Quantity Height
(kN) (kN) (kN)
of Masts H(m)
190 -382 -382 -382 -96 -501
1+2 15.2 309 -501
190 -382 190 190 309 -96
201 -397 -397 -397 -98 -521
1+3 18.2 325 -521
201 -397 201 201 325 -98
213 -413 -413 -413 -100 -542
1+4 21.2 343 -542
213 -413 213 213 343 -100
226 -429 -429 -429 -102 -565
1+5 24.2 362 -565
226 -429 226 226 362 -102
240 -447 -447 -447 -104 -589
1+6 27.2 383 -589
240 -447 240 240 383 -104
255 -465 -465 -465 -106 -615
1+7 30.2 405 -615
255 -465 255 255 405 -106
271 -485 -485 -485 -107 -642
1+8 33.2 428 -642
271 -485 271 271 428 -107
288 -505 -505 -505 -109 -670
1+9 36.2 452 -670
288 -505 288 288 452 -109
240 -447 -447 -447 -104 -589
1+10 39.2 383 -589
240 -447 240 240 383 -104
255 -465 -465 -465 -106 -615
1+11 42.2 405 -615
255 -465 255 255 405 -106
1+12 45.2 271 -485 -485 -485 -107 -642

工作状态支腿反力
Reaction of Supporting Legs in Operating State

RD RC RD RC RD RC
RA RB RA RB RA RB
Quantity Height
(kN) (kN) (kN)
of Masts H(m)
271 -485 271 271 428 -107
288 -505 -505 -505 -109 -670
1+13 48.2
288 -505 288 288 452 -109
596 -1014 -1014 -1014 -206 -1395
1+14 51.2
596 -1014 596 596 967 -206
617 -1048 -1048 -1048 -210 -1447
1+15 54.2
617 -1048 617 617 1010 -210
622 -1090 -1090 -1090 -227 -1501
1+16 57.2
622 -1090 622 622 1055 -227
647 -1112 -1112 -1112 -237 -1528
1+17 60.2
647 -1112 647 647 1065 -237
表 3.4-13
Table 3.4- 13
非工作状态支腿反力
Reaction of Supporting Legs in Non-Operating State

RD RC RD RC RD RC
RA RB RA RB RA RB
Quantity Height
(kN) (kN) (kN)
of Masts H(m)
180 -368 -368 -368 -94.2 -482
1+2 15.2 293 -482
180 -368 180 180 293 -94.2
190 -382 -382 -382 -96 -501
1+3 18.2 309 -501
190 -382 190 190 309 -96
201 -397 -397 -397 -98 -521
1+4 21.2 325 -521
201 -397 201 201 325 -98
213 -413 -413 -413 -100 -542
1+5 24.2 343 -542
213 -413 213 213 343 -100
226 -429 -429 -429 -102 -565
1+6 27.2 362 -565
226 -429 226 226 362 -102
非工作状态支腿反力
Reaction of Supporting Legs in Non-Operating State

RD RC RD RC RD RC
RA RB RA RB RA RB
Quantity Height
(kN) (kN) (kN)
of Masts H(m)
240 -447 -447 -447 -104 -589
1+7 30.2 383 -589
240 -447 240 240 383 -104
255 -465 -465 -465 -106 -615
1+8 33.2 405 -615
255 -465 255 255 405 -106
271 -485 -485 -485 -107 -642
1+9 36.2 428 -642
271 -485 271 271 428 -107
288 -505 -505 -505 -109 -670
1+10 39.2 452 -670
288 -505 288 288 452 -109
305 -525 -525 -525 -111 -698
1+11 42.2 476 -698
305 -525 305 305 476 -111
323 -545 -545 -545 -113 -727
1+12 45.2
323 -545 323 323 501 -113
341 -565 -565 -565 -115 -756
1+13 48.2
341 -565 341 341 426 -115
981 -1396 -1396 -1396 -216 -2052
1+14 51.2
981 -1396 981 981 1636 -216
1099 -1522 -1522 -1522 -221 -2248
1+15 54.2
1099 -1522 1099 1099 1824 -221
1220 -1650 -1650 -1650 -227 -2451
1+16 57.2
1220 -1650 1220 1220 2017 -227
1212 -1661 -1661 -1661 -236 -2508
1+17 60.2
1212 -1661 1212 1212 2058 -236
4.4 非工作状态下不同台风等级基础载荷值及对应塔身高度（70m 臂长）

4.4 Foundation load values of different typhoon scales under non-operating state and corresponding tower
height (70m jib length)
表 3.4-11
Table 3.4- 11
风速 Vb 塔身高度弯矩水平力竖向力
热带气旋等级风级说明
Wind Tower Bending Horizonta Vertical
Scale of Tropical Speed Wind l Force force Descriptio
Height moment
Cyclones Scale n
（m/s） (m) (KN.m) (KN) (KN)
强热带风暴 30.0 11 级 60.2 5847.2 167.4 864.5

Strong Tropical Scale
Storm 11
强热带风暴 11 级
Strong Tropical 32.6 Scale 57.2 5722.2 161.6 846.86
Storm 11
12 级
台风
33.8 Scale 54.2 5698.6 151.1 829.22
Typhoons
12
12 级
台风
36.1 Scale 51.2 5768.2 162.3 811.58
Typhoons
12
13 级
台风
38.4 Scale 48.2 5546.3 156.9 793.94
Typhoons
13
13 级
台风
40.4 Scale 45.2 1567 168.8 776.3
Typhoons
13
14 级
强台风
41.4 Scale 42.2 1619 163.3 758.66
Violent typhoon
14
注：
Note:
1）为方便与天气预报风速风级（蒲福风级）对应，本表风速为 10min 时距平均风速，计算风压
时的风速为该值的 1.4 倍；
1） in order to facilitate the comparison with the wind speed scale of weather forecast (Beaufort
wind scale), the wind speed in the table is the average wind speed at a time interval of 10min, and the
wind speed when calculating the wind pressure is 1.4 times of this value;
2）有更高抗风要求时，按实际要求的风压计算。
2） If there is a higher wind resistance requirement, it shall be calculated according to the actual
wind pressure required.
5 平衡重
5 Counter Weight
平衡重组由几块特制的钢筋混凝土块组成，通过不同的组合可以达到所需的不同重量，以适应不
同起重臂臂长。
The Counter weight set consists of several special reinforced concrete blocks, which can be used to
reach the different weights required by different combinations for different jib lengths.
5.1 各臂长平衡重组成明细（见表 3.5-1）
5.1 Details of Counter Weight for Each Jib Length (See Table 3.5-1)

表 3.5-1
Table 3.5-1
长度平衡重
Length Counter Weight
总重量 kg
平衡重 A 平衡重 B
Total weight kg
Counter Counter ±1%
Weight A Weight B
3250kg 1800kg
70m 16.7m 5 2 19850
65m 16.7m 5 2 19850
60m 16.7m 5 1 18050
55m 16.7m 5 1 18050
50m 16.7m 5 1 18050
45m 16.7m 5 0 16250
40m 16.7m 4 1 14800
35m 16.7m 3 2 13350
30m 16.7m 2 2 10100
25m 16.7m 3 0 9750
5.2 平衡重安装位置
5.2 Mounting Position of Counter Weight
1） 70 米臂长平衡重状态（见图 3.5-1）。
1） Counter weight state of 70m jib (see Figure 3.5-1).
图 3.5-1
Figure 3.5-1

图 3.5-2
Figure 3.5-2
图 3.5-3
Figure 3.5-3

图 3.5-4
Figure 3.5-4
图 3.5-5
Figure 3.5-5

图 3.5-6
Figure 3.5-6
图 3.5-7
Figure 3.5-7

图 3.5-8
Figure 3.5-8
9） 30 米臂长平衡重状态（见图 3.5-9）
图 3.5-9
Figure 3.5-9
10） 25 米臂长平衡重状态（见图 3.5-10）

图 3.5-10
Figure 3.5-10
必须严格按照要求安装配重，否则将会影响塔机的起重性能，导致塔身等结构件损伤，降低结构
件使用寿命，严重甚至会造成塔身失稳，导致产品损坏及人身安全事。
The weight must be installed in strict accordance with the requirements. Otherwise, it will affect the
lifting performance of tower crane, resulting in damage to the mast and other structural parts, reducing the
service life of the structural parts, and even causing the mast to be unstable, resulting in product damage and
personal injury.
5.3 平衡重制作
5.3 Manufacturing of Counter Weight
平衡重共有 2 种规格：3250kg、1800kg，均采用钢筋混凝土浇注成形，具体外形尺寸参见图 3.5-10
和图 3.5-11。
There are 2 specifications for Counter weight: 3250kg, and 1800kg, and all are formed by reinforced
concrete pouring. The specific dimensions are shown in Figure 3.5-, Figure 10 and Figure 3.5- 11.

图 3.5-10
Figure 3.5-10
图 3.5-11
Figure 3.5-11
对平衡重的基本要求如下：
The basic requirements for counter weight are as follows:

用混凝土浇注成形后称重，重量允许误差 1%，混凝土强度等级不低于 C30。

Weigh them after concrete pouring, the allowable error of weight is 1%, and the strength grade of
concrete is not lower than C30.
6 钢丝绳配置
6 Steel Wire Rope Configuration
6.1 变幅钢丝绳
6.1 Trolley Wire Rope
图 3.6-1
Figure 3.6-1
图例
Legend
1 后变幅钢丝绳 2 前变幅钢丝绳
Rear Trolley Wire Rope Front Trolley Wire Rope
1）前变幅钢丝绳，不同臂长下的长度（见表 3.6-1）。
1） The length of the front trolley wire rope under different jib lengths (see Table 3.6-1).
表 3.6-1
Table 3.6-1
70m 65m 60m 55m 50m 45m 40m 35m 30m 25m
钢丝绳长度(m) 105
Length of Wire 145 135 125 115 95 85 75 65 55
Rope (m)
钢丝绳规格 7.7 6×19W+FC 1670 U ZS
Specification of
Wire Rope
2）后变幅钢丝绳，不同臂长下的长度（见表 3.6-2）。
2） 1 The length of the rear trolley wire rope under different jib lengths (see Table 3.6-).
表 3.6-2
Table 3.6-2
70m 65m 60m 55m 50m 45m 40m 35m 30m 25m
钢丝绳长度(m) 92 87 82 77 72 67 62 57 52 47

Length of Wire
Rope (m)
钢丝绳规格 7.7 6×19W+FC 1670 U ZS
Specification of
Wire Rope
3）变幅钢丝绳技术参数（见表 3.6-3）。
3） Technical parameters of trolley wire rope (see Table 3.6-3).
表 3.6-3
Table 3.6-3
序号技术参数数值
SN Technical Parameters Numerical Value
1 钢丝绳规格 7.7 6×19W+FC 1670 U ZS
Specification of Wire Rope
2 执行标准 GB/T 20118-2006
Executive Standard
3 钢丝绳直径 7.7mm
Diameter of Wire Rope
4 钢丝绳公称抗拉强度 1670Mpa
Nominal Tensile Strength of Wire Rope
5 钢丝绳最小破断拉力 28.5kN
Minimum Breaking Force of Wire Rope
6 捻向右旋交互捻（ZS）
Twist direction Right twist in different direction
7 表面状态光面润滑
Surface Condition Smooth lubrication
8 每百米重量 22.5kg
Weight per 100m
6.2 起升钢丝绳
6.2 Hoisting Wire Rope
1）起升钢丝绳长度（见表 3.6-4）
1） Length of hoisting wire rope (see Table 3.6-4)
图 3.6-2
Figure 3.6-2
表 3.6-4
Table 3.6-4
名称规格标准配置长度
Name Specification Standard configuration length
起升钢丝绳 16 NAT4V×39S+5FC 1870 ZS 380m

Hoisting Wire Rope
2）起升钢丝绳技术参数（见表 3.6-5）。
2） Technical parameters of hoisting wire rope (see Table 3.6-5).
表 3.6-5
Table 3.6- 5
1 钢丝绳规格 16 NAT4V×39S+5FC 1870 ZS
Specification of Wire Rope
2 执行标准 GB 8918-2006
Executive Standard
3 钢丝绳直径 16mm
Diameter of Wire Rope
4 钢丝绳公称抗拉强度 1870Mpa
Nominal Tensile Strength of Wire Rope
5 钢丝绳最小破断拉力 172kN
Minimum Breaking Force of Wire Rope
6 捻向右旋交互捻（ZS）
Twist direction Right twist in different direction
7 表面状态光面润滑
Surface Condition Smooth lubrication
8 每百米重量 105kg
Weight per 100m
7 钩头技术参数
7 Technical Parameters of Hook

图 3.7-1
Figure 3.7-1
钩头技术参数（见表 3.7-1）。
Technical parameters of hook (see Table 3.7-1)
表 3.7-1
Table 3.7-1
1 执行标准
GB 10051.1-2010
Executive Standard
2 强度等级
T
Strength Grade
3 钩号
6
Hook Number
4 额定起重量
12t
Rated Lifting Weight
5 材质
35CrMo
Material
6 螺纹规格
M50
Thread Specification
7 螺距
6mm
Thread Pitch
8 螺纹长度
40mm
Length of Thread
9 重量
18kg
Weight

第四章安装调试拆卸
Chapter IV Installation, Commissioning and
Disassembly
空白页
Blank Page
目录
Contents
1 引言...............................................................................................................................................................1
1 Introduction................................................................................................................................................... 1
1.1 安装一般规则...............................................................................................................................1
1.1 General Rules for Installation....................................................................................................... 1
1.2 开口销的安装...............................................................................................................................2
1.2 Installation of Split Pin................................................................................................................. 2
2 汽车吊的选择...............................................................................................................................................3
2 Selection of Truck Crane.............................................................................................................................. 3
2.1 通过顶升安装塔机...................................................................................................................... 3
2.1 Installation of Tower Crane by Jacking........................................................................................ 3
2.2 通过叠放和顶升进行安装.......................................................................................................... 3
2.2 Installation by Stacking and Jacking............................................................................................ 3
2.3 汽车吊选择参数表（见表 4.2-1）............................................................................................. 4
2.3 Selection Parameter Table of Trolley-mounted Crane (see Table 4.2-1)..................................... 4
3 安装过程（见图 4.3-1）............................................................................................................................. 5
3 Installation Process (see Figure 4.3-1)..........................................................................................................5
3.1 塔机底部的安装图解.................................................................................................................. 6
3.1 Installation Diagram of Tower Crane Bottom.............................................................................. 6
3.2 塔机旋转部分的安装图解.......................................................................................................... 7
3.2 Installation Diagram of Rotating Part of Tower Crane................................................................ 7
4 安装固定支腿.............................................................................................................................................11
4. Installation of Fixed Leg............................................................................................................................. 11
4.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................11
4.1 Overview..................................................................................................................................... 11
4.2 安装固定支腿.............................................................................................................................11
4.2 Installation of Fixed Leg.............................................................................................................11
4.3 基础模具的拆除.........................................................................................................................11
4.3 Removal of Foundation Mold.....................................................................................................11
5 安装塔身.....................................................................................................................................................12
5. Installation of Mast..................................................................................................................................... 12
5.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................12
5.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................12
5.2 塔身安装图解.............................................................................................................................13
5.2 Installation Diagram of Mast...................................................................................................... 13
5.3 基础节的吊装.............................................................................................................................13
5.3 Hoisting of Basic Mast............................................................................................................... 13
5.4 安装基础节总成.........................................................................................................................14
5.4 Installation of Basic Mast Assembly.......................................................................................... 14
5.5 安装基础节总成.........................................................................................................................15
5.5 Installation of Basic Mast Assembly.......................................................................................... 15
操作 Operation Ⅰ
5.6 安装标准节.................................................................................................................................17
5.6 Installation Mast..........................................................................................................................17
6 安装爬升架.................................................................................................................................................22
6 Install Climbing Frame............................................................................................................................... 22
6.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................23
6.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................23
6.2 爬升架的吊装.............................................................................................................................23
6.2 Hoisting of Climbing Frame.......................................................................................................23
6.3 安装爬升架平台.........................................................................................................................24
6.3 Installation of Climbing Frame Platform....................................................................................24
6.4 安装顶升横梁，油缸及液压站................................................................................................ 28
6.4 Installation of Jacking Beams, Cylinders and Hydraulic Stations............................................. 28
7 安装特殊节.................................................................................................................................................30
7 Install Special Mast.....................................................................................................................................30
7.1 特殊节耳座安装.........................................................................................................................30
7.1 Installation of Special Mast Lug Base........................................................................................30
7.2 识别平台及栏杆.........................................................................................................................31
7.2 Identification of Platform and Railing........................................................................................31
7.3 平台栏杆安装.............................................................................................................................31
7.3 Installation of Platform Railing.................................................................................................. 32
7.4 爬梯安装.....................................................................................................................................33
7.4 Installation of Ladder..................................................................................................................33
7.5 引进装置引进梁安装................................................................................................................ 34
7.5 Installation of Guide Equipment and Beam............................................................................... 34
7.6 特殊节吊装安装.........................................................................................................................35
7.6 Lifting and Installation of Special Mast..................................................................................... 35
7.7 引进小车吊装安装.................................................................................................................... 36
7.7 Lifting and Installation of Guide Trolley....................................................................................36
8 安装回转支座.............................................................................................................................................37
8 Installation of Pivoting Support..................................................................................................................37
8.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................37
8.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................37
8.2 回转总成的拼装.........................................................................................................................38
8.2 Pivoting Assembly...................................................................................................................... 38
8.3 回转总成的安装.........................................................................................................................42
8.3 Installation of Pivoting Assembly...............................................................................................42
9 安装平衡臂.................................................................................................................................................43
9 Install Counter Jib....................................................................................................................................... 43
9.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................43
9.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................43
9.2 臂根节的拼装.............................................................................................................................43
9.2 Jib Root Assembly...................................................................................................................... 43
9.3 臂根节吊装示意图.................................................................................................................... 44
9.3 Schematic Diagram of Jib Root Hoisting................................................................................... 44
9.4 平衡臂组装.................................................................................................................................45
Ⅱ 操作 Operating
9.4 Installation of Counter Jib...........................................................................................................45
10 安装平衡重.........................................................................................................................................48
10 Installation of Counter Weight............................................................................................................48
10.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................48
10.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................48
10.2 平衡重的吊装.............................................................................................................................48
10.2 Hoisting of Counter Weight........................................................................................................ 48
11 载重小车的安装.........................................................................................................................................49
11 Installation of Trolley..................................................................................................................................49
11.1 一般注意事项.............................................................................................................................50
11.1 General Considerations...............................................................................................................50
11.2 小车吊篮的安装.........................................................................................................................50
11.2 Installation of Trolley Basket......................................................................................................50
11.3 将小车安装到起重臂上............................................................................................................ 51
11.3 Install the Trolley on the Jib....................................................................................................... 51
12 准备起重臂.........................................................................................................................................52
12 The Preparation of Jib.........................................................................................................................52
12.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................52
12.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................52
12.2 起重臂不同臂长的组成............................................................................................................ 52
12.2 Composition with Different Jib Length......................................................................................52
12.3 起重臂臂节的装配.................................................................................................................... 53
12.3 Assembly of Jib Mast................................................................................................................. 53
12.4 安装起重臂安全绳.................................................................................................................... 55
12.4 Installation of Jib Safety Rope....................................................................................................55
13 安装起重臂.........................................................................................................................................56
13 Install the Jib....................................................................................................................................... 56
13.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................56
13.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................56
13.2 起重臂起吊注意事项................................................................................................................ 56
13.2 Cautions for Hoisting of Jib........................................................................................................56
13.3 安装起重臂.................................................................................................................................57
13.3 Install the Jib............................................................................................................................... 57
14 吊钩的安装.........................................................................................................................................59
14 Installation of Hook............................................................................................................................ 59
14.1 吊钩吊装示意.............................................................................................................................59
14.1 The indication of Hoisting of Hook............................................................................................59
14.2 吊钩的装配.................................................................................................................................60
14.2 Hook Assembly...........................................................................................................................60
14.3 吊钩总成的安装.........................................................................................................................60
14.3 Installation of Hook Assembly................................................................................................... 60
15 钢丝绳张紧功装置的功能................................................................................................................ 60
15 Function of Wire Rope Tensioning Device........................................................................................60
15.1 张紧绳索.....................................................................................................................................60
15.1 Tension Rope...............................................................................................................................60
15.2 松弛绳索.....................................................................................................................................61
15.2 Slack Rope.................................................................................................................................. 61
16 断绳保护器.........................................................................................................................................62
16 Broken Rope Protection Devices........................................................................................................62
16.1 使用注意事项.............................................................................................................................62
16.1 Precautions for Use..................................................................................................................... 62
16.2 操作.............................................................................................................................................63
16.2 Operations................................................................................................................................... 63
17 安装钢丝绳.........................................................................................................................................64
17 Installation of Wire Rope....................................................................................................................64
17.1 概述.............................................................................................................................................64
17.1 Overview.....................................................................................................................................64
17.2 一般指示.....................................................................................................................................65
17.2 General Instruction......................................................................................................................65
17.3 安装绳夹.....................................................................................................................................66
17.3 Installation Rope Clamp............................................................................................................. 66
17.4 安装钢丝绳楔套.........................................................................................................................67
17.4 Installation of Wire Rope Wedge Sleeve.................................................................................... 67
17.5 使用绳夹.....................................................................................................................................67
17.5 Use Rope Clamp......................................................................................................................... 67
18 穿绕变幅钢丝绳.................................................................................................................................72
18 Winding the Amplitude Wire Rope.....................................................................................................72
18.1 穿绕后变幅钢丝绳.................................................................................................................... 72
18.1 Amplitude Wire Rope after Winding..........................................................................................72
18.2 穿绕前变幅钢丝绳.................................................................................................................... 73
18.2 Amplitude Wire Rope Before Winding...................................................................................... 73
19 穿绕起升钢丝绳.................................................................................................................................75
19 Winding the Hoisting Wire Rope........................................................................................................75
20 钢丝绳的安装完成调试运行............................................................................................................ 77
20 Installation, Commissioning and Operation of Wire Rope................................................................ 77
20.1 钢丝绳安装使用的操作步骤.................................................................................................... 77
20.1 Operation Steps for Wire Rope Installation................................................................................77
20.2 新钢丝绳的试运行.................................................................................................................... 78
20.2 Trial Operation of New Wire Rope.............................................................................................78
21 电气控制系统安装与调试................................................................................................................ 81
21 Installation and Commissioning of Electric Control System............................................................. 81
21.1 电气控制系统安装.................................................................................................................... 81
21.1 Installation of Electrical Control System....................................................................................81
21.2 电气控制系统调试.................................................................................................................... 83
21.2 Commissioning of Electrical Control System............................................................................ 83
22 安全装置概述.....................................................................................................................................92
22 Overview of Safety Devices............................................................................................................... 92
22.1 前言.............................................................................................................................................92
22.1 Preface.........................................................................................................................................92
22.2 调节规程.....................................................................................................................................98
22.2 Adjustment Procedure.................................................................................................................98
22.3 预防性维护.................................................................................................................................98
22.3 Preventive Maintenance..............................................................................................................98
22.4 力矩限制器.................................................................................................................................99
22.4 Torque Limiter............................................................................................................................ 99
22.5 起重量限制器...........................................................................................................................105
22.5 Load Lifting Limiter................................................................................................................. 105
23 顶升...................................................................................................................................................107
23 Jacking...............................................................................................................................................107
23.1 顶升前的准备工作.................................................................................................................. 107
23.1 Preparations Before Jacking..................................................................................................... 107
23.2 顶升时的配平...........................................................................................................................108
23.2 Trim on Jacking........................................................................................................................ 108
23.3 顶升作业...................................................................................................................................112
23.3 Jacking Operation..................................................................................................................... 112
23.4 防脱销装置的使用方法.......................................................................................................... 120
23.4 Application Method of Anti-Stripping Device......................................................................... 120
24 拆卸塔机...........................................................................................................................................121
24 Removal of Tower Crane..................................................................................................................121
24.1 一般注意事项...........................................................................................................................121
24.1 General Considerations.............................................................................................................121
24.2 拆卸前的准备...........................................................................................................................122
24.2 Preparations for Removal......................................................................................................... 122
24.3 拆卸程序...................................................................................................................................123
24.3 Removal Procedure...................................................................................................................123
24.4 降塔...........................................................................................................................................124
24.4 Drop Tower............................................................................................................................... 124
24.5 拆卸其余结构件...................................................................................................................... 125
24.5 Removal of Remaining Structural Parts................................................................................... 125
空白页
Blank Page
1 引言
1 Introduction
本安装方法可使您的塔机迅速安装至可顶状态或工作状态。
The installation method enables your tower crane to be quickly installed into service or working state.
本安装方法需用一台汽车吊，其性能需符合所吊部件。
The installation method requires a trolley-mounted crane, whose performance should meet the requirement of
lifting parts.
为尽量节省汽车吊使用时间，应根据安装程序、协调好安装人员、组织安排好通道以及组装场地等各
方面工作。
In order to save the service time of the trolley-mounted as far as possible, shall coordinate the installation
personnel, organize and arrange the passage and assembly site according to the installation procedure.
塔机顶升前无需电力。
No power is required before the tower crane jacking.
本章的目的在于使您了解塔机整个安装过程，具体安装步骤分章另述。
The purpose of this chapter is to make you understand the entire installation process of tower crane. The
specific installation steps will be described in other mast.
1.1 安装一般规则
1.1 General Rules for Installation
1）吊装工作应在保证安全条件下进行，尤其：
1） Lifting work should be Carried out under safe conditions, in particular:
a. 垫固良好；
a. secure and fix firmly;
b. 不超载作业；
b. No overload operation
c. 根据起吊部件选择合适直径和状况良好的吊索；
c. select sling with proper diameter and good condition according to lifting parts;
d. 按规定吊点吊装。
d. Lift according to the specified lifting point.
2）安装工作只在风速小于 12m/s 情况下进行。
2） Installation shall only be Carried out when the wind speed is less than 12m/s.
3）安装工作应按规定的顺序进行。
3） Installation shall be carried out in the prescribed order.
4）不要忘记安装和使用保护及安全部件、爬梯、平台、护栏、安全钢丝绳。
4） Don’t forget to install and use protective and safety components, ladders, platforms, guardrails, and
guard wire ropes.
5）在未装平衡臂配重之前严禁进行塔机起升。
安装调试拆卸 Installation, Commissioning and Disassembly 04-1
5） Never hoist the tower crane before the Counter Jib counterweight is installed.
6）应严格遵守根据起重臂长度来确定的平衡臂配重。
6） The Counter Jib weight determined according to the length of the jib should be strictly observed.
7）这些规定适用于：
7） These rules apply to:
a. 塔机安装；
a. Tower crane installation;
B. 塔机加高；
B. Tower crane heightening;
C. 塔机拆卸。
C. Tower crane disassembly.
遇到特殊安装问题，请向我公司售后服务部咨询！
For special installation problems, please consult our after-sales service department!
1.2 开口销的安装
1.2 Installation of Split Pin
1）为确保开口销锁紧，安装开口销时，必须向外折弯开口销的两个销脚，不可以只折弯较长的一根
销脚。
1） To ensure the split pin is locked tightly, when installing the split pin, the two pins of the split pin must
be bent outwards. It is not allowed to bend the longer pin only.
2）不强制要求将销脚完全折弯至与销接触，仅需依据开口销直径将销腿折弯至一定角度α即可，方
便在起重机拆卸时取出开口销。
2） It is not compulsively required to completely bend the pin end to contact with the pin. It is only
necessary to bend the pin end to a certain angle α according to the diameter of split pin, so that it is convenient to
remove the split pin when the crane is disassembled.
3）必须确保开口销的销脚不会与其他物件磕碰，否则在进行轴旋转时可能造成变形或损毁。
3） It must be ensured that the pin end of the split pin does not bump with other objects, otherwise it may
cause deformation or damage when the shaft is rotated.
4）当销脚有磕碰其他物件时，可以将销脚完全折弯。
4） When the pin end has bumped with other objects, the pin end can be completely bent.
04-2 安装调试拆卸 Installation, Commissioning and Removal

图 4.1-1
Figure 4.1-1
仅能使用全新的开口销或者状况良好的开口销。
Only use brand new split pins or split pins in good condition.
2 汽车吊的选择
2 Selection of Truck Crane
2.1 通过顶升安装塔机
2.1 Installation of Tower Crane by Jacking
将塔机安装至较低高度，从塔身上方放入爬升架，通过塔机顶升 3 米标准节达到独立高度。
Install the tower crane to a lower height, put the climbing frame from the top of the tower, and reach the
independent height through jacking 3m mast of tower crane.
2.1.1 汽车吊的性能
2.1.1 Performance of truck crane
汽车吊的基本性能由下列决定：
The basic performance of trolley-mounted crane is determined by the following:
1）最大长度起重臂所需吊起的高度；
1） the lifting height required by the longest jib;
2）最大长度起重臂的重量；
2） the weight of the longest jib;
3）汽车吊至塔机回转中心线至少为 10 米。
3） The minimum distance between the truck crane and the slewing center line of tower crane is 10m at
least.
2.2 通过叠放和顶升进行安装
2.2 Installation by Stacking and Jacking
施工开始时，通过叠放（一个 7.5m 节+N 个 3m 节）
，将塔机安装至最初高度，汽车吊的性能根据所需
高度而变化。
At the beginning of construction, the tower crane shall be installed to the initial height by stacking (one 7.5m
mast +N 3m mast), and the performance of the trolley-mounted crane will vary with the required height.

2.3 汽车吊选择参数表（见表 4.2-1）

2.3 Selection Parameter Table of Trolley-mounted Crane (see Table 4.2-1)
表 4.2-1
Table 4.2-1
吊装高度/m 起吊重量/kg
序号名称备注
Lifting Lifting
SN Name Notes
Height/m Weight/kg
安装基础节
1 11 4038
Install Basic Mast
安装一节标准节
2 14 1754
Install 1 Mast
安装爬升架
包括油缸
3 Install Climbing 21.25 2988
Including oil cylinder
Frame
安装特殊节
4 24.25 2459
Install Special Mast
安装回转总成
5 Install Slewing 26.25 5593
Assembly
包括平衡臂、平衡臂拉杆、起升机构、
安装平衡臂配电柜
6 26.25 2717 Including counter jib, counter jib pull
Install Counter Jib
rod, hoisting mechanism, power
distribution cabinet
安装两块平衡重
两块 2.12t
7 Install 2 Counter 26.25 6500
2 pieces of 2.12t
Weights
包括起重臂、载重小车、牵引机构、
安装起重臂起重量限制器
8 26.25 13028
Install Jib Including jib, load trolley, traction
mechanism, lifting weight limiter

3 安装过程（见图 4.3-1）
3 Installation Process (see Figure 4.3-1)
安装前检查
Pre-installation check
安装 1 个基础节安装 1 个标准节安装爬升架

Install 1 Basic mast Install 1 mast Install climbing frame
安装平衡臂安装臂根节安装回转总成安装特殊节

Install Counter Jib Jib Root Installation Install slewing assembly Install special mast
安装 2 块平衡重安装起重臂安装剩余平衡重

Install 2 Counter weights Install the jib Install the rest of counter weights
安装完毕塔机调试，试运转顶升至独立高度穿好起升钢丝绳及吊钩

Installation is Commissioning, test run of tower Raise to the independent height. Put the wire rope and hook in
complete. crane place
图 4.3-1
Figure 4.3-1

3.1 塔机底部的安装图解
3.1 Installation Diagram of Tower Crane Bottom
图 4.3-2
Figure 4.3-2

3.2 塔机旋转部分的安装图解
3.2 Installation Diagram of Rotating Part of Tower Crane
图 4.3-3 图 4.3-4
Figure 4.3-3 Figure 4.3-4
图 4.3-5 图 4.3-6
Figure 4.3-5 Figure 4.3-6

图 4.3-7
Figure 4.3-7
图 4.3-8
Figure 4.3-8
图 4.3-9
Figure 4.3-9
图 4.3-10
Figure 4.3-10
图 4.3-11
Figure 4.3-11
图 4.3-12
Figure 4.3-12
图 4.3-13
Figure 4.3-13

4 安装固定支腿
4. Installation of Fixed Leg
4.1 概述
4.1 Overview
固定支腿为预埋支腿，这种支腿浇铸在水泥基础中。
The fixed legs are pre-embedded legs, which are casted in the cement foundation.
4.2 安装固定支腿
4.2 Installation of Fixed Leg
在进行塔机安装之前，请确认：水泥基础已完全凝固，且能够满足下述文件中质量、压力及尺寸的要
求：
Before tower crane is installed, please confirm: The cement foundation has been completely solidified and
can meet the quality, pressure and size requirements in the following documents:
1）见第三章《技术数据》固定基础-基础制作过程；
1） See Chapter III Technical Data, Stationary Foundation - Foundation Construction Process;
2）见第三章《技术数据》固定基础-固定基础计算；
2） See Chapter III Technical Data, Stationary Foundation - Fixed Foundation Calculation;
3）见第三章《技术数据》固定基础-基础载荷与支腿反力。
3） See Chapter III Technical Data, Stationary Foundation – Foundation Load and Reaction of Supporting
Legs
4.3 基础模具的拆除
4.3 Removal of Foundation Mold
使用固定框架作为模具制作基础。
Use fixed frame as mold to build foundation;
4.3.1 预埋支腿式
4.3.1 Embedded leg
待混凝土基础（4）凝固 80%时安装基础模具，待凝固 100%后，方可拆除基础模具。标节（1）和基
础模具（2）连接为一起，将吊具挂在标节销轴连接孔位置，拆除基础模具与固定支腿（3）连接的销轴（7）、
立销（6）及销（5），实现基础模具的拆除。
Install the foundation mold when the concrete foundation ( 4) is solidified by 80%, and it only can be
removed after 100% solidified. The mast (1) and the foundation mold (2) are connected together, hang the slings
at the connecting hole of mast pin shaft, remove the pin shaft (7), vertical pin (6) and pin (5) connecting the
foundation mold and the fixed leg (3) to remove the foundation mold.

图 4.4-1
Figure 4.4-1
5 安装塔身
5. Installation of Mast
5.1 概述
5.1 Overview
塔身由带顶升踏步的 7.5m 基础节、3m 标准节组成。
The tower body consists of a 7.5m foundation mast with a jacking step and a 3m standard mast.
见第三章《技术数据》：塔身尺寸及重量。
See Chapter III Technical Data Tower Size and Weight.
见第三章《技术数据》：塔身组成。
See Chapter III Technical Data Composition of Mast

5.2 塔身安装图解
5.2 Installation Diagram of Mast
1）根据安装所需的塔身组成，安装一个
7.5m 的基础节。
1） install a 7.5m basic mast according to the
required mast composition.
2）必须将 1 个 3m 标准节直接安装在 7.5m
基础节上。
2） One 3m mast must be installed directly on
the 7.5m basic mast.
3）根据吊具的性能选择安装 N 个 3m 标准
节，后续 3m 标准节通过顶升安装，直至达到所需
要的塔身组成高度。
3） Install N pieces of 3m masts according to
the performance of slings, and follow-up 3m mast is
installed by jacking until the required tower body
height is reached.
图 4.5-1
Figure 4.5-1
1）必须认真阅读涉及塔身安装部分的说明，否则人身安全可能受到威胁，塔身安装过程中可能发生
安全事故。
1） The instructions concerning the installation of tower body must be Carefully read, otherwise
personal safety may be threatened and safety accident may occur during the installation of tower body.
2）吊装塔身节时，严禁将吊钩吊在水平斜腹杆上。
2） Never hang the hook on the horizontal inclined web member when lifting the mast.
5.3 基础节的吊装
5.3 Hoisting of Base Mast
基础节各部件可以按照下面图示进行吊装。
Each component of the basic mast can be hoisted and installed as shown in the figure below.
吊装时根据吊装对象的外形尺寸及重量选取合适的吊具，需保证所用吊具完好无损，满足吊装需求，

如客户安装时采用其他吊装方式，必须自行确保吊装的安全性！
Select the appropriate slings according to the size and weight of the lifting object when lifting. Ensure
that the slings used is in perfect condition and meet the lifting requirements. If customer uses other lifting
methods when installing, must ensure the operation is safe!
5.4 安装基础节总成
5.4 Installation of Base Mast Assembly
5.4.1 爬梯连接座安装
5.4.1 Installation of ladder connecting base
依次将 3 个扶梯接头（2）安装在基础节（1）对应位置，插入销轴（4）和开口销（3），
Install 3 ladder joints (2) in the corresponding position of the basic mast (1), insert the pin shaft (4) and the
split pin (3).
图 4.5-2
Figure 4.5-2
5.4.2 基础节爬梯安装
5.4.2 Installation of basic mast ladder
基础节爬梯分 3m 和 4.5m 爬梯两种，首先将 3m 爬梯（1）安装在与基础节连接好的扶梯接头（3）上，
首先选用螺栓（5）、垫圈（6）、螺母（7）把扶梯固定板（8）紧固在扶梯接头（3）上，然后用扶梯固定
卡箍（9）从爬梯两圆管间穿入，并插入扶梯固定板（8）孔中，最后插入楔块（4），3m 爬梯上部连接完
毕。接下来把 4.5m 爬梯插入 3m 爬梯圆管中，然后选用 3m 爬梯同样安装方式，依次将 4.5m 爬梯安装在

已连接在基础上的扶梯接头上。
The basic mast ladder is divided into two types, which are 3m and 4.5m ladders. First, install the 3m ladder
(1) on the ladder joint (3) connected to the basic mast. First, fasten the ladder fixing plate (8) to the ladder joint (3)
with bolts (5), washers (6) and nuts (7), then use the ladder fixing clamp (9) to go through the two round pipes of
the ladder, insert it into the hole of the ladder fixing plate (8), and finally insert the wedge (4), the upper part of the
3m ladder is connected. Next, insert the 4.5m ladder into the 3m ladder circular tube, and then install it in the
same installation method as 3m ladder, and install the 4.5m ladder on the ladder joint that has been connected to
the foundation.
图 4.5.3
Figure 4.5.3
5.5 安装基础节总成
5.5 Installation of Base Mast Assembly
基础节总成主要包括：基础节主体结构及相关通道附属件。
The foundation mast assembly mainly includes: Main structure of foundation mast and related channel
accessories.
如下图所示，将拼装好的基础节总成（1）吊起至固定支腿（2）的上方，缓缓放下，将基础节销轴孔
与支腿孔对齐，穿入Φ65 销轴（5）
、立销（4）及开口销（3）。
As shown in the figure below, hoist the assembled basic mast assembly (1) above the fixed leg (2), lower it

slowly, align the foundation pin shaft hole with the leg hole, and insert the Φ65 pin shaft (5), vertical pin (4) and
split pin (3).
图 4.5-4
Figure 4.5-4
1）确保安装过程中的吊装安全可靠。
1） ensure that the lifting during installation is safe and reliable.
2）注意基础节踏步安装方向应与建筑物方向垂直，否则将会造成后期无法降塔！
2） pay attention to the installation direction of basic mast step should be perpendicular to the
direction of the building, otherwise the tower cannot be lowered in the later period!

图 4.5-5
Figure 4.5-5
5.6 安装标准节
5.6 Installation Mast
5.6.1 标准节组装
5.6.1 Assembly of Mast
该型号标准节共由 4 片组成，片与片之间采用铰制孔螺栓连接，具体拼片方法如下：
The mast of this model is composed of 4 pieces, which are connected by hinged hole bolts. The specific
assembly method is as follows:
1）将一节标准节片（不含踏步、不含扶梯连接耳板）平放在地面，如步骤 1；
1） Lay a mast piece (without steps, connecting lug plate of ladder) on the ground, as shown in step 1;
2）吊起第二片标准节片（不含踏步、含扶梯连接耳板）按照下图步骤 2 进行拼接，必须将连接板放
置在角钢主弦内侧，然后用两节标准节片用 5 套铰制孔螺栓进行连接，安装铰制孔螺栓时请将螺栓从外侧
穿入，螺母从角钢内侧安装；
2） Lift the second mast piece (without steps, with lug plate of ladder). Follow the steps in step 2 below to
connect them. The connecting plate must be placed inside the main string of the angle steel, and then connect the
two standard pieces with 5 sets of hinged hole bolts. When installing the hinged hole bolts, insert the bolts from
the outside and install the nuts from the inside of the angle steel;
3）将拼装好的两片标准节片按照图中步骤 3 进行翻转，翻转时注意防护，不要损伤相关结构件；
3） Turn over the assembled two mast pieces as shown in step 3 in the figure. Take care of it when turning
over, and do not damage the relevant structural parts;
4）吊起第三片标准节片（包含踏步，不含扶梯连接耳板），按照图中步骤 4，使用 5 套铰制孔螺栓、
螺母完成拼装；
4） Lift the third piece of mast (with steps, without lug plate of ladder), follow the step 4 in the figure, use 5
sets of hinged hole bolts and nuts to complete the assembly;
5）按照步骤 5 所示，将拼装好的三片标准节片翻转，翻转时注意防护，不要损伤相关结构件；
5） As shown in step 5, turn over the assembled three mast pieces. Take care of it when turning over, and do
not damage the relevant structural parts
6）吊装起最后一片标准节片，使用 5 套铰制孔螺栓、螺母与相邻两节标准节片进行组装。
6） Lift the last mast piece and assemble it with two adjacent mast pieces by 5 sets of hinged hole bolts and
nuts.
图 4.5-6
Figure 4.5-6

5.6.2 标准节通道安装
5.6.2 Installation of mast passage
该型式塔身标准节通道共有 2 中，代号分别为通道 A、通道 D，其中：
There are two types of mast passage for this type of tower, the code numbers are passage A and passage D,
among which:
通道 A：含扶梯，扶梯护圈为 3 层，无休息平台；
Passage A : Include ladder, 3 layers of ladder retainer, no rest platform;
通道 D：含扶梯，扶梯护圈为 1 层，含休息平台。
Passage D : Include ladder, 1 layer of ladder retainer, no rest platform;
1）通道 A 组装
1） Assembly of Passage A
图 4.5-7
Figure 4.5-7
a. 使用销轴（1）及开口销 3×36（2）将扶梯接头（3）组装至扶梯连接座上；
a. Assemble the ladder joint (3) to the connecting base with the pin shaft (1) and the split pin 3×36 (2);
b. 使用螺栓 M8×25 及配套垫片、螺母（4、5、6）将扶梯固定板与扶梯接头连接；

b. Use the bolt M8×25 and the matching gasket and nut (4, 5, 6) to connect the ladder fixing plate with the
ladder joint;
c. 分别使用扶梯固定卡箍（8）包住 3 米扶梯（10）圆管，穿过扶梯固定板方孔，然后将楔块（9）
插入扶梯固定卡箍后，充分张开，完成扶梯的组装。具体组装图解如上。
c. Use the ladder clamp (8) to wrap the 3m ladder (10) round pipe, pass through the square hole of the
ladder fixing plate, and then insert the wedge (9) into the fixing clamp, fully open it, and complete the assembly of
the ladder. The specific assembly is as shown above.
标准节扶梯必须组装在带有踏步的一侧，否则将造成后期塔身通道无法对接。
The mast ladder must be assembled on the side with the step, otherwise the tower passage will not be
assembled.
2）通道 D 组装
2） Assembly of Passage D
a. 根据通道 A 组装方法进行扶梯的组装；
a. Assemble the ladder according to the assembly method of passage A;
b. 将通道 D 平台（1）吊起，平稳放置在标准节中间部位直腹杆上，使用 4 套 M10×40 螺栓及配套
垫片、螺母（3、4、5）将卡板（2）与休息平台（1）将标准节横腹杆卡住并拧紧；
b. Lift the passage D platform (1) and place it on the vertical web member in the middle of the mast. Use 4
sets of M10×40 bolts and matching gaskets and nuts (3, 4, 5) to connect snap-gauge (2) and rest platform (1), lock
and tighten the horizontal web member of mast;
c. 将两件栏杆（6）使用 4 件开口销 8×60（6）组装至休息平台（1）上，然后将栏杆（8）使用 4
件开口销 8×60（6）组装至之前组装好的两件栏杆上。具体组装图解如下。
c. Assemble two railings (6) on the rest platform (1) with 4 split pins 8×60 (6), and then assemble the
railing (8) on the two assembled railings with 4 sets of split pins 8×60 (6). The specific assembly diagram is as
follows.

图 4.5-8
Figure 4.5-8
5.6.3 标准节安装
5.6.3 Installation of Masts
将拼装好的标准节总成（1）吊起至安装好基础节（2）的上方，缓缓放下，将标准节销轴孔与基础节
孔对齐，穿入Φ55 销轴（5）、立销（4）及开口销（3）。
Lift the assembled mast assembly (1) to the above of the installed basic mast (2), lower it slowly, align the
hole of standard pin shaft with the hole of basic mast, and insert the Φ55 pin shaft (5), stand pin (4) and split pin
(3).

图 4.5-9
Figure 4.5-9
1）该机型塔机的标准安装流程：安装基础节，再安装完一节标准节后，进行爬升架以及上部结构的
安装，其余塔身节的安装依靠塔机自身顶升系统进行，否则将会提高安装所需吊装器械的需求。
1） The standard installation procedure of this type of tower crane: Install the foundation mast, and a
mast of standard mast, then install climbing frame and the upper structure. The installation of the
remaining tower masts is carried out by the tower crane’s jacking system, otherwise the requirement of
lifting equipment will be raised.
2）注意顶升踏步的方向，确保和基础节踏步方向一致，否则会导致无法顶升。
2） Pay attention to the direction of jacking steps, and make sure it is in the same direction as the step
of basic mast, otherwise jacking will not work.
6 安装爬升架
6 Install climbing frame

装配固定爬升架和进行顶升操作时，必须穿戴安全索具。
Safety rigging must be worn when assembling the fixed climbing frame and performing the jacking
operation.
6.1 概述
6.1 Overview
将爬升架架置到起重机上之前，须进行所有下述装配作业：架置安装爬升架及顶升作业必须用到的各
种配件。
All the following assembly operations shall be carried out before the climbing frame is mounted on the crane:
Set up and install all kinds of accessories necessary for climbing frame and jacking operation.
6.2 爬升架的吊装
6.2 Hoisting of Climbing Frame
爬升架主要由爬升架结构、爬梯、平台、栏杆、横梁等组成。
The climbing frame is mainly composed of climbing frame structure, ladder, platform, railing, beam and so
on.
1）吊装时根据吊装对象的外形尺寸及重量选取合适的吊具，需保证所用吊具完好无损，满足吊装需
求，如客户安装时采用其他吊装方式，必须自行确保吊装的安全性！
1） Select the appropriate slings according to the size and weight of the lifting object when lifting.
Ensure that the slings used is in perfect condition and meet the lifting requirements. If customer uses other
lifting methods when installing, must ensure the operation is safe!
2）对于有专用吊耳的结构件，在吊装时请采用专用吊耳进行吊装，否则容易造成结构件及吊具的损
伤，存在结构件掉落的安全隐患，可能造成财产损失及人身伤害安全事故。
2） For structural parts with special lifting lugs, please use the special lifting lugs for lifting, otherwise
it is easy to cause damage to the structural parts and the lifting device, and there are safety risks of
structural parts falling, which may cause property damage and personal injury accidents.
6.2.1 爬升架结构吊装示意
6.2.1 Lifting Scheme of Climbing Frame Structure
如下图所示，在吊装爬升架结构时，选用四根同等长度的钢丝绳穿过选用耳板，最终统一悬挂在吊钩，
保证吊装平衡，实现爬升架结构（1）的吊装。
As shown in Figure below, use four equal lengths of steel wire ropes to pass through the selected lug plates
when lifting the climbing frame structure, and finally hitch in the hooks to ensure the lifting balance and realize
the lifting of the climbing frame structure (1).

图 4.6-1
Figure 4.6-1
6.3 安装爬升架平台
6.3 Installation of Climbing Frame Platform
爬升架装有 2 层含有扶手栏杆的平台：下层包括四个平台，即爬升架每面各一个。上层包括三个平台，
即爬升架左右面各一个，后面也有一个，依靠爬梯连接上下两层平台。
The climbing frame is fitted with 2 floors of platforms with handrails: The lower floor consists of four
platforms, i.e. one for each side of the climbing frame. The upper floor consists of three platforms, i.e. one on the
left and right sides of the climbing frame, and another one on the back that connects the upper and lower
platforms by climbing ladder.

图 4.6-2
Figure 4.6-2
6.3.1 识别下层的平台和扶手杆
6.3.1 Lower Platform and Handrail Identifying
1）下平台：后侧即为顶升油缸侧；前侧即为爬升架开口处；左侧及右侧的定义即为当你站在爬升架
前侧向后侧看时，左手边即为左侧，右手边即为右侧；下层包括四个平台。
1） Lower platform: The rear side is the jacking cylinder; the front side is the climbing frame opening; the
left side and the right side are defined that the left hand is the left side, the right hand is the right side when you
stand on the front side of the climbing frame looking the rear side; the lower part includes four platforms.
Rear Platform
Left Platform
Right Platform Front Platform
图 4.6-3
Figure 4.6-3
2）上平台：上层包括后 3 个平台，分别放置在左右侧及后侧。
2） Upper Platform The upper floor includes three rear platforms, which are placed on the left and right
sides and back side.

Right Platform
Rear Platform
Left Platform
图 4.6-4
Figure 4.6-4
6.3.2 平台的安装示意
6.3.2 Installation Scheme of Platform
上下两层各平台的安装方式相同，具体安装过程见下图 4.6-5 所示：
The installation of the upper and lower platforms is the same. The specific installation process is shown in
Figure 4.6-5 below:
图 4.6-5
Figure 4.6-5
如下图 4.6-6 所示，将平台（1）吊起至爬升架（2）附近，将平台支撑梁（3）倾斜插入爬升架连接套

（4）中，缓慢放下，待平稳后撤去吊索，其余平台安装选用同样方法进行安装。
As shown in Figure 4.6-6 below, lift the platform (1) to the vicinity of the climbing frame (2), insert the
platform support beam (3) obliquely into the connecting sleeve (4) of climbing frame, lower it slowly, and then
remove the sling after it is steady. The other platforms are installed with the same method.
Rotate at a certain angle as shown
图 4.6-6
Figure 4.6-6
6.3.3 平台栏杆和爬梯的安装
6.3.3 Installation of Platform Handrails and Ladder Stand
如下图 4.6-7 所示，将栏杆扶手（1）插入平台连接套（2）中，用弹簧销（3）将栏杆固定。相邻平台
之间的栏杆用两块夹板（5）、螺栓和螺母（4、6）固定，最后将爬梯楔块（7）插入楔套（8）中，至销孔
露出楔套，插入开口销（9）并充分打开。
As shown in Figure 4.6-7 below, insert the handrail (1) into the connection sleeve (2) of platform, and secure
the handrail with the spring pin (3). Secure the handrail between adjacent platforms with two splints (5), bolts and
nuts (4, 6), and finally insert the ladder wedge (7) into the wedge sleeve (8), till the pin hole out of wedge sleeve,
and insert the split pin (9) and fully open.

图 4.6-7
Figure 4.6-7
6.4 安装顶升横梁，油缸及液压站
6.4 Installation of Jacking Beams, Cylinders and Hydraulic Stations
顶升横梁组装：撑脚横梁（1）与脚止动靴（2）连接，插入销轴（3），选用轴端挡板（5）用螺栓（4）、
垫圈（6）紧固。
Assembly of Jacking Beam Connect the support beam (1) with the leg locking shoe (2), and insert the pin
shaft (3), select the shaft end baffle (5) and fasten it with bolts (4) and washers (6).
图 4.6-8
Figure 4.6-8
将吊索绕在顶升横梁（1）上方销孔之间，使用双倍长的吊索以便能更好地引导横梁靠在塔身节的踏
步上，将横梁精准定位，使其两侧挂靴挂在踏步上。
Wrap the sling around the pin holes above the jacking beam (1), use double long sling to better guide the
beam against the step of the tower mast, and accurately position the beam to hang on the hanging boots on the
steps.
图 4.6-9
Figure 4.6-9
将吊索绕至油缸（1）。将油缸上方固定在爬升架耳板上，并用销轴（2）和开口销（3）固定。伸出油
缸，然后将活塞杆固定在顶升横梁耳板上，并用销轴（4）和开口销（5）固定，如下图所示：
Wrap the sling around the cylinder (1). Fix the upper part of the oil cylinder on the lug plate of the climbing
frame, and secure it with pin shaft (2) and split pin (3). Extend the cylinder, then fix the piston rod on the lug plate
of the jacking beam, and secure it with pin shaft (4) and split pin (5), as shown in the figure below:

图 4.6-10
Figure 4.6-10
将液压站放置在后平台上。将油管与液压站相连。
Place the hydraulic power unit on the rear platform. Connect the tubing to the hydraulic power unit.
给液压站加满油，进行电气连接，通过操作油缸来连通液压管路。
Fill the hydraulic power unit with oil, make electrical connections, and connect the hydraulic lines by
operating the cylinder.
7 安装特殊节
7 Install Special mast
7.1 特殊节耳座安装
7.1 Installation of Special Mast Lug Base
依次将特殊节耳座（2）安装在特殊节结构（1）对应位置处，并插入销轴（4）、轴套（5）
、锁销（6）
节开口销（3）
。
Install the special mast lug base (2) in the right position of the special mast structure (1), and insert the pin
shaft (4), shaft sleeve (5), and the lock pin (6) and split pin (3).

图 4.7-1
Figure 4.7-1
7.2 识别平台及栏杆
7.2 Identification of Platform and Railing
四个平台相同，四个栏杆相同。
The four platforms are the same and the four railings are also the same.
图 4.7-2
Figure 4.7-2
7.3 平台栏杆安装

7.3 Installation of Platform Railing

将平台（1）吊起至特殊节（2）附近，将平台支撑梁（3）倾斜插入特殊节连接套（4）中，缓慢放下，
待平稳后撤去吊索，其余平台安装选用同样方法进行安装。
Lift the platform (1) to the vicinity of the special mast (2), insert the platform support beam (3) obliquely into
the connecting sleeve (4) of special mast, lower it slowly, and then remove the sling after it is steady. The other
platforms are installed with the same method.
Rotate at a certain
angle as shown
图 4.7-3
Figure 4.7-3
将栏杆（1）插入平台连接套（2）中，用弹簧销（3）将栏杆固定。相邻平台之间的栏杆用两块夹板
（5）
、螺栓和螺母（4、6）固定。
Insert the railing (1) into the platform connection sleeve (2) and secure the railing with the spring pin (3).
Secure the railings between adjacent platforms with two clamping straps (5), bolts and nuts (4, 6).

图 4.7-4
Figure 4.7-4
7.4 爬梯安装
7.4 Installation of Ladder
将爬梯（3）装入在特殊节对应耳板（4）位置，爬梯左右两侧都插入爬梯梯蹬点填充件（1），插入螺
栓（2）螺母和垫圈（5、6）固定。
Install the ladder (3) in the right position of lug plate (4) of special mast. Insert the ladder filling piece (1) in
the left and right sides of the ladder, and insert the bolt (2) nut and washer (5, 6) to fix it.

图 4.7-5
Figure 4.7-5
7.5 引进装置引进梁安装
7.5 Installation of Guide Equipment and Beam
将引进横梁（2）装入在特殊节对应耳板（1）位置，插入销轴（3）及开口销，另一横梁按照同样方
式进行安装。
Insert the guide beam (2) into the right position of special mast lug plate (1), insert the pin (3) and the split
pin, and install the other beam in the same way.

图 4.7-5
Figure 4.7- 5
7.6 特殊节吊装安装
7.6 Lifting and Installation of Special Mast
将装有引进横梁的特殊节吊起安装，主弦连接孔与特殊节的连接孔连接并插入销轴，耳座连接孔与套
架上端连接耳座进行连接，并插入销轴及开口销。
Hoist and install the special mast equipped with guide beam, connect the connection hole of main string with
the connection hole of special mast and insert the pin shaft, connect the connection hole of lug base with the upper
connecting base of sleeve bracket, and insert the pin shaft and the split pin.

图 4.7-6
Figure 4.7-6
7.7 引进小车吊装安装
7.7 Lifting and installation of guide trolley
吊起专用吊钩（4），并将吊钩（4）挂在引进小车架对应位置（3）
，待小车架平稳后吊至引进横梁（1）
位置，引进横梁端部与引进小车架导轮（2）对其后缓慢移动小车架，放置横梁中部即可。
Hoist the specialized hook (4), and hang the hook (4) at the right position of the introduced trolley frame (3).
After the trolley frame is stable, lift it to the position of the introduced beam (1), after the end of introduced beam
align with the guide wheel (2) of introduced trolley frame, move the trolley frame slowly and place it in the
middle of the beam.

图 4.7-7
Figure 4.7-7
8 安装回转支座
8 Installation of Pivoting Support
8.1 概述
8.1 Overview
回转总成包括下支座、回转支承、上支座、回转机构及司机室共五部分，下支座下部分别与特殊节相
连，上部与上支座连接。
The slewing assembly comprises five parts: lower support, slewing bearing, upper support, slewing
mechanism and driver’s cab. The lower part of the lower support is respectively connected with special mast, and
the upper part is connected with the upper support.
安装回转支座时，必须使用安全吊带。
A safety harness must be used when installing the slewing bearing.

8.2 回转总成的拼装
8.2 Pivoting Assembly
8.2.1 回转支座的吊装
8.2.1 Lifting and Installation of Slewing Bearing
将上下支座起吊在平整的地面上，为回转总成的地面拼装作出准备，同时检查回转支承上的高强螺栓
的预紧力矩是否达到 1350N·m，且防松螺母的预紧力矩稍大于 1350N·m。
Lift the upper and lower supports on the flat ground to prepare for the ground assembly of the slewing
assembly, and check whether the pre-tightening torque of the high-strength bolts on the slewing bearing reaches
1350 N•m, and the pre-tightening torque of the locknut is slightly larger than 1350 N•m.
图 4.8-1
Figure 4.8-1
在吊装回转总成时，必须同时采用上图所示的 4 个吊耳进行吊装，否则可能造成结构件掉落及人身安全事
故！
When lifting the slewing assembly, the 4 lifting lugs shown in the figure above must be used, otherwise it may
cause structural parts falling and personal safety accidents!
8.2.2 回转限位器的安装
8.2.2 Installation of Slewing Mechanism Stopper

图 4.8-2
Figure 4.8-2
如上图所示，首先将限位器（1）和连接座（3）用螺栓（2）固定锁紧，接着用连接套、开口销（5）
将限位器连接轴（6）和限位齿轮（4）连接，最后将整个限位器用螺栓、螺母（7、8）和上支座的连接板
固定。
As shown in the figure above, fix the stopper (1) and the connecting seat (3) with bolts (2) first, then connect
the connecting shaft of stopper (6) and the limiting gear (4) with the connecting sleeve and split pin (5), and
finally secure the entire stopper on the connecting plate of the upper support by bolts, nuts (7, 8).
8.2.3 司机室平台及维修平台的安装
8.2.3 Installation of Driver’s Cab Platform and Maintenance Platform
如下图所示，先将连接支架 2 吊起与司机室平台 3 连接，分别将维修平台和装配好的司机室平台（2、
3）吊至回转支座上方，缓慢放下，对准销孔，将维修平台和司机室平台上的定位销装入销孔，上端穿入
轴，防止平台往上翘起。
As shown in the figure below, lift the connecting bracket 2 first and connect with the driver’s cab platform 3,
and lift the maintenance platform and assembled cab platform (2, 3) respectively to the above of slewing support,
and lower them slowly and align with the pin hole. Insert the positioning pin on the service platform and cab
platform into the pin hole, and insert the shaft to the upper end to prevent the platform from lifting up.

图 4.8-3
Figure 4.8-3
如下图所示，确认各平台栏杆安装位置，将平台栏杆插入平台连接套中，用弹簧销固定，相连平台的
栏杆用栏杆夹板及螺栓、螺母固定。
As shown in the figure below, confirm the installation position of each platform railing, insert the platform
railing into the platform connecting sleeve, fix it with the spring pin, and secure the railing that connect platforms
using splints, bolts and nuts.

图 4.8-4
Figure 4.8-4
将回转机构（2）吊起至回转支座上方，并缓慢放下，对准螺栓孔后，插入螺栓 1 并拧紧。
Lift the slewing mechanism (2) above the slewing support and slowly lower it. After aligning with the bolt
holes, insert the bolt 1 and tighten it.
图 4.8-5
Figure 4.8-5
在安装回转机构时，螺栓的预紧力矩应达到 265N·m，且螺母的预紧力矩稍大于 265N·m。

When installing the slewing mechanism, the pre-tightening torque of the bolt shall reach 900 N•m, and the
pre-tightening torque of the nut is slightly greater than 900 N•m.
8.2.4 司机室的安装
8.2.4 Installation of Driver’s Cab
将司机室吊起至司机室走台上方，并缓慢放下，对准螺栓孔后，插入螺栓并拧紧。
Lift the driver’s cab above the platform and lower it slowly. After aligning with bolt holes, insert the bolts
and tighten them.
图 4.8-6
Figure 4.8-6
8.3 回转总成的安装
8.3 Installation of Pivoting Assembly
吊起回转总成（1）至特殊节上方，注意下支座爬梯方向与特殊节爬梯方向保持一致，将回转总成缓
慢的落下，通过 8 个销轴（2）连接，为防止销轴脱出，两个销轴之间通过立销（3）固定，立销下端穿入
葫芦销固定。
Lift the slewing assembly (1) above the special mast, keep the direction of the lower support ladder same as
the direction of the special mast ladder. Slowly lower the slewing assembly and connect it through 8 pins (2). To
prevent the pin from taking off, the two pins are fixed by the vertical pin (3), and the lower end of the vertical pin
is fixed by the hoist pin.

图 4.8-7
Figure 4.8-7
9 安装平衡臂
9 Install Counter Jib
9.1 概述
9.1 Overview
臂根节一端连接平衡臂，一端连接起重臂，起到连接和过渡作用，故安装时单独安装。
One end of the jib root is connected to the counter jib, and the other end is connected to the lifting jib, which
plays the role of connection and transition. Therefore, it should be installed separately during installation.
起吊前将臂根节上的滑轮、拖绳装置等在地面安装到位。
Assemble the pulleys on the jib root, the tow rope device, etc. in place on the ground before lifting.
9.2 臂根节的拼装
9.2 Jib Root Assembly
在地面上将变幅滑轮和起升滑轮安装到臂根节合适位置，如图 4.9-1 所示，1 为起升滑轮，2 为变幅滑
轮，安装好的滑轮上面安装挡绳杆，防止工作时钢丝绳跳出，挡绳杆两端用开口销固定。拖绳装置通过螺
栓和螺母（5、4）安装到臂根节靠近平衡臂侧上弦杆上。
Install the luffing pulley and the hoisting pulley to the appropriate position of jib root on the ground, as
shown in Figure 4.9-1, 1 is the hoisting pulley, 2 is the trolley pulley, and install the rope retaining rod on the
installed pulley to prevent the wire rope jumping out when operating and both ends of the rope retaining rod are
fixed with a split pin. Install the tow rope device on the upper chord close to jib root side by bolts and nuts (5, 4).

图 4.9-1
Figure 4.9-1
9.3 臂根节吊装示意图
9.3 Schematic Diagram of Jib Root Hoisting
如下图所示，在吊装臂根节时，选用四根钢丝绳分别穿过吊耳，最终统一悬挂在吊钩上，吊装中保证
吊装平衡，实现臂根节的吊装。将臂根节（1）与上支座通过销轴装配到一起。
As shown in the figure below, when lifting the jib root, select four wire ropes to passed through the lifting
lugs respectively, and hang on the hooks. Ensure the hoisting balance during lifting, and finish the lifting of the jib
root. Assemble the jib root (1) with the upper support by the pin.

图 4.9-2
Figure 4.9-2
9.4 平衡臂组装
9.4 Installation of Counter Jib
9.4.1 平衡臂栏杆走台识别
9.4.1 Identification of Railing Platform of Counter Jib
平衡臂两侧对称位置栏杆相同，仅装有障碍灯的栏杆有区别，但是安装尺寸相同；走台为对称制作件，
尺寸相同。
The rails of the symmetrical position on both sides of the counter jib are the same. Only the rails with the
obstacle lights are different, but the installation dimensions are the same; the platform is a symmetrical part with
the same size.

图 4.9-3
Figure 4.9-3
9.4.2 平衡臂栏杆走台安装
9.4.2 Installation of Railing Platform of Counter Jib
吊起平台（4）将带有连接横梁缓慢将靠近平衡臂连接座（1）位置，插入销轴（2）及销（3），其余
三个平台依次按同样方法进行安装。
Lift the platform (4) with connecting beam and move slowly close to the connecting base of counter jib (1),
insert the pin shaft (2) and pin (3), and the other three platforms will be installed in the same way.
图 4.9-4
Figure 4.9-4
将栏杆（1）插入平台连接套（2）中，用弹簧销（3）将栏杆固定。相邻平台之间的栏杆用两块夹板
（5）
、螺栓和螺母（4、6）固定，其余栏杆依次按照同样方式进行安装。
Insert the railing (1) into the platform connection sleeve (2) and secure the railing with the spring pin (3).
Secure the railings between adjacent platforms with two clamping straps (5), bolts and nuts (4, 6), and the
remaining railings are installed in the same way.
图 4.9-5
Figure 4.9-5
将组装好的平衡臂吊起，对接好起重臂臂根节，装入拉杆，插入销轴，缓慢放下。
Lift the assembled counter jib, align the jib root, insert the pull rod, the pin shaft, and lower it slowly.
图 4.9-6
Figure 4.9-6
起升机构及电控柜可在地面安装在平衡臂上，然后与平衡臂总成一起起吊安装。
The hoisting mechanism and electric control cabinet can be mounted on the counter jib on the ground and
then hoisted together with the counter jib for installation.

10 安装平衡重
10 Installation of Counter Weight
10.1 概述
10.1 Overview
平衡重的重量随起重臂长度的改变而改变，根据所使用的起重臂长度，选择平衡重的搭配，具体请参
考《技术数据》平衡重。
The weight of the counter weight changes with the length of the jib. Depending on the length used, choose
the counter weight. For details, please refer to the balance weight in Technical Data.
10.2 平衡重的吊装
10.2 Hoisting of Counter Weight
按照下图所示，将吊具绕过专用吊耳，实现平衡重的吊装。
As shown in the figure below, the spreader is bypassed by the special lifting lug to achieve the hoisting of
counter weight.
图 4.10-1
Figure 4.10-1
依次吊装两块平衡重，每次缓慢移动平衡重块靠近平衡臂。
Hoist the two counter jib ballasts in turn, and slowly move the counter jib ballasts close to the counter jib
each time.

图 4.10-2
Figure 4.10-2
缓慢的放下平衡重块至停留在平衡臂上。
Slowly lower the balance weight block to stay on the counter jib.
图 4.10-3
Figure 4.10-3
平衡重的安装共分为两个阶段：
The installation of balance weight is divided into two phases:
阶段 1：平衡臂安装完成后，安装 1 块 3250Kg 的平衡重在平衡臂靠内侧，用配重销紧固在平衡臂上，
安装位置为靠近起升机构方向，然后安装起重臂；
Phase 1: After the Counter Jib is installed, install 1 piece of 3250Kg balance weight on the inner side of the
Counter Jib, fasten it on the Counter Jib with the weight pin, and install it in the direction of the hoisting
mechanism, then install the hoisting arm;
阶段 2：起重臂安装完成后按照平衡重配置完成剩余平衡重的安装。
Phase 2: After the jib is installed, the remaining balance weights are installed according to the balanced
reconfiguration.
吊装完成后检查并确认相邻配种块的整个表面是否相互贴紧。
After the hoisting is completed, check that the entire surface of the adjacent mating pieces is in close contact
with each other.
11 载重小车的安装
11 Installation of Trolley

11.1 一般注意事项
11.1 General Considerations
方向规定：当人站在平衡臂位置、面朝起重臂方向时：
Provisions of directions: When the person is standing in the position of the counter jib and facing the
direction of the jib:
图 4.11-1
Figure 4.11-1
L=左手边 R=右手边
L = left-hand side R = right-hand side
小车在起重臂上的安装方向：
The mounting direction of the trolley on the jib:
小车吊篮（1）在左手边，
The trolley basket (1) is on the left-hand side,
钢丝绳张紧装置（2）在右手边。
The wire rope tensioning device (2) is on the right-hand side.
图 4.11-2
Figure 4.11-2
11.2 小车吊篮的安装
11.2 Installation of Trolley Basket
将吊篮（1）安装到小车（2）的连接套（4）中，对准销孔，使用销轴、开口销（5、6）将吊篮固定。

Install the gondola (1) into the connecting sleeve (4) of the trolley (2), align the pin holes, and fix the basket
with the hinge pin and the split pin (5, 6).
图 4.11-3
Figure 4.11-3
11.3 将小车安装到起重臂上
11.3 Install the Trolley on the Jib
根据安装方向将小车套在起重臂下弦杆的导轨上，并将小车移动到变幅挡块位置。
According to the installation direction, place the trolley on the guide rail of the lower chord of the jib, and
move the trolley to the position of the luffing stopper.
图 4.11-4
Figure 4.11-4
用固定吊索将小车锁在臂根部最小幅度处。
Use a fixed sling to lock the trolley to the minimum of the root of the arm.

图 4.11-5
Figure 4.11-5
12 准备起重臂
12 Preparation of Jib
12.1 概述
12.1 Overview
起重臂臂根节为四边桁架结构，其余节为三角形变截面的空间桁架结构，共分为九节。臂节二上装有
变幅机构，载重小车在变幅机构的牵引下，沿起重臂下弦杆前后运行。载重小车一侧设有检修吊篮，便于
塔机的安装与维修。
The jib root is a four-sided truss structure, and the remaining masts are triangular truss structures with a
variable cross mast, which are divided into nine masts. The jib II is equipped with a trolley mechanism, and the
load trolley moves forward and backward along the lower chord of the jib under the traction of trolley mechanism.
An inspection basket is provided on one side of the trolley to facilitate the installation and maintenance of the
tower crane.
12.2 起重臂不同臂长的组成
12.2 Composition of Jib with Different Jib Length
根据施工要求可以将起重臂组装成 70m、65m、60m、55m、50m、45m、40m、35m、30m、25m 十种
臂长。
According to the construction requirements, the jib can be assembled into ten jib lengths of 70m、65m、60m、
55m、50m、45m、40m、35m、30m and 25m.

图 4.12-1
Figure 4.12-1
起重臂组装时，必须严格按照每节臂上的序号标记组装，不允许错位或随意组装，否则会导致后续部
件无法安装，从而降低起重性能且存在很大安全隐患。
When the jib is assembled, it must be assembled according to the serial number on each jib. It is not
allowed to be misplaced or assembled at will. Otherwise, the subsequent parts cannot be installed, which
reduces the lifting performance and has great safety hazards.
12.3 起重臂臂节的装配
12.3 Assembly of Jib Mast
12.3.1 放置臂节二
12.3.1 Laying of Jib II
按下图所示，将起重臂臂节二（1）放置在平整的地面上（变幅机构的安装可在第二节起重臂放置后
安装）。
Lay the jib II (1) on flat ground as shown below (the trolley mechanism can be installed after the jib II is
laid).

图 4.12-2
Figure 4.12-2
12.3.2 剩余臂节的装配
12.3.2 Assembly of the Remaining Arm Masts
起重臂臂节的装配工作请在地面进行。
Please Assemble the Jib on the Ground.
安装下一个臂节，为了便于臂节间连接，将臂节（1）稍微倾斜吊起，缓缓移动臂节（1），使其上弦
连接耳板正确接入相连臂节（9）的上弦耳板，使用销轴（2）、锁销（3）和销（4）连接耳板，缓慢放下
起重臂，并使用定位销对准相连臂节下弦，然后用螺栓（6）、垫圈（7）
、螺母（8）和销（5）连接好下弦。
Install the next jib. To facilitate the connection between the jib, lift the jib (1) slightly and slowly move the
jib (1) so that the connection lug plate of upper chord is correctly connected to the lug plate of upper chord of jib
(9). Use pin shaft (2), lock pin (3) and pin (4) to connect the lug plate, slowly lower the jib, and use the
positioning pin to align the lower chord of the connected jib, then connect the lower chord with bolt (6), washer
( 7), nut (8) and the pin (5).

图 4.12-3
Figure 4.12-3
如上图所示，在安装下弦螺栓时，先将下弦螺栓（6）连接两臂节端部定位板，使得螺栓头部露出端
部定位板，下弦连接螺栓头部与起重臂臂头方向一致，然后使用垫圈（7）、螺母（8）和开口销（5）连接
好下弦，并使开口销充分打开。
As shown in the figure above, when installing the lower chord bolt, connect the lower chord bolt (6) to the
positioning plate on the end of the two jibs first, so that the bolt end is exposed at the end positioning plate, and
the end of connection bolt of the lower chord is in the same direction as the jib end. Then, connect the lower chord
with the washer (7), nut (8) and split pin (5) and fully open the split pin.
如下图所示：根据使用臂长，在地面上将各节起重臂节按照顺序依次安装连接好，上弦用销轴（1），
立销（2）和销（3）连接；下弦用螺栓（5）
、垫圈（6）和螺母（7）将臂节连接，螺栓头方向与起重臂臂
头方向一致，插入开口销（4），并将开口销充分打开。
As shown below: Based on the length of jib, install each jib in order on the ground. Connect the upper chord
with pin shaft (1), vertical pin (2) and pin (3); connect the jib of lower chord with bolt (5), washer (6) and nut (7).
The direction of the bolt end is the same as the direction of the jib end. Insert the split pin (4) and fully open it.
图 4.12-4
Figure 4.12-4
12.4 安装起重臂安全绳
12.4 Installation of Jib Safety Rope
每节起重臂都有安全绳挂钩，首先将安全绳穿在起重臂上安全绳挂钩内，同时将钢丝绳用 3 个钢丝绳
夹锁死在臂头和第一节臂的安全环内。如下图所示。

Each jib has a safety rope hook. First, put the safety rope inside the safety rope hook on the jib. At the same
time, the wire rope is locked in the safety ring of the jib end and the first arm with 3 wire rope clamps. As shown
below.
图 4.12-5
Figure 4.12- 5
13 安装起重臂
13 Install the Jib
13.1 概述
13.1 Overview
起重臂为三角形变截面的空间桁架结构，共分为八节。把起重臂总成搁置在 1.0 米高左右的支架上，
让所有件脱离地面。臂根销轴安装在臂架根部内双耳上方便安装，并用锁销固定，否则存在零件掉落的安
全隐患。
The lifting jib is a space truss structure of triangular variable cross-mast and is divided into eight masts. Place
the jib assembly on a support about 1.0 m high and let all parts off the ground. The jib hinge pin is mounted on the
ears in the root of the boom for easy installation and fixed by a locking pin, otherwise there is a safety hazard that
the parts fall.
安装起重臂时，必须使用安全吊带（3 点式安全带）
；在起重臂上进行操作时，安装工必须使用走台且
必须绑在安全钢丝绳上。
When installing the jib, a safety harness (3-point seat belt) must be used; when operating on the jib,
the installer must use the platform and must be attached to the safety wire.
13.2 起重臂起吊注意事项
13.2 Cautions for Hoisting of Jib
起重臂在吊装时将吊具绕过起重臂上弦杆，并在腹杆处固定，在吊装时有如下注意事项：

When lifting the jib, the spreader bypasses the upper chord of the jib and is fixed at the web. There are the
following precautions when lifting:
用钢丝绳吊起起重臂，如图 4.13-1 所示，A、B、D 为正确方法，C 为错误方法。
Lift the jib with a wire rope, as shown in Figure 4.13-1, A, B, and D are the correct methods, and C is the
wrong method.
图 4.13-1
Figure 4.13-1
抬起起重臂总成时禁止斜拉。
Do not diagonally pull when lifting the jib assembly.
图 4.13-2
Figure 4.13-2
13.3 安装起重臂
13.3 Install the jib
待起重臂的地面拼装完成后，检查起重臂上的变幅机构、电路走线等是否完善，使用回转机构的临时
电源将塔机上部结构回转至便于安装起重臂的方位。
After the grounding of the jib is completed, check whether the trolley motor and circuit traces on the jib are
perfect. Use the temporary power supply of the swing mechanism to rotate the tower structure to the orientation of

the jib.
图 4.13-3
Figure 4.13-3
1）起重臂安装时的参考重心位置（含变幅机构）
1） Reference center of gravity position when the jib is installed (including the trolley mechanism)
臂长
Jib 70 m 65m 60m 55m 50m 45m 40m 35m 30m 25m
Length
重心位置
L(m)
Center of 25.2 23.1 21.2 20.7 19.1 17.8 15.3 13.4 11.2 9.4
gravity
position L
(m)
2）吊装时 10m≤ L≤25m。
2） When hoisting, 10m ≤ L ≤ 25m.
3）组装好的起重臂用支架支承在地面时，严禁仅支承两端，全长内支架不应少于 5 个，且每个支架应
均匀受力，为了方便穿绕钢丝绳，允许分别支承在两边主弦杆下。
3） When the assembled jib is supported on the ground, never support only the two ends. The inner
support with full length should not be less than 5 pieces, and each support should be evenly loaded. In order
to pass and wrap the wire rope, it is allowed to support under the main chord on both sides.
按上图所示挂绳，试吊是否平衡，如果不平衡，可适当移动挂绳位置（记录下吊点位置便于拆塔时用）。
起吊起重臂总成至安装高度，如下图所示，上弦用销轴（1），立销（2）和销（3）连接；下弦用螺栓（5）、
垫圈（6）和螺母（7）将臂节连接，螺栓头方向与起重臂臂头方向一致，插入开口销（4），并将开口销充
分打开。
According to the lanyard shown in the above figure, test hanging is balanced or not. If it is not balanced, the
position of the lanyard can be moved appropriately (record the position of the hanging point to facilitate the tower

removal). Lift the jib assembly to the mounting height, as shown in the figure below, connect the upper chord with
pin shaft (1), vertical pin (2) and pin (3); connect the lower chord with jib with bolt (5), washer (6) and nut (7), the
direction of bolt end is the same as the direction of the jib end, insert the split pin (4), and fully open the split pin.
图 4.13-4
Figure 4.13-4
起重臂安装完成后，请根据起重臂长度配置，安装剩余配重！
After the jib is installed, install the remaining weight according to the jib length configuration!
14 吊钩的安装
14 Installation of Hook
14.1 吊钩吊装示意
14.1 The indication of hoisting of hook
图 4.14-1
Figure 4.14-1
如上图所示，在吊装吊钩（2）时，将吊具从吊钩（1）位置穿过，最终统一悬挂在汽车吊吊钩上，保
证吊装平衡，实现吊钩的吊装。
As shown in the above figure, when lifting the hook (2), the spreader is passed through the hook handle (1),
and finally suspended on the hook of the Truck to ensure the balance of the lifting and to achieve the hoisting of
the hook.

14.2 吊钩的装配
14.2 Hook Assembly
吊钩为我公司装配好后整体发货，此处不再详细介绍具体装配过程，如客户需要请参照第三册《零部
件图册》，或联系我公司售后服务人员。
The whole shipment is completed after the hook is assembled by our company. The specific assembly
process will not be described in detail here. If the customer needs, please refer to the volume III of the Parts Atlas,
or contact our after-sales service personnel.
14.3 吊钩总成的安装
14.3 Installation of Hook Assembly
吊钩总成的安装同起升钢丝绳的缠绕为同一步骤，详见第 19 章《穿绕起升钢丝绳》
。
The installation of the hook assembly is the same procedure as the winding of the hoisting wire rope. See
Chapter 19, Wrap Around The Hoisting Wire Rope for details.
15 钢丝绳张紧功装置的功能
15 Function of Wire Rope Tensioning Device
变幅钢丝绳的张紧是通过绳索张紧卷筒（1）保证的：
The tensioning of the variable-width wire rope is ensured by the rope tensioning reel (1):
图 4.15-1
Figure 4.15-1
15.1 张紧绳索
15.1 Tension Rope
将小车移动到起重臂臂根处。
Move the trolley to the jib root.
图 4.15-2
Figure 4.15-2
使用收藏在小车中的手柄（1），操作绳索张紧卷筒（2）
，并将前变幅钢丝绳拉到最紧。

Using the handle (1) stored in the trolley, operate the rope tensioning reel (2) and pull the front slinger to the
tightest.
图 4.15-3
Figure 4.15-3
将小车在这个起重臂上来回移动数次，以平均分配前后绳索的张力。
Move the trolley back and forth several times on this jib, to evenly distribute the tension of the front and rear
ropes.
图 4.15-4
Figure 4.15- 4
必要时调整绳索张紧力。
Adjust the rope tension if necessary.
15.2 松弛绳索
15.2 Slack Rope
拆卸时，使用绳索张紧卷筒（2）上的手柄（1）将绳索松弛以便拆卸。
When disassembling, use the handle (1) on the rope tensioning reel (2) to loosen the rope for disassembly.
在手柄（1）上施加一个力 F，F 须大于绳索张紧力 T。

A force F is applied to the handle (1) which must be greater than the rope tension T.
确定手柄（1）被撑住（F>T），以便可以让卡爪（3）倾斜。严格禁止以手动让卡爪倾斜，强制使用
工具让卡爪倾斜，以便在最安全的状况下进行，避免在松弛绳索时受伤。
Make sure the handle (1) is held (F>T) so that the claws (3) can be tilted. It is strictly forbidden to
manually tilt the claws and force the tool to tilt the claws in the safest condition to avoid injury when

slackening the rope.
将绳索松开一格，并重新将卡爪（3）装在安全位置。
Loosen a grid of the rope, and re-attach the claws (3) in a safe position.
在每一格上重复一次这项操作，渐进地松开绳索。
Repeat this operation on each grid to gradually loosen the rope.
图 4.15-5
Figure 4.15-5
16 断绳保护器
16 Broken Rope Protection Devices
这项装置的作用是当变幅钢丝绳断裂时让小车维持在起重臂上不动。
The purpose of this device is to keep the trolley on the jib when the luff wire breaks.
16.1 使用注意事项
16.1 Precautions for Use
将绳索安装在小车上时：

When installing the rope on the trolley:

1）检查确认转动臂正常运作。
1） Check that the rotating jib is working properly.
2）润滑结合部位，使用制造商推荐的润滑油。
2） Lubricate the joints and use the lubricant recommended by the manufacturer.
3）将前变幅钢丝绳穿过安全装置的导向环中。
3） Pass the front sling wire rope through the guide ring of the safety device.
图 4.16-1
Figure 4.16-1
16.2 操作
16.2 Operations
在绳索断裂后，转动臂（1）转动并升起，挡在支撑横梁上，以便使小车停止在起重臂上。
After the rope breaks, the turning arm (1) rotates and rises, blocking on the support beam so that the trolley
stops on the jib.

图 4.16-2
Figure 4.16-2
起重机作业过程中，定期检查钢丝绳的张紧状况，以便确保转动臂始终保持水平位置。
During the operation of the crane, the tension of the wire rope is regularly checked to ensure that the
rotating arm is always in a horizontal position.
17 安装钢丝绳
17 Installation of Wire Rope
17.1 概述
17.1 Overview
17.1.1 退绕钢丝绳
17.1.1 Unwinding Wire Rope
在卷轴（1）上穿绕钢丝绳至机构卷筒（2）时，为了避免钢丝绳扭曲，建议按照如下步骤进行：
When winding the wire rope to the mechanism reel (2) on the reel (1), in order to avoid twisting the wire
rope, it is recommended to proceed as follows:
1）在缠绕钢丝绳时，确保卷轴（1）和卷筒（2）之间较大的距离；
1） When winding the wire rope, ensure a large distance between the reel (1) and the reel (2);
2）在缠绕钢丝绳时，确保钢丝绳缠绕在卷筒凹槽正确位置。
2） When winding the wire rope, make sure that the wire rope is wound in the correct position of the reel
groove.

图 4.17-1
Figure 4.17-1
17.2 一般指示
17.2 General Instruction
在穿绕钢丝绳时，同时检查钢丝绳。
When winding the wire rope, check the wire rope at the same time.
总是使用状态完好的钢丝绳遵守：
Always use a wire rope that is in good condition to comply with:
1）指定的长度，直径和性能；
1） Specified length, diameter and performance;
2）卷筒上死匝数量；
2） Number of Dead Turns on Winding Drum;
3）钢丝绳绳夹位置。
3） Position of Wire Rope Clamp
更换标准：
Replacement criteria:

检查和更换钢丝绳参照：《第二册：操作维保手册》
Check and replace the wire rope reference: Volume II: Operation Maintenance Manual
17.3 安装绳夹
17.3 Installation Rope Clamp
安装绳夹时，必须确保 U 型一端（1）必须在死匝（2）端，而且基座（3）在工作绳（4）端。首个绳
夹须尽可能靠近心型套环（5）。遵守两个绳夹之间的距离（A）等于钢丝绳标称直径的 6 至 8 倍。
When installing the rope clamp, it must be ensured that the U-shaped end (1) must be at the end of the dead
turns (2) and the base (3) is at the end of the working rope (4). The first rope clamp must be as close as possible to
the heart-shaped collar (5). Observe that the distance between the two rope clamps (A) is equal to 6 to 8 times the
nominal diameter of the rope.
图 4.17-2
Figure 4.17-2
根据钢丝绳标称直径，决定绳夹数量，通常在描述使用绳夹的段落给出了数量，必要时，查看下表
4.17-1。
Depending on the nominal diameter of the wire rope, the number of rope clamps is determined and is usually
given in the paragraph describing the use of the rope clamp. If necessary, see Table 4.17-1 below.
表 4.17-1
Table 4.17-1
序号钢丝绳直径 d/mm 钢丝绳绳夹数量（根据 DIN1142 标准）
SN Wire Rope Diameter d/mm Number of Wire Rope Clamps (According to
DIN1142 Standard)
1 5 3
2 6,5 3
3 8 4
4 10 4
5 13 4
6 16 4
7 19 4
8 22 5
9 26 5
序号钢丝绳直径 d/mm 钢丝绳绳夹数量（根据 DIN1142 标准）

SN Wire Rope Diameter d/mm Number of Wire Rope Clamps (According to
DIN1142 Standard)
10 30 6
11 34 6
12 40 6
防止损坏绳夹头螺纹，不要过力拧紧螺母。首次吊载时再次拧紧绳夹，定期检查。
Prevent damage to the rope clamp threads and do not overtighten the nuts. Tighten the rope clamp
again when lifting for the first time and check it regularly.
17.4 安装钢丝绳楔套
17.4 Installation of Wire Rope Wedge Sleeve
如图 4.17-3 所示，钢丝绳夹间的距离 A 等于 6～7 倍钢丝绳直径。紧固绳夹时须考虑每个绳夹的合理
受力，离套环最远处的绳夹不得首先单独紧固。离套环最近的绳夹（第一个绳夹）应尽可能靠近楔套，但
仍须保证绳夹的正确拧紧，不得损坏钢丝绳的外层钢丝。
As shown in Figure 4.17- 3, The distance A between the wire rope clamps is equal to 6 to 7 times the
diameter of the wire rope. When tightening the rope clamp, the reasonable force of each rope clamp must be
considered. The rope clamp farthest from the collar must not be tightened first. The rope clamp (the first rope
clamp) closest to the collar should be as close as possible to the wedge sleeve, but the rope clamp must still be
properly tightened and the outer wire of the rope should not be damaged.
图 4.17-3
Figure 4.17-3
17.5 使用绳夹
17.5 Use Rope Clamp
17.5.1 描述
17.5.1 Description
钢丝绳夹，也叫钢丝绳袜套，是通过在钢丝绳或相关对象上夹套网网状物来确保钢丝绳或任何其它的
圆柱形物体被夹紧的装置。绳夹用于起重机安装期间，当必须拉起钢丝绳时或支撑起重机电源线时。
Wire rope clamps, also known as wire rope sock covers, are devices that ensure that the wire rope or any
other cylindrical object is clamped by jacketing the wire mesh on the wire rope or related objects. The rope clamp
is used during crane installation when the rope must be pulled up or when the crane power cord is supported.
钢丝绳夹主要用于以下操作：
Wire rope clamps are mainly used for the following operations:

1）起重机安装期间的起升钢丝绳卷绕：因为小车和滑轮组之间的卷绕的临时钢丝绳已经在地面上穿
好，所以绳夹只是用来将绳索和起升钢丝绳连接起来。用绳索带着起升钢丝绳穿绕在各路径的滑轮组上。
1） hoisting wire rope winding during crane installation: Since the wound temporary wire rope between the
trolley and the pulley block has been worn on the ground, the rope clamp is only used to connect the rope and the
hoisting wire rope. A rope with a hoisting wire rope is wound around the pulley block of each path.
2）对于某些型号，临时起升钢丝绳穿绕用辅助卷扬钢丝绳完成。在这种情况下，双绳夹用来将辅助
卷扬钢丝绳与起升钢丝绳连接。
2） For some models, the temporary hoisting wire rope is wound with an auxiliary hoisting wire rope. In
this case, the double rope clamp is used to connect the auxiliary hoisting wire rope to the hoisting wire rope.
3）对于某些扬臂式起重机（MR），也使用上述步骤来穿绕变幅钢丝绳。
3） For some jib cranes (MR), the above steps are also used to wind the trolley wire rope.
4）用新的钢丝绳替换磨损的钢丝绳。在替换磨损的钢丝绳时，旧的钢丝绳往往通过双绳夹连接在新
的钢丝绳上，以便将新钢丝绳拉入所有起重机滑轮组的路径。
4） Replace the worn wire rope with a new wire rope. When replacing worn wire ropes, old wire ropes are
often attached to new wire ropes by double rope clamps to pull new wire ropes into the path of all crane pulley
blocks.
绳夹的种类多种多样，每一种绳夹适用通用或专用目的。
There are many types of rope clamps, and each rope clamp is suitable for general or special purposes.
图 4.17-4
Figure 4.17-4

17.5.2 词汇表
17.5.2 Vocabulary
图 4.17-5
Figure 4.17-5
图例
Legend
1 带金属套圈的吊点 2 网套
Hanging point with metal ferrule Net
17.5.3 绳夹选择标准
17.5.3 Rope Clamp Selection Criteria
1）执行的操作类型
1） Type of operation performed
如果钢丝绳子应当挂在绳索上，那么选择单吊点的绳夹或挂套。在这种情况下，绳索会吸收可能出现
的扭曲。在用新的钢丝绳替换旧的钢丝绳时，必须用带金属套圈或转环的双强夹以吸收钢丝绳上可能出现
的扭曲。
If the wire rope should be hung on the rope, then select the rope clamp or hanging sleeve of the single lifting
point. In this case, the rope will absorb the distortion that may occur. When replacing old wire ropes with new
wire ropes, double strong clamps with metal ferrules or swivels must be used to absorb possible distortions on the
wire rope.
替换辅助卷扬机上的钢丝绳时同上。
Replace the wire rope on the auxiliary winch as above.
2）拉起钢丝绳的直径
2） Pull up the diameter of the wire rope
绳夹用于指定直径或指定直径范围的钢丝绳上。务必注意所使用的绳夹要与所拉起的钢丝绳相配。
The rope clamp is used on a wire rope of a specified diameter or a specified diameter range. It is important to
note that the rope clamps used are matched to the ropes that are pulled up.
3）使用的张力负荷
3） Tension load used
绳夹用于最大的张力负荷。务必注意不能超负荷。特别是在使用不同直径的双钢丝绳夹时，整体最大
张力负荷一定在最弱的绳夹上。如果使用带转环的钢丝绳夹，那么也必须将转环的最大容许负荷考虑在内。
The rope clamp is used for the maximum tension load. Be careful not to overload. Especially when using
double wire rope clamps of different diameters, the overall maximum tension load must be on the weakest rope
clamp. If a wire rope clamp with a swivel is used, the maximum permissible load of the swivel must also be taken
into account.

17.5.4 绳夹安装步骤
17.5.4 Installation Steps of Rope Clamp
推荐使用安全手套以防受伤。
Safety gloves are recommended to prevent injury.
1）预检查
1） Pre-check
在安装绳夹之前，确保：
Before installing the rope clamp, make sure:
a. 拉起的钢丝绳端点应工作状态良好，且无破坏或过度变形。
a. The end of the rope that is pulled up should work well and be free from damage or excessive
deformation.
b. 拉起的钢丝绳产，端点应尽可能笔直。如果拆掉磨损的钢丝绳，那么固定在钢丝绳楔套里的一端
就会永久变形。在安装绳夹之前，必须尽可能矫直钢丝绳的端点。
b. Pull up the wire rope and the end point should be as straight as possible. If the worn wire rope is
removed, the end fixed in the wire rope wedge will be permanently deformed. The end of the wire rope must be
straightened as much as possible before installing the rope clamp.
c. 拉起的钢丝绳端点应干净无油脂。
c. The end of the rope that is pulled up should be clean and free of grease.
2）在拉起的钢丝绳上安装绳夹
2） Install the rope clamp on the pulled rope
将钢丝绳夹（1）滑动到钢丝绳的端点，推动绳夹拉出钢丝绳。然后手动网套的开口侧，以便正确安装绳夹。
Slide the wire rope clamp (1) to the end of the wire rope and push the rope clamp to pull the wire rope. And then
manually open the wire side of the wire net to properly install the rope clamp.
图 4.17-6
Figure 4.17-6
钢丝绳夹的整个网套长度必须紧紧包裹在拉动的钢丝绳上。
The entire net length of the wire rope clamp must be tightly wrapped around the drawn wire rope.
3）拆除绳夹
3） Remove the rope clamp
拉动开口侧，将钢丝绳夹（1）从钢丝绳（2）上拆下。
Pull the opening side and remove the wire rope clamp (1) from the wire rope (2).
图 4.17-7
Figure 4.17-7
17.5.5 使用预防措施
17.5.5 Preventive Measures for Use
在使用钢丝绳夹时，确保绳夹尾部开口侧一直无反向负荷，否则将导致网套变松，钢丝绳滑动。为了
避免这种情况的发生，使用胶带（3）或铁丝（2）混合胶带（3）将绳夹开口侧尽可能紧地缠绕在钢丝绳
夹的网套（1）上。
When using the wire rope clamp, make sure that there is no reverse load on the open side of the tail of the
rope clamp, otherwise the net will become loose and the wire rope will slide. In order to avoid this, use the tape (3)
or the wire (2) mixing tape (3) to wrap the open side of the rope clamp as tightly as possible on the wire net (1) of
the wire rope clamp.
仅使用胶带适用于小尺寸的钢丝绳，因为如果直径较小，那么需要的张力负荷就较低，从而不会发生
松动。不管在何种情况下，都必须使用铁丝以确保有效包裹，同时也要使用胶带，以保护绳夹端点不恰当
抓绳，否则会引起连接松动。
Use only tape for small-sized wire ropes, because if the diameter is small, the required tension load is low
and no looseness will occur. In any case, wire must be used to ensure effective packaging, and tape must be used
to protect the end of the rope from improperly grasping the rope, otherwise the connection will be loose.
图 4.17-8
Figure 4.17-8
如果用带绳夹的新钢丝绳替换磨损的钢丝绳，注意要缓慢地将磨损的钢丝绳（拉动）卷绕在机构卷筒
上，特别是在钢丝绳夹穿过钢丝绳绕绳滑轮时。

If replacing a worn wire rope with a new wire rope with a rope clamp, be Careful to slowly wind the worn
wire rope (pull) onto the mechanism reel, especially when the wire rope clamp passes through the wire rope
winding pulley.
17.5.6 钢丝绳夹维护和丢弃标准
17.5.6 Wire Rope Clamp Maintenance and Disposal Standards
和吊具一样，必须定期检查和维护钢丝绳夹。务必确保钢丝绳夹无腐蚀的痕迹，且无断点或过度残留
变形，否则有害设备的工作效率。如果使用带转环的双绳夹，则按照制造商的推荐，转环必须定期维护和
检查。特别注意转环的旋转方向是否正确，销和螺栓的固定条件是否正确。
Same as spreader, wire rope clamps must be inspected and maintained regularly. Make sure that the wire rope
clamp has no signs of corrosion and no breakpoints or excessive residual deformation, otherwise it is harmful to
the efficiency of the equipment. If a double rope clamp with a swivel is used, the swivel must be regularly
maintained and inspected as recommended by the manufacturer. Pay particular attention to whether the direction
of rotation of the swivel is correct, and whether the pin and bolt are fixed properly.
损坏的绳夹必须被刮掉，以防钢丝绳断裂（1）或出现机构变形（2）
（3），无论是在哪个区域（网套、
套圈、吊点）。
Damaged rope clamps must be scraped off to prevent wire rope breakage (1) or mechanical deformation (2)
(3), no matter which area (net, ferrule, lifting point).
图 4.17-9
Figure 4.17-9
18 穿绕变幅钢丝绳
18 Winding the Amplitude Wire Rope
18.1 穿绕后变幅钢丝绳
18.1 Amplitude Wire Rope after Winding
根据实际使用的起重臂长度确定所需的变幅钢丝绳长度。穿绕变幅钢丝绳之前检查变幅小车是否锁
定。
The required length of the wire rope is determined according to the length of the jib used. Check if the trolley
is locked before wrapping around the luffed wire rope.
操作步骤：钢丝绳从变幅卷筒（1）出发，穿过起重臂根部滑轮（2），使用销轴（3）和开口销（4）
将楔形接头（5）固定在小车上。
Steps: The wire rope starts from the luffing winding drum (1), passes through the jib root pulley (2), and the
wedge joint (5) is fixed to the trolley with the pin (3) and the split pin (4).

图 4.18-1
Figure 4.18-1
张紧变幅钢丝绳，并缓慢将其卷绕在变幅机构。
Tension the wire rope and slowly wind it around the trolley mechanism.
图 4.18-2
Figure 4.18-2
18.2 穿绕前变幅钢丝绳
18.2 Amplitude Wire Rope Before Winding
从卷轴上退下钢丝绳。
Retract the wire rope from the reel.

图 4.18-3
Figure 4.18-3
钢丝绳一端穿过起重臂端部滑轮。从卷筒下方缠绕钢丝绳，确保至少 3 圈留在卷筒。
One end of the wire rope passes through the jib end pulley . Wind the wire rope from under the reel to ensure
that at least 3 turns remain in the reel.
图 4.18-4
Figure 4.18-4
用螺栓（3）和挡铁将钢丝绳固定至变幅卷筒。
Secure the wire rope to the trolley reel with bolts (3) and retaining iron.
图 4.18-5
Figure 4.18-5
钢丝绳一端（1）穿过防断绳装置（2）的导环。从下向上缠绕钢丝绳至张紧卷筒（4），并且确保 3 圈
留在卷筒。钢丝绳穿过张紧卷筒的孔（5），并用楔块（6）和楔套（7）固定钢丝绳。用手柄（8）张紧钢
丝绳。
One end of the wire rope (1) passes through the guide ring of the anti-break rope device (2). Wind the wire
rope from the bottom up to the tensioning reel (4) and make sure that 3 turns remain in the reel. The wire rope
passes through the hole (5) of the tensioning reel and the wire rope is fixed by the wedge (6) and the wedging
sleeve (7). Tighten the wire rope with the handle (8).
图 4.18-6
Figure 4.18-6
19 穿绕起升钢丝绳
19 Winding the Hoisting Wire Rope
钢丝绳从起升机构（1）卷筒上端出绳，穿过起重臂臂根节上托绳轮（2），再穿过起重臂臂根节上起重
量限制器滑轮（3）
，再穿过起重臂臂根部滑轮（4），然后钢丝绳伸出连接小车。
The wire rope is out from the upper end of the hoisting drum of hoisting mechanism (1), passes through the
hoisting wheel (2) on the root of the jib, and then passes through the weight limiter pulley (3) on the jib root, and
then pass through the pulley (4) of jib root and then reach out to connect the trolley.

1 2 3
图 4.19-1
Figure 4.19-1
穿绕变幅小车上起升钢丝绳。由于本小车和吊钩为自动变倍率方式，变倍率时通过吊钩上上下滑轮组自
动断开方式实现，因此起升钢丝绳的绕绳方式不变。
Wrap the wire rope around the trolley. Since the trolley and the hook are in the automatic zoom ratio mode, the
zoom ratio is realized by the automatic disconnection mode of the upper and lower pulley blocks on the hook, so the
winding manner of the hoisting wire rope is unchanged.
小车滑轮
Trolley Pulley
吊钩滑轮
Hook Pulley
图 4.19-2
Figure 4.19-2
起升钢丝绳从小车绕出之后进入起重臂臂头防扭装置。用楔块（3）锁住钢丝绳（1）至楔套（2）
，并在
钢丝绳末端装上一个绳夹（4）
。用销轴（6）和开口销（7）安装楔套（2）至钢丝绳防扭器（5）
。安装完毕
后检查防扭器是否旋转自如。

The hoisting wire rope enters the jib end anti-twist device after being detached from the trolley. Lock the wire
rope (1) to the wedging sleeve (2) with a wedge (3) and attach a rope clamp (4) to the end of the dead wire. Install
the wedging sleeve (2) to the wire rope anti-torsion device (5) with the hinge pin (6) and the split pin (7). Check that
the anti-torsion device is free to rotate after installation.
图 4.19-3
Figure 4.19-3
20 钢丝绳的安装完成调试运行
20 Installation, Commissioning and Operation of Wire Rope
20.1 钢丝绳安装使用的操作步骤
20.1 Operation Steps for Wire Rope Installation
1）第一次穿好钢丝绳后将吊钩收至最高处，此时臂头防扭装置处于锁死状态。
1） After the wire rope is passed for the first time, the hook is closed to the highest position, and the arm
anti-twist device is locked.
2）起升下降操作，同时观察吊钩是否出现偏转并记住偏转方向（从上往下俯视吊钩），如果出现偏
转说明钢丝绳存在内应力。
2） hoisting and lowering operation, while observing whether the hook is deflected and remembering the
direction of deflection (looking down the hook from top to bottom), if there is deflection, there is internal stress in
the wire rope.
3）在刚发生偏转时立即停止起升下降操作，打开臂头防扭装置，用手转动防扭装置释放应力直到吊
钩不偏转为止，再将臂头防扭装置锁死。
3） Immediately stop the hoisting and lowering operation when the deflection occurs, open the jib end
anti-twist device, turn the anti-twist device to release the stress by hand until the hook is not deflected, and then
lock the arm anti-twist device.

4）操作变幅小车从臂根到臂头来回运行 3 次，此过程中观察吊钩偏转情况，如果吊钩再次出现偏转，
重复步骤 3 操作，直到吊钩不偏转为止，将臂头防扭装置锁死。
4） Operate the trolley from the arm root to the jib end for 3 times. During this process, observe the
deflection of the hook. If the hook deflects again, repeat step 3 until the hook is not deflected and lock the jib end
anti-twist device.
5）变幅小车从臂根到臂头来回运行 3 次为一个循环，直至吊钩接近地面不再发生偏转，即调整完毕，
臂头防扭装置锁死。
5） The trolley runs three times from the arm root to the jib end for one cycle until the hook is not deflected
close to the ground, that is, the adjustment is completed, and the jib end anti-twist device is locked.
6）若为旋转钢丝绳(6×19W、K4×39S、K4×48S)，每隔 10 天检查一次钩头是否有偏转现象,若有偏转，
重新调整后锁死。
6） If it is a rotating wire rope (6×19W, K4×39S, K4×48S), check the hook head for deflection every 10
days. If there is deflection, re-adjust and lock.
若为抗旋转钢丝绳(35W×7)，每隔 10 天检查一次钩头是否有偏转现象,若有偏转，重新调整后锁死。
连续检查 3 次，吊钩都没有发生偏转，则释放防扭装置，让其可自由转动。
If it is an anti-rotation wire rope (35W × 7), check the hook head for deflection every 10 days. If there is
deflection, re-adjust and lock. After three consecutive inspections and no deflection of the hook, the anti-twist
device is released to allow it to rotate freely.
20.2 新钢丝绳的试运行
20.2 Trial Operation of New Wire Rope
在起升钢丝绳投入使用之前，用户应确保与塔机运行有关的安全装置正常工作。
Before the hoisting wire rope is put into use, the user should ensure that the safety device associated with the
operation of the tower is working properly.
新装钢丝绳存在旋转内应力，在正式投入前需要结合塔机臂端防扭装置释放钢丝绳旋转内应力（俗称
破劲），释放钢丝绳旋转内应力的方法为塔机低速轻载状态下运行不低于 20 个工作循环，同时可以使整个
钢丝绳轮系较大程度地调整到正常工作状态。
There is a rotating internal stress in the newly installed steel wire rope. Before the formal input, it is
necessary to combine the anti-torque device of the tower arm end to release the internal stress of the wire rope
(commonly called the breaking force), and the method of releasing the internal stress of the wire rope is the tower
crane runs at no less than 20 working cycles under low speed and light load conditions. At the same time, the
entire wire rope train can be adjusted to a normal working state.
20.2.1 一个工作循环的定义
20.2.1 Definition of a Work Cycle
吊钩吊载臂端额定起重载荷的 80%，起升动作一个往复，吊钩从最低处运行至最高处，再从最高处运
行至最低处；变幅动作一个往复，载重小车从臂根运行至臂端，再从臂端运行至臂根。起升动作一个往复
加上变幅动作一个往复称为一个工作循环。
The hook lifts 80% of the rated hoisting load of the jib end, the hoisting action is reciprocating, the hook runs
from the lowest point to the highest point, and then runs from the highest point to the lowest point; the trolley
action is a reciprocating, the trolley runs from the jib root to the jib end and then from the jib end to the jib root.
The hoisting action is a reciprocating plus a trolley action. A reciprocating motion is called a working cycle.

Trolley Action
Hoisting Action
图 4.20-1
Figure 4.20-1
20.2.2 臂头防扭装置的调整方法
20.2.2 Method for Adjusting Arm Anti-Twist Device of Jack
臂头防扭装置根据起升钢丝绳的规格不同，使用方法也不同。因为钢丝绳为易损件，不排除用户后期
更换为其他规格钢丝绳，现就不同规格钢丝绳对应防扭装置使用方法介绍如下：
The jib end anti-twist device differs depending on the specifications of the hoisting wire rope. Since the wire
rope is a wearing part, it is not excluded that the user replaces it with other specifications of the wire rope later.
The methods for using the anti-torque devices for different specifications of wire ropes are as follows:
1）当塔机起升钢丝绳选用旋转钢丝绳时（旋转钢丝绳种类有：6×19W、K4×39S、K4×48S 等）
1） When the tower crane hoisting wire rope uses a rotating wire rope (the types of rotating wire rope are:
6×19W, K4×39S, K4×48S, etc.)
a. 初始安装
a. Initial installation
防扭装置组件：由防扭装置、转接头及楔形接头组成（见图 4.20-2），当调节螺栓向外旋出离开转轴止
动槽时，将锁紧螺母锁定，防扭装置可自由旋转（见图 4.20-3）。
Anti-twist device assembly: It is composed of anti-twist device, adapter and wedge joint. (See Figure 4.20- 2)
When the adjusting bolt is screwed out from the rotating shaft stop groove, the lock nut is locked, and the
anti-twist device can rotate freely. (See Figure 4.20-3)

Prevent twisting
device
Wedge joint
图 4.20-2
Figure 4.20-2
图 4.20-3
Figure 4.20-3
b. 塔机运行不少于 20 个工作循环。
b. The tower crane runs no less than 20 working cycles.
c. 完成工作循环后，载重小车运行至臂端，吊钩收至靠近载重小车位置处停止，
c. After the work cycle is completed, the trolley moves to the arm end, and the hook is closed to the
position near the load trolley.
将调节螺栓向下旋入转轴止动槽内，并顶紧转轴，使用锁紧螺母将调节螺栓锁紧固定，使防扭装置不
能旋转，见图 4.20-4。
Screw the adjusting bolt down into the rotation stop groove of the shaft, and tighten the shaft. Lock the
adjusting bolt with the lock nut to prevent the anti-torsion device from rotating. See Figure 4.20- 4

图 4.20-4
Figure 4.20-4
a. 塔机投入正常使用。
a. The tower crane is put into normal use.
b. 塔机使用每半个月，钢丝绳需要再次破劲。按照 21.1 步骤 1）、2）、3）重新给钢丝绳破劲。
b. Every time the tower crane is used for half a month, the wire rope needs to be broken again. Re-energize
the wire rope according to steps 1), 2), and 3) of 21.1.
2）当塔机起升钢丝绳选用抗旋转钢丝绳时（抗旋转钢丝绳种类有：35W×7、35W×K7 等）
：
2） When the tower crane hoisting wire rope is made of anti-rotation wire rope (the types of anti-rotation
wire rope are: 35W×7, 35W×K7, etc.):
a. 采用抗旋转钢丝绳时，臂头防扭装置始终处于自由旋转状态，见图 4.21-2、4.21-3，严禁锁死。
a. When the anti-rotation wire rope is used, the arm anti-twist device is always in a freely rotating state, as
shown in Figures 4.21-2 and 4.21- 3, it is strictly prohibited to lock.
b. 塔机运行不少于 20 个工作循环。
b. The tower crane runs no less than 20 working cycles.
c. 循环完成后塔机投入正常使用，防扭装置处于自由旋转状态。
c. After the cycle is completed, the tower crane is put into normal use, and the anti-torsion device is in a
freely rotating state.
21 电气控制系统安装与调试
21 Installation and Commissioning of Electric Control System
21.1 电气控制系统安装
21.1 Installation of Electrical Control System
21.1.1 工地电源要求
21.1.1 Power Requirements for Construction Site
电控系统电源要求为 380V，50Hz。注：此处电源的电压要求是指塔机工作时的稳定电压为 380V。
The power supply requirements of the electronic control system are 380V, 50Hz. Note: Here, the voltage
requirement of the power supply means that the steady voltage of the tower crane is 380V.
21.1.2 电气控制系统的组成

21.1.2 Composition of the Electrical Control System

电气控制系统是整个塔机的控制中心，它包含以下设备：
The electrical control system is the control center for the entire tower and it contains the following
equipment:
1）左、右联动台；
1） Left/Right Linkage Table;
2）驾配箱、主控柜、行走柜（选配）；
2） Driving Box, Main Control Cabinet, Travelling Cabinet (Optional);
3）起升机构、回转机构、变幅机构、行走机构（选配）；
3） Hoisting Mechanism / Slewing Mechanism / Trolley Mechanism / Travelling Mechanism (Optional)
4）重量限制器、力矩限制器、起升限位器、回转限位器、变幅限位器、行走限位器（选配）等保护
装置。
4） Protection Devices Such As Weight Limiter, Torque Limiter, Hoisting Limiter, Swing Limiter, Trolley
Limiter and Travelling Limiter (Optional).
21.1.3 电气控制系统的连接
21.1.3 Connection of Electrical Control Systems
电控系统的连接见图 4.21-1（具体详情请参照电气原理图电气连接图部分）。
The connection of the electronic control system is shown in Figure 4.21-1 (for details, please refer to the
electrical connection diagram of the electrical schematic).

Trolley Mechanism
Slewing Limiter
Hoisting Limiter Trolley Limiter
Slewing Mechanism
Hoisting Mechanism
图 4.21-1
Figure 4.21-1
21.2 电气控制系统调试
21.2 Commissioning of Electrical Control System
21.2.1 通电调试前的准备工作
21.2.1 Preparation Before Power-on Commissioning
1）首先确认外部供电总电源断路器具有漏电保护功能，且建议使用变频器专用的 35mA 及以上漏电
保护断路器；
1） First confirm that the external power supply main power circuit breaker has leakage protection function,
and it is recommended to use the leakage protection circuit breaker of 35mA and above for the inverter;
2）检查确保所有断路器处于断开状态；
2） Check to ensure that all circuit breakers are in the off state;
3）按照电气原理图中的电气连接图完成电控系统的线路连接，并确保线路接线正确；
3） Complete the circuit connection of the electronic control system according to the electrical connection
diagram in the electrical schematic diagram and ensure that the wiring of the circuit is correct;
4）在供电总电源总闸断开的情况下（即在无通电状态下），按照电气原理图中的接线图完成供电总
电源线的线路连接，并确保接线正确牢固。
4） When the main power supply main switch is disconnected (That is, in the no power state), complete the
circuit connection of the main power supply circuit according to the wiring diagram in the electrical schematic
diagram, and ensure that the wiring is correct and secure.

21.2.2 通电调试
21.2.2 Commissioning with Power
在完成通电前的准备工作后方能进行通电调试，通电调试应按照以下步骤和要求：
Power-on commissioning can be carried out after the preparation work before power-on is completed. The
power-on commissioning should follow the following steps and requirements:
1）外部总供电电源上电检测：合上供电总电源总闸，查看驾配箱上的电压表电压是否在 AC365～
400V 范围内。若不正常检查线路，找出问题。若正常，进入下一步；
1） External main power supply power-on detection: Switch on the power supply and check whether the
voltage of the voltmeter on the cab is within the range of AC365~400V. If it is abnormal, check the circuit to find
out the problem. If it is normal, go to the next step;
2）电控系统内部总电源上电检测：将电控系统中驾配箱中的总断路器 QF 合闸，观察是否正常，并
查看相序继电器 KAP 工作是否正常。若不正常检查线路，找出问题。若正常，进入下一步；
2） Power supply system internal power supply power detection: Switch on the main circuit-breaker QF in
the driving box of the electronic control system, observe whether it is normal, and check whether the phase
sequence relay KAP works normally. If it is abnormal, check the circuit to find out the problem. If it is normal, go
to the next step;
3）检测 AC220V 控制电源回路：将 AC220V 控制电源断路器 QF10 和 QF11 合闸，用万用表测线号
780、30 线间的电压应为 AC220V（±10%）
，并观察线路是否正常。若不正常，检查线路找出问题。若正
常，进入下一步；
3） Detect AC220V control power supply circuit: Turn on the AC220V control power circuit breaker QF10
and QF11. Use the multimeter to measure the circuit voltage between the circuit No. 780 and No. 30. The voltage
between the circuits should be AC220V (±10%) and observe whether the circuit is normal. If not, check the circuit
to find out the problem. If it is normal, go to the next step;
4）检测启动供电回路：打开右操作台上的急停按钮，并按下启动按钮，此时启动控制接触器 KMC
吸合，同时总接触器 KM 也吸合，启动电源指示灯 HP 亮绿色，线号 50、51 线间的电压应为 AC220V（±10%）。
将 DC24V 控制电源断路器 QF12、QF13、QF14、QF15、QFA 逐级合闸，用万用表测线号 80、81 线间和
线号 90、91 线间的电压应为 DC24V（±10%），此时 PLC 上电源指示灯应亮绿色；
4） Detect the start of the power supply circuit: Open the emergency stop button on the right console and
press the start button. At this time, the control contactor KMC is activated, and the total contactor KM is also
closed. The power indicator HP is turned on green, and the voltage between circuit No. 50 and No. 51 should be
AC220V (+10%). The DC24V control power circuit breakers QF12, QF13, QF14, QF15 and QFA are turned on
step by step. The voltage between the circuits No. 80 and No. 81 and between the circuit No. 90 and No. 91
measured by multimeter should be DC24V (±10%). At this time, the power indicator lamp on PLC should be
green.
5）检测司机室供电电源回路：将司机室电源断路器 QFE 合闸，并用万用表测驾配箱端子排上的 1
和 N1 号端子间的电压应是 AC220V（±10%）
；
5） Detect the power supply circuit of the driver's cab: Turn the driver's room power circuit breaker QFE on,
and use a multimeter to measure the voltage between terminals 1 and N1 on the terminal block of the distribution
box should be AC220V (±10%);
6）检测散热风扇供电电源回路：将电控柜电源断路器 QFF 合闸，用万用表测线号 20、51 线间的电
压应为 AC220V（±10%）
，此时主控柜上的散热风扇应正常转动；
6） Detect the cooling fan power supply circuit: Turn on the electric control cabinet power circuit breaker
QFF. The voltage between the circuits No. 20 and No. 51 measured by multimeter should be AC220V (±10%). At
this time, the cooling fan on the main control cabinet should rotate normally.

7）检测起升主回路：将起升断路器 QFH 合闸，用万用表测线号 U200、V200、W200 两两线间的电

压应为 380V（±10%），此时起升变频器 HINV 上的电源指示灯亮红色，变频器处于上电状态；
7） Detect the hoisting main circuit: Turn the hoisting circuit breaker QFH on. The voltage between the two
circuits of U200, V200 and W200 measured by multimeter should be 380V (±10%). At this time, the power
indicator on the HINV of the hoisting frequency converter is red and the inverter is in the power-on state;
8）检测起升风机供电电源回路：将起升风机断路器 QFHF 合闸，用万用表测线号 UHF、VHF、WHF
两两线间的电压应为 380V（±10%），此时起升散热风机正常运行；
8） Detect the power supply circuit of the lift fan: Turn the hoisting fan breaker QFHF on. The voltage
between the two circuits of UHF, VHF and WHF measured by the multimeter should be 380V (±10%). At this
time, the hoisting fan is running normally;
9）检测回转涡流供电电源回路：将回转涡流电源断路器 QF30、QF31 合闸，用万用表测线号 364、
363 线间的电压应为 DC24V（±10%），此时涡流控制模块 SW 上的电源指示灯亮绿色；
9） Detect the swing eddy current power supply circuit: Turn the swing eddy current power circuit breakers
QF30 and QF31 on. The voltage between the circuits No. 364 and No. 363 measured by the multimeter should be
DC24V (±10%). At this time, the power indicator on the eddy current control module SW is green.
10）检测回转变幅制动器供电电源回路：将回转变幅制动器电源断路器 QF32、QF33 合闸，用万
用表测线号 396、399 线间的电压应为 DC24V（±10%）；
10） Detect the swing trolley brake power supply circuit: Turn the trolley brake power supply circuit
breaker QF32 and QF33 on, and the voltage between the circuits No. 396 and No. 399 measured by the
multimeter should be DC24V (±10%);
11）检测回转变频器供电电源回路：将回转变频器断路器 QFS 合闸，用万用表测线号 U300、V300、
W300 两两线间的电压应为 380V（±10%），此时回转变频器 SINV 上的电源指示灯亮红色，变频器处于上
电状态；
11）Detect the power supply circuit of the swing inverter: Turn on the QFS of the swing inverter breaker.
The voltage between the two circuits of U300, V300 and W300 measured by the multimeter should be 380V
(±10%). At this time, the power indicator on the SINV of the swing inverter is red and the inverter is in the
power-on state;
12）检测变幅变频器供电电源回路：将变幅变频器断路器 QFV 合闸，用万用表测线号 U400、 V400、
W400 两两线间的电压应为 380V（±10%），此时回转变频器 VINV 的电源指示灯亮红色，变频器处于上电
状态；
12） Detecting the power supply circuit of the trolley inverter: The trolley inverter circuit breaker QFV
is closed. The voltage between the two circuits of U400, V400 and W400 measured by the multimeter should be
380V (±10%). At this time, the power indicator of the VINV of the swing inverter is red and the inverter is in the
power-on state;
13）检测顶升主回路：将顶升电源断路器 QFP 合闸，用万用表测线号 U5、V5、W5 两两线间的
电压应为 380V（±10%）
。此时将联动台上的 SSP 选择开关旋转到顶升位置，接触器 KPP 吸合；
13） Detect the jacking main circuit: Turn the jacking power circuit breaker QFP on. The voltage
between the two circuits of U5, V5 and W5 measured by the multimeter should be 380V (±10%). At this time, the
selector switch SSP on the linkage table is rotated to the jacking position, and the contactor KPP pulls in;
14）检测急停断电：① 按下联动台上的急停按钮，总电源接触器 KM 释放，KM 后端的电路断
电，此时即使再按下启动按钮，KM 也不能吸合。② 松开启动按钮后，释放急停按钮，KM 也不能吸合，
只有再按下启动按钮后，KM 才能吸合上电；
14） Detect emergency outage: ① Press the emergency stop button on the linkage, the main power
contactor KM is released, and the circuit at the KM rear end is powered off. At this time, even if the start button is

pressed again, the KM can't pull in either. ② After releasing the start button, release the emergency stop button,
the KM can pull in and power on; KM can only be pulled in on after pressing the start button again.
15）检测电笛：按下联动台上的启动按钮，电笛得电鸣叫，此时用万用表检测线号 788、789 线
间的电压应为 DC24V（±10%）。
15） Detect the electric flute: Press the start button on the linkage, and the beep will sound after it is
powered. At this time, the voltage between the circuits 788 and 789 measured by the multimeter should be DC24V
(±10%).
21.2.3 控制动作逻辑功能调试
21.2.3 Control Action Logic Function Debugging
在第二步通电调试完成后，才可以进行控制动作逻辑功能调试。具体如下：
After the second step of power-on debugging is completed, the control action logic function can be debugged.
Details as follows:
1）将所有限位开关置于正常工作状态，具体如表 4.22-1 所示：
1） Put the limited position switch into normal working condition, as shown in Table 4.22-1:
表 4.21-1
Table 4.21-1
35%重量
名称 100%力矩 80%力矩 75%重量 100%重量
35%
Name 100% torque 80% torque 75% weight 100% weight
weight
PLC 输入点
PLC input X21 X22 X26 X25 X24
point
输入点状态
Input point ON ON ON ON ON
status
指示灯状态亮绿色亮绿色亮绿色
亮绿色亮绿色
Indicator Turn on Turn on Turn on
Turn on green Turn on green
status green green green
变幅外减变幅内减起升上减

变幅外停变幅内停起升上停
名称 Outward Inward Lift
Outward Inward Lift
Name trolley-red trolley-red up-reducti
trolley-stop trolley-stop up-stop
uction uction on
PLC 输入点
PLC input X27 X30 X31 X32 X33 X34
point
输入点状态
Input point ON ON ON ON ON ON
status
指示灯状态亮绿色亮绿色亮绿色亮绿色
亮绿色亮绿色
Indicator Turn on Turn on Turn on Turn on
status green green green green
名称起升下停起升下减回转左停回转右停回转左减回转右减

Name Lift Lift Swing Swing Swing Swing

down-stop down-redu left-stop right-stop left-reducti right-redu
ction on ction
PLC 输入点
PLC input X35 X36 X37 X40 X46 X47
point
输入点状态
Input point ON ON ON ON ON ON
status
指示灯状态亮绿色亮绿色亮绿色亮绿色
亮绿色亮绿色
Indicator Turn on Turn on Turn on Turn on
status green green green green
2）起升控制动作逻辑功能调试，起升输入控制动作逻辑见表 4.21-2，起升输出控制动作逻辑见表
4.21-3。
2） hoisting control action logic function debugging, hoisting input control action logic is shown in Table
4.21-2, hoisting output control action logic is shown in Table 4.21-3.
表 4.21-2
Table 4.21-2
风机故变频故
制动反障障
馈 Fan Freque
名称档位输入 malfu ncy
Brake
Name Gear input nction conver
feedba
sion
ck
malfun
ction
输入点 X4 X5 X42
X0 X1 X2 X3 X41 X43
Input point
上升一档
Up to first ON \ \ \ \ \ ON ON ON
gear
上升二档
Up to second ON \ ON \ \ \ ON ON ON
gear
上升三档
Up to third ON \ ON ON \ \ ON ON ON
gear
上升四档
Up to fourth ON \ ON ON ON \ ON ON ON
gear
上升五档
Up to fifth ON \ ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
gear
下降一档
Down to first \ ON \ \ \ \ ON ON ON
gear
下降二档
Down to \ ON ON \ \ \ ON ON ON
second gear

下降三档
Down to third \ ON ON ON \ \ ON ON ON
gear
下降四档
Down to \ ON ON ON ON \ ON ON ON
fourth gear
下降五档
Down to fifth \ ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON
gear
表 4.21-3
Table 4.21-3
下降多段速 1 多段速 2 多段速 3 起升制动变频器
名称上升起升电
Dow Multi-spe Multi-spe Multi-spe hoisting 频率
Name Up 机
n ed 1 ed 2 ed 3 brake Frequen
hoistin
输出点 cy of
g
Output Y20 Y21 Y22 Y23 Y24 Y25 converte
motor
point r
上升一档运行
Up to first ON \ ON \ \ ON 10HZ Run
gear
上升二档运行
Up to ON \ \ ON \ ON 25HZ Run
second
gear
上升三档运行
Up to third ON \ ON ON \ ON 50HZ Run
gear
上升四档运行
Up to ON \ \ \ ON ON 75HZ Run
fourth gear
上升五档运行
Up to fifth ON \ ON \ ON ON 100HZ Run
gear
下降一档运行
Down to \ ON ON \ \ ON -10HZ Run
first gear
下降二档运行
Down to \ ON \ ON \ ON -25HZ Run
second
gear
下降三档运行
Down to \ ON ON ON \ ON -50HZ Run
third gear
下降四档运行
Down to \ ON \ \ ON ON -75HZ Run
fourth gear
下降五档运行
\ ON ON \ ON ON -100HZ
Down to Run

fifth gear
3）回转控制动作逻辑功能调试，回转输入控制动作逻辑见表 4.21-4，回转输出控制动作逻辑见表
4.21-5。
3） Swing control action logic function debugging, swing input control action logic is shown in Table
4.21-4, and swing output control action logic is shown in Table 4.21-5.
表 4.21-4
Table 4.21-4
名称档位输入
Name Gear input
输入点 X12
X6 X7 X10 X11
Input point
向左一档 \
ON \ \ \
First gear to the left
向左二档 \
Second gear to the ON \ ON \
left
向左三档 \
Third gear to the ON \ ON ON
left
向左四档 ON
Fourth gear to the ON \ ON ON
left
向右一档 \
First gear to the \ ON \ \
right
向右二档 \
Second gear to the \ ON ON \
right
向右三档 \
Third gear to the \ ON ON ON
right
向右四档 ON
Fourth gear to the \ ON ON ON
right
表 4.21-5
Table 4.21- 5
向左向右回转
多段速 1 多段速 2 多段速 3 回转制动
名称 To To 变频器电机
Multi-spee Multi-spe Multi-spe Swing
Name the the 频率 Slewi
d1 ed 2 ed 3 brake
left right Freque ng
ncy of Mech
输出点
convert anism
Output Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15
er Moto
point r
向左一档 ON \ ON \ \ \ 8HZ 运行

向左向右回转
多段速 1 多段速 2 多段速 3 回转制动
名称 To To 变频器电机
Multi-spee Multi-spe Multi-spe Swing
Name the the 频率 Slewi
d1 ed 2 ed 3 brake
left right Freque ng
ncy of Mech
输出点
convert anism
Output Y10 Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 Y15
er Moto
point r
First gear to Run
the left
向左二档运行
Second ON \ \ ON \ \ 15HZ Run
gear to the
left
向左三档运行
Third gear ON \ ON ON \ \ 30HZ Run
to the left
向左四档运行
Fourth gear ON \ \ \ ON \ 50HZ Run
to the left
向右一档运行
First gear to \ ON ON \ \ \ -8HZ Run
the right
向右二档运行
Second \ ON \ ON \ \ -15HZ Run
gear to the
right
向右三档运行
Third gear \ ON ON ON \ \ -30HZ Run
to the right
向右四档运行
Fourth gear \ ON \ \ ON \ -50HZ Run
to the right
4）变幅控制动作逻辑功能调试，变幅输入控制动作逻辑见表 4.21-6，变幅输出控制动作逻辑见表
4.21-7。
4） Debugging action logic function debugging, trolley input control action logic is shown in Table 4.21-6,
and trolley output control action logic is shown in Table 4.21-7.
表 4.21-6
Table 4.21- 6
名称档位输入
Name Gear input
输入点 X13 X14 X15 X16
Input point
向外一档
Outward first ON \ \ \
gear
向外二档
ON \ ON \
Outward
second gear
向外三档
Outward third ON \ ON ON
gear
向内一档
Inward first \ ON \ \
gear
向内二档
Inward second \ ON ON \
gear
向内三档
Inward third \ ON ON ON
gear
表 4.21-7
Table 4.21- 7
向外多段速 1 多段速 2
名称向内
Outwar Multi-spee Multi-spee 回转电机
Name Inward 变频器频率
d d1 d2 Slewing
Frequency of
输出点 Mechanism
converter
Output Y2 Y3 Y4 Y5 Motor
point
向外一档
运行
Outward ON \ ON \ 8HZ
Run
first gear
向外二档
运行
Outward ON \ \ ON 25HZ
Run
second gear
向外三档
运行
Outward ON \ ON ON 50HZ
Run
third gear
向内一档
运行
Inward first \ ON ON \ -8HZ
Run
gear
向内二档
运行
Inward \ ON \ ON -25HZ
Run
second gear
向内三档
运行
Inward third \ ON ON ON -50HZ
Run
gear

22 安全装置概述
22 Overview of Safety Devices
22.1 前言
22.1 Preface
本部分描述对信号和塔机运行有作用的安全装置。它涵盖所有设备类型都通用的调节和维护设备。安
全装置不同于作业设备。它们仅在例外情况下发挥作用，以避免发生因不正确的机动或操控错误而致的后果。
This mast describes the safety devices that have an effect on the signal and tower crane operation. It covers
adjustment and maintenance equipment common to all equipment types. The safety device is different from the
working device. They only work in exceptional circumstances to avoid the consequences of incorrect maneuvers or
mishandling.
驾驶员在操作本电控系统时应熟悉系统提供的以下各种报警信号：
The driver should be familiar with the following various alarm signals provided by the system when operating
this electronic control system:
1）超力矩信号
1） Super torque signal
当起重力矩超过最大允许值时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the lifting torque exceeds the maximum allowable value, the electronic control system will react as
follows:
a. 联动台上的红色“100%力矩”报警灯闪烁；
a. The red “100% torque” warning light on the linkage table flashes;
b. 联动台上的蜂鸣器发出连续的“嘀嘀嘀嘀”报警声；
b. The buzzer on the linkage station emits a continuous “beep” alarm sound;
c. 主钩的上升运动被禁止；
c. The ascending motion of the main hook is prohibited.
d. 小车的向外运动被禁止；
d. The outward movement of the trolley is prohibited;
e. 主钩的下降运动无第四、五档；
e. There is no fourth or fifth gear for the descending movement of the main hook.
解除方法：向内变幅。
Method of release: Inward trolley.
2）超重量信号
2） Super weight signal
当起重量超过最大允许值时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the lifting weight exceeds the maximum allowable value, the electronic control system will react as
follows:
a. 联动台上的红色“100%重量”报警灯闪烁。
a. The red “100% weight” alarm light on the linkage flashes.
b. 联动台上的蜂鸣器发出连续的“嘀嘀嘀”报警声。
b. The buzzer on the linkage station emits a continuous “beep” alarm.
c. 主钩的上升运动被禁止。
c. The ascending motion of the main hook is prohibited.
d. 主钩的下降运动无第四、五档。
d. There is no fourth or fifth gear for the descending movement of the main hook.
e. 小车的向外运动只有第一档。
e. The outward movement of the trolley is only the first gear.
解除方法：起升下降操作，减轻吊重。
Method of release: hoisting and lowering operation reduces the weight.
3）力矩预警信号
3） Torque warning signal
当起重力矩超过最大允许值的 80％时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the lifting torque exceeds 80% of the maximum allowable value, the electronic control system will react
as follows:
a. 联动台上的黄色“80%力矩”报警灯闪烁。
a. The yellow “80% Torque” warning light on the linkage is flashing.
b. 联动台上的蜂鸣器发出连续的“嘀嘀”报警声。
c. 小车的向外变幅只有第一档，如正在以第二、三档向外变幅会自动减至第一档。
c. The outward trolley of the trolley is only the first gear. If the gear is being changed in the second and third
gears, it will be automatically reduced to the first gear.
4）超 75%重量换速信号
4） Speed change signal for weight over 75%
当起重量超过最大允许值的 75％时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the lifting weight exceeds 75% of the maximum allowable value, the electronic control system will
react as follows:
a. 联动台上的黄色“超重量”报警灯闪烁。
a. The yellow “overweight” alarm light on the linkage flashes.
b. 联动台上的蜂鸣器发出连续的“嘀”报警声。
c. 升降操作时没有第四、五档，如正在以高速档升降运行中时，会自动减至第三档速度。
c. There is no fourth or fifth gear during lifting operation. If it is running in high speed gear, it will
automatically reduce to the third gear speed.
d. 向外变幅无三档。

d. There is no third gear for outward trolley.

5）超 35%重量换速信号
5） Speed change signal for weight over 35%
当起重量超过最大允许值的 35％时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the lifting weight exceeds 35% of the maximum allowable value, the electronic control system will
react as follows:
a. 联动台上的黄色“超重量”报警灯闪烁。
a. The yellow “overweight” alarm light on the linkage flashes.
b. 升降操作时没有第五档，如正在以第五档升降运行中时，会自动减至第四档速度。
b. There is no fifth gear during the lifting operation. If it is running in the fifth gear, it will automatically
reduce to the fourth speed.
6）超高限位信号
6） Ultra high limit signal
当吊钩高度已达最大允许值时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the height of the hook has reached the maximum allowable value, the electronic control system will react
as follows:
吊钩的上升运动被禁止。
The ascending motion of the hook is prohibited.
解除方法：起升下降操作。
Method of release: Lift up and down operation.
7）超高减速信号
7） Ultra high deceleration signal
当吊钩高度距超高限位只有几米远时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the height of the hook is only a few meters away from the ultra-high limit, the electronic control system
will react as follows:
吊钩上升运动自动减速至第一档速度。
The hook ascending motion automatically decelerates to the first speed.
8）超低限位信号(可选)
8） Ultra low limit signal (optional)
当吊钩下降高度已达最大允许值时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the hook drop height has reached the maximum allowable value, the electronic control system will react
as follows:
吊钩的下降运动被禁止。
The descending motion of the hook is prohibited.
解除方法：起升上升操作。
Method of release: Lift up operation.
9）超低减速信号(可选)
9） Ultra low deceleration signal (optional)
当吊钩高度距超低限位只有几米远时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the height of the hook is only a few meters away from the ultra-low limit, the electronic control system
will react as follows:
吊钩下降运动自动减速至第一档速度。
The hook down motion automatically decelerates to the first speed.
10）变幅外限位信号
10）Outward trolley limit signal
当变幅小车运行到臂头时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the trolley runs to the jib end, the electronic control system reacts as follows:
变幅小车的向外运动被禁止，如正在向外变幅会突然停车。
The outward movement of the trolley is prohibited, and if it is changing outwards, it will suddenly stop.
解除方法：变幅向内操作。
Method of release: The trolley is operated inward.
11）变幅外减速信号
11）Outward trolley deceleration signal
当变幅小车向外运行到距臂头只有几米远时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the trolley runs outwards only a few meters away, the electronic control system reacts as follows:
变幅小车的向外运动只有第一档，如正在以二档向外变幅会自动减至第一档速度。
The outward movement of the trolley is only the first gear, and if it is changing in the second gear, it will
automatically reduce to the first gear speed.
12）变幅内限位信号
12）Inward trolley limit signal
当变幅小车已开至臂根部时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the trolley has been driven to the arm root, the electronic control system will react as follows:
变幅小车的向内运动被禁止，如正在向内变幅会突然停车。
The inward movement of the trolley is prohibited, and if it is changing inward, it will suddenly stop.
解除方法：变幅向外操作。
Method of release: The trolley is operated outward.
13）变幅内减速信号
13）Inward trolley deceleration signal
当变幅小车内行到距臂根部只有几米远时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the trolley is only a few meters away from the arm root, the electronic control system will react as
follows:

变幅小车的向内运动只有第一档，如正在以二档向内变幅会自动减至第一档速度。
The inward movement of the trolley is only the first gear, and if it is changing in the second gear, it will
automatically reduce to the first gear speed.
14）回转左限位信号
14）Swing left limit signal
当吊臂向左回转超过一圈半时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the jib is turned to the left for more than one and a half turns, the electronic control system will react as
follows:
吊臂的向左回转运动被禁止，如正在向左回转则回转电机会自动失电。
The leftward swivel movement of the jib is prohibited, and if it is turning to the left, the swing motor will
automatically lose power.
解除方法：向右回转操作。
Method of release: Swing right operation.
15）回转左减速信号
15）Swing left deceleration signal
当吊臂向左回转快超过一圈半时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the jib is turned to the left for more than one and a half turns, the electronic control system will react
as follows:
吊臂的向左回转运动没有高速，如正以高速向左回转会自动减至最低速。
The leftward swivel movement of the jib does not have a high speed. If it is turning to the left at high speed,
it will automatically reduce to the lowest speed.
16）回转右限位信号
16）Swing right limit signal
当吊臂向右回转超过一圈半时，电控系统会作如下反应；
When the jib is turned to the right for more than one and a half turns, the electronic control system will react as
follows;
吊臂的右回转运动被禁止，如正在向右回转则回转电机会自动失电。
The right swing motion of the jib is prohibited. If the motor is turning to the right, the swing motor will
automatically lose power.
解除方法：向左回转操作。
Method of release: Swing left operation
17）回转右减速信号
17）Swing right deceleration signal
当吊臂向右回转快超过一圈半时，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the jib is turned to the right for more than one and a half turns, the electronic control system will react
as follows:
吊臂的向右回转运动没有高速，如正以高速向右回转会自动减至最低速。

The rightward swivel movement of the jib does not have a high speed, and if it is swiveling to the right at a
high speed, it will automatically decrease to the lowest speed.
18）向前行走减速停止限位信号(选配)
18）travelling forward deceleration stop limit signal (optional)
当塔机向前行走到距轨道尽头只有几米远时，会触发减速停止限位，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the tower crane walks forward to a few meters away from the end of the orbit, it will trigger the
deceleration stop limit, and the electronic control system will react as follows:
塔机向前行走经几秒减速后停止。
The tower crane walks forward after a few seconds of deceleration.
19）向前行走紧急停止限位信号(选配)
19）travelling forward emergency stop limit signal (optional)
当塔机向前行走到距轨道尽头时，会触发紧急停止限位，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the tower crane walks forward to the end of the orbit, it will trigger the emergency stop limit, and the
electronic control system will react as follows:
立即切断行走总电源，塔机立即停止向前行走。
The main power supply is cut off immediately, and the tower crane immediately stops moving forward.
解除方法：向后行走操作。
Method of release: travelling backwards.
20）向后行走减速停止限位信号(选配)
20）travelling backward deceleration stop limit signal (optional)
当塔机向后行走到距轨道尽头只有几米远时，会触发减速停止限位，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the tower crane walks backwards only a few meters away from the end of the track, it will trigger the
deceleration stop limit, and the electronic control system will react as follows:
塔机向后行走经几秒减速后停止。
The tower crane walks backwards and stops after a few seconds of deceleration.
21）向后行走紧急停止限位信号(选配)
21）travelling backward emergency stop limit signal (optional)
当塔机向后行走到距轨道尽头时，会触发紧急停止限位，电控系统会作如下反应：
When the tower crane walks backwards to the end of the orbit, it will trigger an emergency stop limit, and the
electronic control system will react as follows:
立即切断行走总电源，塔机立即停止向后行走。
Immediately cut off the main power, the tower crane immediately stops travelling backwards.
解除方法：向前行走操作。
Method of release: travelling forward.
22）过欠压保护信号
22）Over-voltage and under voltage protection signal

当供电电压大于 110％额定电压或低于 85％额定电压时，电控系统会切断主电源，塔机停止工作。

When the supply voltage is greater than 110% of rated voltage or less than 85% of rated voltage, the electronic
control system will cut off the main power supply and the tower crane will stop working.
如果长期过欠，请不要启动和工作以免损坏电机和电器件。
In the case of long-term over-voltage and under voltage, please do not start and work to avoid damage to the
motor and electrical components.
1）塔机驾驶员在每次对塔机进行有载操作工作之前都必须检查行程限位器的功能。
1） The driver of the tower crane must check the function of the travel limiter before each load
operation of the tower crane.
2）在解除力矩、载荷或速度紧急行程缓冲的情况下，在塔机再次使用前技术人员必须重新对安全装
置进行检查。
2） In the case of releasing the emergency stroke buffer of torque, load or speed, the technician must
re-check the safety device before the tower crane is used again.
22.2 调节规程
22.2 Adjustment Procedure
应当按以下次序调节各类安全设备：
All types of safety equipment should be adjusted in the following order:
1）力矩限制器的调节；
1） Adjustment of the torque limiter;
2）起重量限制器的调节；
2） Adjustment of the lifting weight limiter;
3）行程限位器的空载状态调节。
3） Adjustment of the no-load state of the travel limiter.
22.3 预防性维护
22.3 Preventive Maintenance
检查：
Examination:
1）安全设备的一般状态：
1） General status of the security device:
无裂纹、锈蚀和变形，
No cracks, rust and deformation,
无径向偏差，无磨损。
No radial deviation, no wear.
2）安全设备的正确功能性

2） Correct functionality of the safety device
另外还需检查传感器及其连接的状况：
Also check the status of the sensor and its connections:
3）清洁度，
3） Cleanliness,
4）盖子和填料压盖很好拧紧（无受潮迹象）
。
4） The lid and packing gland are well tightened (no signs of moisture).
22.4 力矩限制器
22.4 Torque Limiter
22.4.1 概述
22.4.1 Overview
1）塔机是按恒定的最大载荷力矩设计计算，使用中不能超过最大载荷力矩，力矩限制器的用途就是检
测额定载荷的起升和向前变幅，防止超力矩到达倾翻区发生事故而设定。
1） The tower crane is designed and calculated according to the constant maximum load moment. The
maximum load moment cannot be exceeded during use. The purpose of the torque limiter is to detect the hoisting
and forward trolley of the rated load, and prevent the over-torque accident.
2）力矩限制器的主要结构如下图所示。
2） The main structure of the torque limiter is shown below.

图 4.22-1
Figure 4.22-1
工作原理：
Working Principle:
该装置安装在塔顶靠平衡臂一侧，它由一对弓形板，三个微动开关及安装底座，调节螺栓，外罩等组成。
当有载荷时，在载荷力矩的作用下，弓形板弯曲变形（弓形板距离变小），当载荷超过规定值时，其中一弓
形板上的调节螺栓压下固定在另一弓形板上的开关触头，使开关动作切断其控制电路，机构停止运行，达到
保护目的。
The device is installed on the side of the counter jib of the tower. It consists of a pair of bow plates, three micro
switches and mounting bases, adjusting bolts and outer cover. When there is a load, under the action of the load
moment, the bow plate is bent and deformed (the distance of the bow plate becomes smaller). When the load exceeds
the specified value, the adjusting bolt on one of the bow plates presses the switch contact fixed on the other bow
plate, so that the switch action cuts off its control circuit, and the mechanism stops running to achieve the protection
purpose.
力矩限制器的调整:调整力矩限制器之前，必须首先确认本塔机的额定力矩之后，再查找对应的数据
进行调试。
Adjustment of the torque limiter: Before adjusting the torque limiter, you must first confirm the rated
torque of the tower crane, and then find the corresponding data for debugging.
本机装有力矩限制器保护装置，当力矩达到额定值的 80%时，司机室内的预报警灯亮，当超过 100%但
小于 110%额定值时，起升向上断电，小车向外变幅断电，同时发出超载报警声。
The tower crane is equipped with a torque limiter protection device. When the torque reaches 80% of the rated
value, the pre-alarm light in the driver's cab is bright. When it exceeds 100% but less than 110% of the rated value,
the lift will be powered off and the trolley will be cut off by varying amplitude outward and the overload alarm will
be sounded at the same time.
22.4.2 力矩限制器的调整（钢丝绳四倍率）

22.4.2 Adjustment of the Torque Limiter (Wire Rope Quadruple Rate)

1）定码变幅调整
1） Fixed code trolley adjustment
a. 定码变幅报警调整
a. Fixed code trolley alarm adjustment
表 4.22-1
Table 4.22-1
力矩限制器调整
Torque limiter adjustment
力矩限制器反馈
调节螺杆 K1 K2 K3 √
Torque limiter feedback
Adjustmen
t of screw
臂长吊重起点反馈点降速变橙灯与红灯与起升向变幅向外
Jib Length Hoist Starting Feedback 幅预警声预警声上断电断电
R(m) W(t) point point Speed Orange Red Power Power
R0(m) R1(m) Reduct Light Light Off Off
ion and and When When
Luffing Warnin Warnin Hoisting Trolley
g Sound g Sound Up Outward
70 12 5 17.0～18.1 √ √ √
65 12 5 18.3～19.6 √ √ √
60 12 5 19.4～20.7 √ √ √
55 12 5 21.7～23.1 √ √ √
50 12 5 23.4～24.9 √ √ √
45 12 5 24.7～26.4 √ √ √
40 12 5 24.2～25.8 √ √ √
35 12 5 24.2～25.8 √ √ √
30 12 5 23.9～25.5 √ √ √
25 12 5 23.1～24.6 √ √ √
上述各项重复测试 3 次，要求每次均能满足要求。调整时起重小车以平稳速度运行。
The above tests were repeated 3 times respectively, and required to meet the requirements each time. The lifting
trolley runs at a steady speed when adjusting.
b. 定码变幅预警调整
b. Fixed code trolley alarm adjustment
表 4.22-2
Table 4.22-2
力矩限制器调整力矩限制器反馈
Torque limiter adjustment Torque limiter feedback

调节螺杆 K1 K2 √ K3
Adjustmen
t of screw
70 12 5 12.9～14.5 √ √
65 12 5 14.0～15.7 √ √
60 12 5 14.8～16.6 √ √
55 12 5 16.5～18.6 √ √
50 12 5 17.8～20.1 √ √
45 12 5 18.8～21.2 √ √
40 12 5 18.4～20.7 √ √
35 12 5 18.4～20.7 √ √
30 12 5 18.2～20.5 √ √
25 12 5 17.6～19.8 √ √
2）定幅变码调整
2） Fixed amplitude variable code adjustment
a. 定幅变码极值调整
a. Fixed amplitude variable code extreme value adjustment
表 4.22-3
Table 4.22-3
调节螺杆 K1 K2 K3
Adjustmen
t of screw
臂长吊重反馈点降速变橙灯与红灯与起升向变幅向外
Jib Length Hoist Feedback point 幅预警声预警声上断电断电
R(m) W(t) R1(m) Speed Orange Red Power Power
Reduct Light Light Off Off
70 2.019 70
65 2.519 65
60 3.019 60
55 3.919 55
50 4.819 50
45 5.877 45
40 6.5 40
35 7.5 35
30 8.6 30
25 10.5 25
b. 定幅变码报警调整
b. Fixed amplitude variable code alarm adjustment
表 4.22-4
Table 4.22-4
调节螺杆 K1 √ K2 K3
Adjustmen
t of screw
臂长吊重加载反馈点降速变橙灯与红灯与起升向变幅向外
Jib Length Hoist Load Feedback 幅预警声预警声上断电断电
R(m) W(t) T(kg) point Speed Orange Red Power Power
R1(m) Reduct Light Light Off Off
70 2.019 101～242 70 √ √
65 2.519 126～302 65 √ √
60 3.019 151～362 60 √ √
55 3.919 196～470 55 √ √
50 4.819 241～578 50 √ √
45 5.877 293～705 45 √ √
40 6.5 325～780 40 √ √
35 7.5 375～900 35 √ √
30 8.6 430～1032 30 √ √
25 10.5 525～1260 25 √ √
上述各项重复测试 3 次，要求每次均能满足要求。
The above tests were repeated 3 times and required to meet the requirements each time.
3）校核
3） Check
按定码变幅和定幅变码方式分别进行校核，各重复三次（不再调节螺杆）
。
The calibration is performed separately according to the fixed code trolley and the fixed amplitude variable
code, and each is repeated three times (the screw is no longer adjusted).
a. 定码变幅 — 预警校核
a. Fixed code trolley - pre-alarm check
表 4.22-5

Table 4.22- 5
Adjustmen
t of screw
70 6 15 24.1～27.1 √ √
65 6 15 26.1～29.3 √ √
60 6 15 27.5～30.9 √ √
55 6 15 30.8～34.7 √ √
50 7 15 29.1～32.6 √ √
45 8 15 27.4～30.8 √ √
40 9 15 24.0～27.0 √ √
35 9 15 23.7～26.7 √ √
30 10 15 20.8～23.5 √ √
25 12 10 17.6～19.8 √ √
b. 定码变幅 — 报警校核
b. Fixed code trolley - alarm check
表 4.22-6
Table 4.22- 6
Adjustmen
t of screw
70 6 15 31.6～33.7 √ √ √
65 6 15 34.2～36.5 √ √ √
60 6 15 36.1～38.5 √ √ √
55 6 15 40.5～43.2 √ √ √
50 7 15 38.1～40.6 √ √ √
45 8 15 36.0～38.4 √ √ √
40 9 15 31.5～33.6 √ √ √
35 9 15 31.1～33.2 √ √ √
30 10 15 27.4～29.2 √ √ √
25 12 10 23.1～24.7 √ √ √
c. 定幅变码 — 报警校核
c. Fixed amplitude variable code - alarm check
Adjustmen
t of screw
臂长吊重加载反馈点降速变橙灯与红灯与起升向变幅向外
Jib Length Hoist Load Feedback 幅预警声预警声上断电断电
R(m) W(t) T(kg) point Speed Orange Red Power Power
R1(m) Reduct Light Light Off Off
70 6 300～700 30.1 √ √
65 6 300～700 32.6 √ √
60 6 300～700 34.4 √ √
55 6 300～700 38.6 √ √
50 7 350～800 36.3 √ √
45 8 400～900 34.3 √ √
40 9 450～1000 30 √ √
35 9 450～1000 29.7 √ √
30 10 500～1100 26.1 √ √
25 12 600～1400 22.08 √ √
上述各项重复测试 3 次，要求每次均能满足要求。
The above tests were repeated 3 times and required to meet the requirements each time.
22.5 起重量限制器
22.5 Load Lifting Limiter
22.5.1 概述
22.5.1 Overview
起重量限制器调整（结构调整方法见外购件 BWL-12T-φ490-PZ 起重量限制器说明书，此塔机只使用四
个微动开关中的二个,安装时控制线入口应向下）
。调整时吊钩采用四倍率滑轮组。
Lifting weight limiter adjustment (for the structural adjustment method, see the instruction manual of purchased
parts BWL-12T-φ490-PZ lifting weight limiter. This tower crane uses only two of the four micro-switches, and the
control circuit inlet should be down when installed). When adjusting, the hook adopts a four-fold pulley block.

图 4.22-2
Figure 4.22-2
图例
Legend
1 螺钉调整装置 2 微动开关
Screw Adjusting Device Micro Switch
起升钢丝绳经过测力环滑轮时，由于载荷的作用，钢丝绳产生张力，张力传到与滑轮连接的测力环上，
该测力环随着负载的变化而发生变形，使固定于环内的金属板条亦发生变形(原理同力矩限制器)，其上装有
微动开关及可调螺栓，根据载荷的要求，经适当调整后，压开微动开关起到控制电路的作用。
When the hoisting wire rope passes through the proving ring pulley, the wire rope generates tension due to the
load, and the tension is transmitted to the proving ring connected to the pulley, and the proving ring is deformed as
the load changes, so as to be fixed in the ring. The metal slats are also deformed (the principle is the same as the
torque limiter), and the micro switch and the adjustable bolt are mounted thereon. According to the requirements of
the load, after the appropriate adjustment, the press-on micro switch plays a role as a control circuit.
22.5.2 调节
22.5.2 Adjustment
调整起重量限制器之前，必须首先确认本塔机的额定吊重量后，再查找对应的数据进行调试。否则将
造成塔机超载现象，进一步会导致塔机结构件损伤，造成倒塔及人员伤亡。
Before adjusting the weight limiter, you must first confirm the rated lifting weight of the tower crane,
and then find the corresponding data for debugging. Otherwise, the tower crane will be overloaded, which
will further damage the structural components of the tower crane, causing tower collapse and casualties.
1）高速档调整（幅度不能大于 10m）
：
1） High-speed gear adjustment (the amplitude can not be greater than 10m):
a. 吊重 5950kg，吊钩以一、二、三档速度各升降一次，不允许任何一档产生不能升降现象。
a. The hoisting weight is 5950kg, and the hooks are lifted once at high speed in the first, second and third
gear. No one gear is allowed to rise and fall.
b. 再加吊重 10kg，同时调整螺钉 1，以高速三档起升，若能起升，升高约 10m 高度后再下降放至地

面。
b. Add a hoisting weight of 10 kg and adjust the screw 1 to lift at high speed in the third gear. If it can lift,
raise it to a height of about 10m and then lower it to the ground.
c. 再加吊重 10kg，以高速三档起升，若能起升，升高约 10m 高度后再下降放至地面。
c. Add a hoisting weight of 10kg to lift at high speed in the third gear. If it can lift, raise it to a height of about
10m and then lower it to the ground.
d. 重复（c）的全部动作，直至高速档不能起升自动换为低速档时，记录下所吊重物 Q 高，Q 高应在
6000~6150kg 之间，接近小值较为理想。
d. Repeat all the actions of (c) until the high speed gear cannot be lifted and automatically change to the low
speed gear. Record the Q height of the hoisting weight, and the Q height should be between 6000~ 6150kg, which is
ideal for close to small value.
e. 去掉重物，重复（d）动作二次（但不得调动调整螺钉 1）
，三次所得 Q 高应基本一致。
e. Remove the heavy object and repeat (d) the action twice (but do not adjust the adjusting screw 1). The Q
height obtained three times should be basically the same.
2）低速档断电调整（幅度不能大于 10m）
：
2） Low-speed power-off adjustment (the amplitude can not be greater than 10m):
a. 吊重 11900kg,吊钩以低速一、二档升降一次，不允许产生不能升降现象，操作高档时应不能起升。
a. The weight of the hoist is 11900kg, and the hook is lifted once at the low speed of the first and the second
gear. It is not allowed to rise and fall. It should not be lifted when operating the high-grade.
b. 再加吊重 20kg，同时调整螺钉 3，以低速档起升，若能起升，升高约 10m 高度后再下降放至地面。
b. Add a hoisting weight of 20kg, and adjust the screw 3 at the same time to lift at a low speed. If it can lift,
raise it to a height of about 10m and then lower it to the ground.
c. 再加吊重 20kg，以低速档起升，若能起升，升高约 10m 高度后再下降放至地面。
c. Add hoist 20kg and lift at low speed. If it can lift, raise it to a height of about 10m and then drop it to the
ground.
d. 重复（c）的全部动作，直至亮灯报警断电时，记录下此时的起重量 Q 断，Q 断应在 11000~12300kg
之间，接近小值较为理想。
d. Repeat all the actions of (c) until the light-on alarm is de-energized, the starting weight of Q breaks at this
time, and the Q breaks should be between 11000~ 12300kg, which is ideal for close to small value.
e. 去掉若干重物，直至报警解除，再重复（d）动作二次（但不得调动调整螺钉 3）
，三次所得 Q 断应
基本一致。
e. Remove some heavy objects until the alarm is released, and repeat (d) the action twice (but do not adjust
the adjustment screw 3). The Q breaks obtained three times should be basically the same.
23 顶升
23 Jacking
23.1 顶升前的准备工作
23.1 Preparations Before Jacking
按液压泵站要求给其油箱加油，顶升横梁防脱装置的销轴退出踏步的圆孔；
Refueling the fuel tank according to the requirements of the hydraulic pump station, and the pin shaft of the
lifting beam anti-off device is taken out of the round hole;

清理好各个塔身节，在塔身节连接套内涂上黄油，将待顶升加高用的标准节在顶升位置时的起重臂下排
成一排，这样能使塔机在整个顶升加节过程中不用回转机构，能使顶升加节过程所用时间最短；
The tower crane is arranged in a row under the lifting arm when the mast to be lifted is in the jacking position,
so that the tower crane can not use the rotating mechanism in the whole jacking and adding process, and the time
used for jacking and adding the knot can be the shortest;
放松电缆长度略大于总的顶升高度，并紧固好电缆；
The length of the loosening cable is slightly longer than the total lifting height, and the cable is fastened.
将起重臂旋转至爬升架前方，平衡臂处于爬升架的后方（顶升油缸必须位于平衡臂下方）
；
Rotate the lifting arm to the front of the climbing frame, and the Counter Jib is behind the climbing frame (the
lifting cylinder must be under the Counter Jib);
爬升架平台上准备好塔身高强度螺栓；
Prepare the tower's high-strength bolts on the climbing platform;
检查、调试并确认顶升机构工作正确、可靠，保证爬升架能按塔机爬升规定的程序上升、下降、可靠停
止；运行过程中应平稳，无爬行、振动现象；
Check, debug and confirm that the work of the jacking mechanism must be accurate and reliable, and ensure
that the climbing frame can rise, decrease and stop reliably according to the procedure specified by the climbing of
the tower crane; during the operation, it shall be smooth and free of creeping and vibration;
检查爬升架支承系统，确保各部分运动灵活，承重可靠；
Check the support system of the climbing frame to ensure that each part is flexible in motion and reliable in
load-bearing;
液压顶升机构应保证安全，溢流阀的调整压力不得大于系统额定工作压力的 110%。
The hydraulic lifting mechanism shall be safe and the regulating pressure of the relief valve shall not be greater
than 110% of the rated working pressure of the system.
23.2 顶升时的配平
23.2 Trim on Jacking
23.2.1 概述
23.2.1 Overview
为了保证顶升安全，塔机在顶升之前必须进行配平，配平的主要方法为：在一定幅度上悬吊一重物，通
过小车的位置移动最终实现塔机的配平。配平时通过检验下支座支腿与塔身主弦杆是否在一条垂直线上，并
观察爬升架导轮与塔身主弦杆间隙是否基本相同来检查塔机是否平衡。略微调整载重小车的配平位置，直至
平衡。记录实际配平位置，以后顶升或降节时使用。
In order to ensure the safety of lifting, the tower crane must be trimmed before jacking. The main method of
trimming is: A heavy object is suspended in a certain range, and the tower crane is finally trimmed by moving the
position of the trolley. When the tower crane is trimmed, check whether the tower crane is balanced by checking
whether the supporting leg of the lower support and the main chord of the tower body are on a vertical line, and
observing whether the clearance between the guide wheel of the climbing frame and the main chord of the tower
body is the same. Adjust the trim position of the trolley slightly until it is balanced. Record the actual trim position
and use it when jacking up or down.
必须遵守顶升要求的所有顶升预防操作以及特殊规定。

Record the actual trimming position of the tower crane and use it later when it is raised or lowered.
23.2.2 理论配平数据
23.2.2 Theoretical Trimming Data
必须使得塔机上部重心落在顶升油缸梁的位置上，方能进行塔机的顶升工作，否则可能会导致塔机倾
覆，造成人身伤害安全事故！
The center of gravity of the tower crane must be placed at the position of the jacking cylinder beam to
Carry out the jacking work of the tower crane. Otherwise, the tower crane may be overturned, resulting in
personal injury safety accident!
图 4.23-1
Figure 4.23-1
表 4.23-1
Table 4.23-1
平衡臂长吊载重量 Q(t)
起重臂长平衡重配平距离
Length of Lifting Weight Q(t)
Length of Jib Counter Weight Trimming Distance
Counter Jib 标准节数量
B(m) G(t) L(m)
A(m) Quantity of Masts
25 16.7 9.75
30 16.7 10.1
1.764/1 节
35 16.7 13.35 22.1
1.764/1 Mast
1.764/1 节
40 16.7 14.8 37.1
1.764/1 Mast
1.764/1 节
45 16.7 16.25 36
1.764/1 Mast
1.764/1 节
50 16.7 18.05 33.6
1.764/1 Mast
1.764/1 节
55 16.7 18.05 30.8
1.764/1 Mast
1.764/1 节
60 16.7 18.05 25.1
1.764/1 Mast
1.764/1 节
65 16.7 19.85 25.1
1.764/1 Mast
70 16.7 19.85 1.764/1 节 16

平衡臂长吊载重量 Q(t)

起重臂长平衡重配平距离
Length of Lifting Weight Q(t)
Length of Jib Counter Weight Trimming Distance
Counter Jib 标准节数量
B(m) G(t) L(m)
A(m) Quantity of Masts
1.764/1 Mast
上表中的数据为理论配平尺寸，实际配平时以观察下支座支腿与塔身主弦杆在一条垂直线上，并观察
爬升架 8 个导轮与塔身主弦杆间隙基本相同为准，否则可能造成配平错误，导致顶升倾覆安全事故。
The data in the above table is the theoretical trim size. When actually trimming, observe the lower
support leg and the main chord of the tower on a vertical line, and observe that the eight guide wheels of
the climb frame are basically the same as the main chord of the tower. Otherwise, it may cause trimming
errors, resulting in jacking over safety incidents.
在顶升过程中禁止：
In the jacking process, it is forbidden:
1）回转起重臂；
1） Rotate the jib;
2）移动小车；
2） Move the trolley;
3）提升重物（上升及下降）。
3） Lift the weight (up and down).
否则将会造成产品损坏及人身伤害安全事故！
Otherwise, it will cause product damage and personal injury safety accident!
23.2.3 一般说明
23.2.3 General Instruction
顶升装置（油缸和爬升架）要达到良好工作状态，起升起重机部件的重心必须在油缸轴上。并在进行平
衡操作前，确认引进平台上放置着一个标节。顶升装置的平衡有两阶段：
The hoisting device (cylinder and climbing frame) must be in good working condition and the center of gravity
of the hoisting crane components must be on the cylinder shaft. And before performing the balancing operation,
make sure that there is a mark knot on the introduction platform. The balance of the jacking device has two phases:
理论上，通过在给定幅度下的吊挂载荷；
Theoretically, through the suspension load at a given amplitude;
实际中，通过调整小车在起重臂上的位置。
In practice, by adjusting the position of the trolley on the jib.
23.2.4 配平起重机
23.2.4 Trim Crane
1）准备
1） Preparation
检查确认引进平台上放置着一个标节。检查确认爬升架由销轴固定到特殊节上。将变幅小车（有/无载

荷须根据要求）移到理论上的平衡距离。
Check that a standard is placed on the introduction platform. Check that the climbing frame is secured to the
special mast by the pin. Move the variable speed trolley (with/without load as required) to the theoretical equilibrium
distance.
取下最后一节标节与特殊节之间的螺栓。
Remove the bolt between the last knot and the special mast.
2）配平
2) Trimming
只有在特殊节支脚（1）被顶起离开塔身连接套时方可进行配平微调。
Trimming is only possible when the special mast pin (1) is lifted out of the connecting sleeve of the
tower body.
图 4.23-2
Figure 4.23-2
塔机配平前，必须先将载重小车运行到配平参考位置，并吊起一节标准节（顶升时必须根据实际情况的
需要调整），然后拆除特殊节四个支腿与标准节的连接销轴；
Before the tower crane is trimmed, the load-carrying trolley must be run to the trim reference position, and a
mast should be lifted (the jacking must be adjusted according to the actual situation), and then the four legs of the
special mast and the connecting bolts of the mast must be removed;
将液压顶升系统操纵杆推至“顶升”方向，使爬升架顶升至特殊节支腿刚刚脱离塔身节的主弦杆的位置
Push the lever of the hydraulic jacking system to the "uplift" direction so that the leg of the climbing frame can
be lifted to the position of the main chord of the tower knot.
通过检验特殊节支腿与塔身主弦杆是否在一条垂直线上，并观察爬升架 8 个导轮与塔身主弦杆间隙是否
基本相同来检查塔机是否平衡。略微调整载重小车的配平位置，直至平衡。必须使得塔机上部重心落在顶升
油缸梁的位置上；
Check the balance of the tower crane by checking whether the legs of the special masts and the main chord of
the tower are in a vertical line, and observing whether the clearance between the eight guide wheels of the climbing
frame and the main chord of the tower body is basically the same as that of the main chord of the tower body. Adjust
the trim position of the trolley slightly until it is balanced. The center of gravity of the tower crane must be placed at
the position of the jacking cylinder beam;
记录下载重小车的配平位置。但要注意该位置随起重臂长度不同而改变；
Record the trim position of the load-carrying trolley. However, it should be noted that the position changes with
the length of the jib;
操纵液压系统使爬升架下降，连接好特殊节与塔身标准节间的连接销轴。
The hydraulic system shall be operated to lower the climbing frame and the connecting bolts between the
special mast towers shall be connected.
23.3 顶升作业
23.3 Jacking Operation
23.3.1 顶升作业顺序
23.3.1 Sequence of Jacking Operations
顶升作业顺序包括了一连串将重复数次的操作：
The sequence of jacking operations consists of a series of operations that shall be repeated several times:
1）使用回转机构上的回转制动器，将塔机上部机构处于制动状态；
1） Use the slewing brake on the slewing mechanism to brake the upper part of the tower crane.
2）将引进梁小车（1）安装至根据塔身组成选出的标节（2）上；
2） Install the guide beam trolley (1) onto the mast (2) selected according to the tower body composition;
3）将引进梁小车（1）挂在顶升吊钩（3）上，吊起总成然后将小车（1）钩挂在引进梁（4）上，确保
标节的顶升踏步（5）位于起重机侧，如下图 4.23-3；
3） Hang the trolley (1) of the guide beam on the jacking hook (3), lift the assembly and hook the trolley (1)
on the introduced beam (4) to ensure that the jacking step (5) of the mast is located on the side of the crane, as shown
in Figure 4.23-3.
图 4.23-3
Figure 4.23-3
4）顶升横梁（1）通过爬爪（2）和安全销（3）锁在标节的踏步（A）上。拆掉连接特殊节和顶升节
的开口销（4），立销（5）和横销（6）。将液压杆推至“上升”位。开动液压顶升系统，使油缸活塞杆伸出，
将顶升横梁爬爪落入距顶升横梁最近的塔身节踏步上，插入防脱销【防脱销的使用详见 24.4《防脱销的使用》】
（必须设专人负责观察爬爪是否牢靠挂在踏步上并准确的插入了安全销），确认无误后继续顶升，将爬升架
及以上部分顶起 10~50mm 时停止，检查顶升横梁等爬升架传力部件是否有异响、变形，油缸活塞杆是否有
自动回缩等异常现象，确认正常后，继续顶升；
4） The jacking beam (1) is locked on the step (A) of the mast with the climbing pawl (2) and safety pin (3).
Remove the split pin (4), vertical pin (5) and horizontal pin (6) connecting the special mast and the jacking mast.
Push the hydraulic lever to the "Up" position. Start the hydraulic jacking system, stretch the oil cylinder piston rod

out, drop the climbing claws of jacking beam on the step of tower mast closest to the jacking beam, insert the safety
pin (the usage of safety pin can be found in the 24.4 Safety Pin Manual) (must designate the persons responsible for
observing whether climbing claws is firmly on the step and insert the safety pin accurately), continue to lift up after
confirmed, the climbing frame and upper part will stop when jacking 10 to 50 mm, check the power transmission
components such as jacking beam and climbing frame if there is a abnormal noise, deformation, whether there's any
abnormal phenomena on oil cylinder piston rod such as automatic folding, after everything is confirmed normal,
continue to lift up;
4）慢慢顶升直到特殊节根部（7）微微脱离标准节鱼尾板（8）
；
4） Slowly lift up until the special mast root (7) slightly deviates from the mast fishplate (8);
5）确保顶升套架的爬爪（9）锁定在上位；
5） Ensure that the climbing claw (9) of jacking frame are locked in the upper position;
6）顶升直到顶升套架爬爪（9）位于标准节的踏步（C）正上方，松开爬爪（9）
；
6） Lift up until the climbing claw (9) of jacking frame is located directly above the step (C) of the mast,
releasing the claw (9);
7）慢慢将液压杆推至“下降”位，慢慢操作操纵杆（10）以便将爬爪（9）靠在踏步（C）上，如下图
4.23-4 所示；
7） Slowly push the hydraulic lever to the "Down" position and slowly operate the joystick (10) to lean the
claw (9) against the step (C), as shown in Figure 4.23-4 below;
图 4.23-4
Figure 4.23-4
8）顶升套架通过爬爪（1）靠在踏步（C）上。微微推动液压杆“向下”以便释放横梁（3）的爬爪（2）
。
然后通过拿掉安全销（4）将横梁（3）从踏步（A）上解锁。
8） The jacking frame lean against the step (C) by the claw (1). Push the hydraulic lever "Down" slightly to
release the claw (2) of the beam (3). Then unlock the beam (3) from step (A) by removing the safety pin (4).
9）将顶升横梁（3）从踏步（A）上拿掉，然后将液压杆推至“上升”方向以便提升横梁（3）
，如下图
4.23-5 所示。
9） Remove the jacking beam (3) from step (A) and push the hydraulic lever to the "Up" direction to lift the
beam (3) as shown in Figure 4.23-5 below.
图 4.23-5
Figure 4.23-5
10）继续操作直到顶升横梁（1）能够垂直坐落并销连至踏步（B）。用爬爪（2）将横梁（1）钩至顶升
踏步（B），通过安全销（3）将其锁定，如下图 4.23-6 所示。
10）Continue until the jacking beam (1) is vertically seated and pinned to the step (B). Use the climbing claw
(2) to hook the beam (1) to the jacking step (B) and lock it with the safety pin (3) as shown in Figure 4.23-6 below.

图 4.23-6
Figure 4.23-6
重复上述循环以便获得将标节引入顶升套架所需的空间（X），此时起重机各部分位于下述位置：
Repeat the above operation to obtain the space (X) required to introduce the mast into the jacking frame, at
which point the crane parts are in the following positions:
a. 被顶起的部分通过顶升套架的两个爬爪准确的压在标节踏步（E）上且无局部变形、异响等异常情
况；
a. The jacked part is accurately pressed on the step (E) of mast by the two climbing claws of the jacking
frame, and there is no local deformation, abnormal noise and other abnormal conditions;
b. 横梁（2）通过爬爪（3）及安全销（4）锁定在标节踏步（C）上。活塞杆几乎完全伸出，整个行程
不许上导杆脱离标节的固定部分。
b. The beam (2) is locked to the step (C) by the claw (3) and the safety pin (4). The piston rod is almost
completely unfolded and the upper guide rod is not allowed to break away from the fixed part of the mast.

图 4.23-7
Figure 4.23-7
23.3.2 引进标节
23.3.2 Guide Mast
起重机通过引进梁将标节引进顶升套架内：将悬挂在引进梁小车（2）上的标节通过该动作提供的抓手
引进顶升套架（3）
。
The crane guides the mast into the jacking frame through the guide beam: Guide the mast on the guide beam
trolley (2) into the jacking frame by the claws provided by the operation.

图 4.23-8
Figure 4.23-8
1）标节的鱼尾板连接
1） Fishplate connection of mast
a. 将标节引进顶升套架后，锁定爬爪（1）
；
a. After the mast is guided into the jacking frame, lock the claw (1);
b. 液压杆微微推向“上升”位，以便将顶升套架的爬爪（1）脱离标节踏步（2）
；转动操纵杆（3）以便
将爬爪（1）从标节上拿下；
b. Push the hydraulic lever slightly to the "Up" position to disengage the claw (1) of the jacking frame from
the step (2); rotate the lever (3) to remove the claw (1) from the mast;
c. 将爬爪（1）锁定在上位；
c. Lock the claw (1) in the upper position;
d. 将液压杆推至“下降”位。确保标节（4）恰当地插入塔身顶升节的鱼尾板（5）
，通过8个销轴（7）
，
4个销轴（8）以及4个开口销（9）将标节（4）与顶升节（6）连接；
d. Push the hydraulic lever to the "Down" position. Ensure that the mast (4) is properly inserted into the
fishplate (5) of the tower’s jacking mast, and connect the mast (4) with the jacking mast (6) by 8 pin shafts (7), 4 pin
shafts (8) and 4 split pins (9);
e. 将引进梁小车（10）从标节上松开，并挂入引进梁（11）
。
e. Loosen the guide beam trolley (10) from the mast and hook it into the guide beam (11).

图 4.23-9
Figure 4.23-9
2）安装安全销
2） Installation of Safety Pin
继续下降，确保特殊节（2）主弦恰当地插入已经安装的标节的鱼尾板（3）。通过安全销将特殊节（2）
与标节（3）销连。
Continue to descend and ensure that the main chord of special mast (2) is properly inserted into the fishplate
(3) of the already installed mast. Connect the special mast (2) with the mast (3) by a safety pin.
将平衡重下放至地面以便放空顶升吊钩。如果需要，使用顶升吊钩下放引进梁小车，以便将其安装
至新的标节上。重复该顶升步骤，直至达到所需高度。
Lower the balance ballast to the ground to empty the jacking hook. If necessary, use the jacking hook to
lower the guide beam trolley so that it can be installed on the new mast. Repeat the jacking step until the desired
height is reached.

图 4.23-10
Figure 4.23-10
23.3.2 顶升作业注意事项
23.3.2 Precautions for jacking operation
塔机最高处风速大于 12m/s 时，不得进行顶升作业；
When the highest wind speed of the tower crane is greater than 12m/s, the jacking operation shall not be carried
out;
塔机的爬升机构，其爬升作业时应确保爬升架上支承在塔身上的受力部位与塔身顶升支承部位应可靠定
位和结合。并应及时查看顶升支承部位焊缝情况，若有异常情况应排除后才能继续进行爬升作业；
When the climbing mechanism of the tower crane is performing the climbing operation, it should be ensured
that the force receiving portion supported on the tower body and the lifting support portion of the tower body can be
reliably positioned and combined. The weld seam of the jacking support part should be checked in time, and if there
are abnormal conditions, the climb operation should be continued;
顶升过程中必须保证起重臂与引入标准节方向一致，并利用回转机构制动器将起重臂制动住，载重小车
必须停靠在顶升配平位置；
During the jacking process, it is necessary to ensure that the jib is in the same direction as the introduction of the
mast, and the jib is braked by the slewing mechanism brake, and the load-Carrying trolley must be parked in the
jack-up trim position;
若要连续加高几节标准节，则每加完一节后，用塔机自身起吊下一节标准节前，塔身 4 个主弦杆和特殊
节必须有 8 个安全销轴连接；

If needs to add several masts, after each mast is added, before lift the next mast by the tower crane, the four
main chords and special mast of the tower must be connected by 8 safety pins;
所加标准节上的踏步，必须与已有塔身节对正；
The steps on the mast must be aligned with the existing tower mast;
在特殊节与塔身没有用销轴连接好之前，严禁起重臂回转、载重小车变幅和吊装作业；
Before the special mast and the tower body are not bolted, the jib swing, the amplitude change of the trolley and
the lifting operation are strictly prohibited;
在顶升过程中，若液压顶升系统出现异常，应立即停止顶升，收回油缸，将特殊节落在塔身顶部，并用
8 根销轴将特殊节与塔身连接牢靠后，再排除液压系统的故障；
In the process of jacking, if there is any problem in the hydraulic jacking system, the jacking shall be stopped
immediately, the oil cylinder shall be folded, the special mast shall be placed on the top of the tower body, and the
special mast shall be firmly connected to the tower body with 8 pin shafts, and then the trouble of the hydraulic
system shall be eliminated.
塔机加节达到所需工作高度（但不超过独立高度）后，应旋转起重臂至不同的角度，检查塔身各接头处
销轴的装配、基础支脚处螺栓的拧紧问题。
After the tower crane has reached the required working height by adding masts (but not more than the
independent height), the jib should be rotated to different angles to check the assembly of the pin at each joint of the
tower body and the tightening of the bolt at the foundation legs.
23.4 防脱销装置的使用方法
23.4 Application Method of Anti-Stripping Device
防脱装置（1）由两部分组成，一是顶升横梁爬爪上的安全插销（4）
，二是顶升横梁爬爪上的防脱插销
孔（3）
，其使用方法如下：
The anti-off device (1) consists of two parts, one is the safety pin (4) on the climbing claw of the jacking beam,
and the other is the anti-off pin hole (3) on the climbing claw of the jacking beam, which are used as follows:
1）塔机开始顶升加节或降塔减节时，顶升横梁的爬爪需卡在标准节的踏步（2）上，同时将顶升横梁
的防脱安全插销（4）插入爬爪的防脱销孔（3）内。
1） When the tower crane is added masts or reduced masts, the climbing claws of the jacking beam shall be
clamped on the step (2) of the mast, and at the same time, the anti-detaching safety pin (4) of the jacking beam shall
be inserted into the anti-detaching hole (3) of the claw.
2）在完成一个顶升步骤、顶升横梁要脱离标准节踏步时，须先将防脱安全插销（4）退出爬爪防脱销
孔（3）
，并固定在爬爪设置的插销孔（5）上。
2） When completing a jacking step and the jacking beam is to be removed from the mast step, the
anti-detaching safety pin (4) must be removed from anti-detaching hole (3) of the claw and fixed on the hole (5)
provided by the claw.
防脱销轴未退出标准节防脱销孔，启动顶升机构强行使顶升横梁脱离标准节踏步会损坏防脱销轴。
The anti-off-off shaft does not exit the anti-off-pin hole of the mast. If the lifting mechanism is used to
force the jacking beam to disengage from the standard step, the anti-off-pin shaft will be damaged.

图 4.23-11
Figure 4.23-11
如此循环，将标节按照塔身高度陆续引进并固定。
In this cycle, the standard is introduced and fixed according to the height of the mast.
24 拆卸塔机
24 Removal of Tower Crane
24.1 一般注意事项
24.1 General Considerations
所有关于架置与顶升的专门说明对于拆卸与顶升下降操作亦有效。通过辅助起升设备进行拆卸的最后
一部分操作。确认辅助起升设备的载荷能力足够。
All special instructions for mounting and jacking are also effective for disassembly and jacking down operations.
The last part of the disassembly is performed by the auxiliary hoisting device. The load capacity of the auxiliary
hoisting equipment shall be confirmed to be sufficient.
拆塔是一项技术性很强的的工作，尤其是标准节、平衡臂、起重臂的拆卸。如稍有疏忽，就会导致机毁
人亡、因此，用户在拆卸这些部件时，需严格按照本说明书的规定操作。上塔工作人员，必须是经过培训并
拿到证书的人员。
Demolition of the tower is a very technical job, especially the disassembly of masts, balance arms and booms. If
it is slightly negligent, it will cause the machine to be destroyed. Therefore, the user must strictly follow the
instructions in this manual when disassembling these parts. The staff working on the tower must be trained and
certified.
顶升下降及拆卸作业时，风速限制为 12m/s。禁止从吊起的载荷下方通过，禁止将人员挂在载荷上运
输，进行拆卸操作时，强制使用安全吊带。
The wind speed is limited to 12 m/s when lifting, lowering and dismounting operations are carried out
at the top of the tower. It is forbidden to pass under the hoisting load. It is forbidden to hang the person on
the load for transportation. When the disassembly operation is carried out, the safety sling is forcibly used.

24.2 拆卸前的准备
24.2 Preparations for Removal
1）由于拆卸塔机时，建筑物已建完，工作场地受限制，应注意工作程序和吊装堆放位置，保证没有障
碍物影响拆塔操作，不可马虎大意，否则容易发生人身安全事故。
1） When the tower crane is removed, the building has been built and the work site is restricted, so we should
pay attention to the working procedure and the position of hoisting and stacking to ensure that there are no obstacles
affecting the operation of tower removal. It is not sloppy, otherwise it is prone to personal safety accidents.
2）拆塔过程中，塔机应处于平衡状态。
2） During the process of dismantling the tower, the tower crane should be in equilibrium.
3）禁止在拆卸时起升吊钩进行任何起升或者下降操作。
3） Any hoisting or descending operation shall be prohibited at the time of removal of the hoisting hook.
4）拆卸过程中，禁止塔身上部进行回转操作。
4） During the disassembly process, the swinging operation of the tower body is prohibited.
5）拆卸进行前，应将起重臂回转至爬升架引进标准节一侧。
5） Before the disassembly, the jib should be turned to the side of the mast of the climbing frame.
6）塔机拆塔之前，顶升机构由于长期停止使用，应对顶升机构进行保养和试运转，在试运转过程中，
应有目的地对限位器，回转机构的制动器等进行可靠性检查；
6） Before the tower crane dismantles the tower, due to the long-term suspension of the jacking mechanism,
the jacking mechanism should be maintained and commissioned. During the commissioning process, the reliability
check of the stopper and the brake of the slewing mechanism should be performed purposefully;
7）对于拆卸的部件，如起重臂、平衡臂等必须遵守规章，以防止当拆卸某一部件时，其余部分有失去
平衡的危险。
7） For disassembled components, such as jibs, Counter jib, etc., regulations must be followed to prevent the
rest of the components from being out of balance when disassembling a component.
8）在拆塔过程中，吊运钢丝绳及吊带的选择要合理，物件捆绑必须牢固。
8） During the process of dismantling the tower, the selection of the lifting wire rope and the sling should be
reasonable, and the object must be bundled firmly.
9）塔机拆卸对顶升机构来说是重载连续作业，所以应对顶升机构的主要受力件经常检查；
9） For the jacking mechanism, the tower crane disassembly is a heavy-duty continuous operation, so the main
force-receiving parts of the jacking mechanism should be checked frequently;
10）顶升机构工作时，所有操作人员应集中精力观察各相对运动件的相对位置是否正常（如滚轮与主弦
杆之间，爬升架与塔身之间），是否有阻碍爬升架运动（特别是下降运动时）的物件；
10）When the jacking mechanism is working, all operators should concentrate on observing whether the
relative positions of the relative moving parts are normal (such as between the roller and the main chord, between the
climbing frame and the tower body), and whether there are objects that hinder the movement of the climbing
frame(especially during descending movements);
11）顶升系统的检查与测试：
11）Inspection and testing of the jacking system:
a. 检查液压系统各部件是否完好、有无漏、渗油现象。顶升油缸运动是否顺畅、到位。
a. Check whether the components of the hydraulic system are in good condition and have no leakage and oil
leakage. Whether the jacking cylinder movement is smooth and in place.
b. 检查顶升油箱油位计显示油量在油缸完全收回时是否在 1/3 到 2/3 刻度之间，如果油量减少应及时
补油。
b. The top lift tank oil level gauge should be checked to see if the oil volume is between 1/3 and 2/3 of the
scale when the cylinder is fully retracted. If the oil quantity is reduced, the oil should be replenished in time.
c. 操作顶升控制手柄进行试顶升动作，当液压系统压力到达溢流阀设定的压力后保持 10 秒，如果压
力一直保持不变，则顶升系统可进行顶升加节操作。
c. Operate the jacking control handle to perform the jacking action. When the hydraulic system pressure
reaches the pressure set by the relief valve, hold it for 10 seconds. If the pressure remains constant, the jacking
system can perform the jacking and adding operation.
24.3 拆卸程序
24.3 Removal Procedure
将塔机旋转至拆卸区域，保证该区域无影响拆卸作业的任何障碍。按下述顺序，进行塔机拆卸。其步骤
与立塔组装的步骤相反。拆塔具体程序如下：
Rotate the tower crane to the disassembly area to ensure that there are no obstacles to the demolition work in
this area. The tower crane is disassembled in the following order. The steps are the reverse of the steps of the tower
assembly. The specific procedures for demolition of the tower are as follows:
1）降塔身标准节（如有附着装置，相应地也拆卸）
；
1） Mast of the descending tower body (if there is an attachment device, it is also disassembled accordingly);
2）拆下平衡臂配重（留 1 块 3.25t 的配重）

；
2） Disassemble the counterweight of the counter jib (retain 1 weights of 3.25t);
3）起重臂的拆卸(留臂根节)；
3） Disassembly of Jib (Remains the Jib Root);
4）拆卸留下的一块 3.25t 的配重；
4） Disassemble the one weight of 3.25t left;
5）平衡臂的拆卸；
5） Disassemble the counter jib;
6）拆卸起重臂臂根节；
6） Disassembly of Jib Root
7）拆卸司机室总成
7） Disassemble of Driver’s Cab Assembly
8）拆卸回转总成
8） Disassemble the swing assembly
9）拆卸爬升架及塔身。
9） Disassemble the climbing frame and tower body.

以上部件的拆卸方法与安装方法相反，严格按照以上几点来执行塔机的拆卸工作，否则将会造成机毁
人亡的严重后果！
The disassembly method of the above components is opposite to the installation method. The
disassembly work of the tower crane is strictly carried out according to the above points, otherwise it will
cause serious consequences of fatal crash.
24.4 降塔
24.4 Drop Tower
1）将起重臂回转到引进方向（爬升架中有开口的一侧）
，使回转制动器处于制动状态，载重小车停在
配平位置（与立塔顶升加节时载重小车的配平位置一致）；
1） The jib is rotated to the imported direction of (the side with an opening in the climbing bracket), so that the
slewing brake is in the braking state, and the trolley is parked in the trim position (which is the same as the balancing
position of the trolley when the tower is lifted and jointed).
2）拆掉最上面塔身标准节与特殊节的连接螺栓，稍稍向上顶升，将引进轮按规定方向放至到标准节下
方，并保证安全可靠；然后拆掉最上面的塔身标准节与下一节标准节的连接螺栓；
2） Remove the connecting bolts of the top mast and the special mast of the tower body, raise it slightly
upwards, place the imported wheel under the mast in the specified direction, and ensure safety and reliability; then
remove the connecting bolts of the top mast of the tower body and the next mast;
3）伸长顶升油缸，将顶升横梁顶在从上往下数第三个踏步的圆弧槽内，插好防脱销，将上部结构稍稍
顶起，把特殊节与爬升架连接耳板销孔对正，打入销轴，并装好开口销；
3） Extend the jacking cylinder, place the jacking beam in the arc groove of the third step from top to bottom,
insert the anti-off-pin, and slightly lift the upper structure, and connect the special mast and the climbing bracket to
the pin hole of the ear plate. Then, punch it into the pin shaft, and install the split pin.
4）拆掉最上面塔身标准节与特殊节的连接螺栓，稍稍向上顶升，并保证安全可靠；然后拆掉最上面的
塔身标准节与下一节标准节的连接螺栓，并在四角安装上引进轮；
4） Remove the connecting bolts between the top mast and the special mast of the tower body, and jack it up
slightly to ensure safety and reliability, and then remove the connecting bolts between the top mast and the next mast,
and install the wheel at the four corners.
5）继续顶升至最上面标准节与下方标准节离开，把标准节推出引进横梁并支稳（推出时且不可用力过
猛，以免标准节冲出引进梁而倾翻，造成事故）；
5） Continue to jack up to the top mast, and separate the top mast from the bottom mast, then push the mast
out into the imported beam and support it steadily (Do not use too much force when launching, in order to avoid the
mast rushing out of the imported beam and overturning, causing accidents).
6）扳开活动爬爪，回缩油缸，让活动爬爪躲过距它最近的一对踏步后，复位放平，继续下降至活动爬
爪支承在下一对踏步上并支承住上部结构后，退出防脱销，再回缩油缸至顶升横梁从踏步上移开；
6） Open the movable climbing claw, retract the cylinder, let the movable climbing claw avoid the nearest pair
of dog steps, reset and set level, continue to descend to the movable climbing claw support on the next pair of steps
and support the upper structure, withdraw from the anti-off-pin, and then retract the cylinder to lift the beam from the
dog step.
7）伸出油缸，将顶升横梁顶在下一对踏步上，插好防脱销，稍微顶升至爬爪翻转时能躲过原来支承的
踏步后停止，拨开爬爪，回缩油缸，至下一标准节与特殊节相接触时为止，若连接套螺栓孔错位，可用随机
爬升架调节工具调节到位（严禁用载重小车调位或打回转调整）；

7） Extend the cylinder, put the jacking beam on the next pair of dog steps, insert the anti-off-pin, slightly jack
up to the claws to avoid the original support step and then stop, put the claws aside, retract the cylinder until the next
mast is in contact with the special mast. Ff the bolt holes of the connecting sleeve are dislocated, they can be adjusted
by the random climbing bracket adjustment tool (it is strictly prohibited to adjust or adjust the rotation of the trolley);
8）将特殊节与塔身标准节之间用高强螺栓紧固牢，用小车吊钩将标准节吊至地面；
8） Fastening special masts and masts of the tower body, and lifting the mast to the ground with a trolley hook;
9）重复上述动作，将塔身标准节依次拆下。
9） Repeat the above actions to remove the masts of the tower body.
爬升架下落过程中，需用人工翻转挂靴，同时派专人看管顶升横梁和导轮，观察爬升架下降时有无被
障碍物卡住的现象，以便爬升架能顺利下降，否则将造成受力不均，容易造成顶升故障。
During the falling of the climbing bracket, it is necessary to manually flip the hanging boots. At the
same time, special personnel are assigned to watch the jacking beam and the guide pulley, and observe
whether the climbing bracket is stuck by obstacles when it descends, so that the climbing bracket can
descend smoothly. Otherwise, it will cause uneven force and easy to cause jacking failure.
降塔的具体操作步骤与顶升章节中引进标节的介绍顺序相反，图示请参阅顶升章节示意。
The specific operation steps of the descending tower are contrary to the introduction order of the quotation mast
in the jacking mast. Please refer to the sketch of the jacking mast for illustration.
24.5 拆卸其余结构件
24.5 Removal of Remaining Structural Parts
24.5.1 拆卸平衡重
24.5.1 Disassemble of Counter Jib
1）将载重小车固定在起重臂根部，借助辅助吊车拆卸配重；
1） The trolley is fixed at the root of the jib, and the counterweight is disassembled by means of whipline.
2）按装配重的相反顺序，将各块配重依次卸下，仅留下 3.25t×1 的配重块，如下图所示。
2） According to the reverse order of assembly weight, the counterweights of each block are unloaded
sequentially, leaving the balance weight blocks of 2.12t×2, as shown in the following figure.
图 4.24-1
Figure 4.24-1

24.5.2 拆卸起重臂
24.5.2 Disassembly of Jib
放下吊钩至地面，拆除起重钢丝绳与起重臂前端上的防扭装置连接，开动起升机构，回收钢丝绳，拆去
除起重臂臂根外的起重臂，根据安装时的吊点位置挂绳，轻轻提起起重臂，使起吊装钢丝绳处于自然紧绷
状态下，拆去与臂根节下弦连接的螺栓及上弦的销轴。
Lay down the hook to the ground, disconnect the hoisting wire rope and the anti-twist device on the front end of
the jib, start the hoisting mechanism, retract the wire rope, remove the jib outside the jib root. Hang the rope
according to the hoisting point position during installation and lift the jib. Gently lift the jib to make the hoisting wire
rope in a natural tight state. Remove the bolts connected to the lower chord of the jib root and the pin of upper chord.
图 4.24-2
Figure 4.24-2
24.5.3 拆卸平衡臂
24.5.3 Disassembly of Counter Jib
1）依次将最后一块平衡重吊起并平稳放至地面；
1） Lift the last one balance heavy crane in turn and place them on the ground smoothly;
图 4.24-3
Figure 4.24-3
2）当吊装钢丝绳与平衡臂处于紧绷状态时候，拆去拉杆与起重臂臂根连接销轴，然后缓慢起吊让平衡
臂与起重臂臂根节倾斜至一定角度，拆去平衡臂与起重臂连接的销轴。
When the lifting wire rope and the counter jib are in a tight state, remove the pin shaft connecting pull rod and
the jib root, and then slowly lift so that the counter jib and the jib root lean to a certain angle, remove the pin shaft
connecting counter jib and lifting jib.

图 4.24-4
Figure 4.24-4
24.5.4 拆卸起重臂臂根节
24.5.4 Disassembly of Jib Root
吊装臂根节钢丝绳刚处于紧绷状态时候，拆去臂根节与上支座连接的销轴（1）
、轴套（2）
、销（3）
、锁
销（4）
，缓慢吊起臂根节放置放有垫子或是木质的分割板上。
When the wire rope of jib root is just in a tight state, remove the pin shaft (1), the bushing (2), the pin (3), the
locking pin (4) that connects the jib root and the upper bracket, and slowly lift the jib root and place it on a mat or a
wooden board.
图 4.24-5
Figure 4.24-5
24.5.5 拆卸回转总成
24.5.5 Disassemble the swing assembly
根据安装时吊点位置用起重机吊起回转总成，然后将回转下支座与特殊节的连接销轴及立销拆下，之后
将回转总成平稳吊至地面。
According to the lifting point position during installation, the slewing assembly is lifted by the crane, and then
the connecting bolt between the slewing lower support and the special mast is removed, and then the slewing
assembly is smoothly lifted to the ground.

图 4.24-6
Figure 4.24-6
24.5.6 拆卸特殊节
24.5.6 Disassembly of Special Mast
按照降塔的步骤，伸长顶升油缸，将顶升横梁轴销落入踏步的圆弧槽内，拆掉特殊节与爬升架的连接销
轴，回缩顶升油缸，将爬升架的爬爪支承在塔身上，拆卸前，检查与相邻的组件之间是否还有电缆连接，然
后用起重机吊起特殊节，拆下特殊节与塔身的连接销轴，将特殊节用吊索平稳放至地面上。
Following the steps of the descending tower, the jacking cylinder is extended and the jacking beam pin is
dropped into the arc groove of the dog step. The jacking cylinder is retracted and the climbing claws of the climbing
bracket are supported on the tower body. Before disassembly, whether there is any cable connection between the
adjacent components is checked, then the special mast is lifted through the crane, the connecting bolt between the
special mast and the tower body is removed, and the special mast is put on the ground smoothly by the sling.

图 4.24-7
Figure 4.24-7
24.5.7 拆卸爬升架
24.5.7 Disassembly of Climbing Frame
1）用起重机吊起爬升架，拆卸顶升横梁与顶升油缸之间的销轴；
1） The lifting bracket is lifted by a crane and the pin between the jacking beam and the jacking cylinder is
dismantled.
2）回缩油缸，并使油缸自然下垂；
2） Retract the cylinder and let the cylinder fall naturally;
3）沿着塔身方向缓慢吊起爬升架，并平稳的放在地面上。
3） Slowly hoist the climbing bracket along the direction of the tower body and place it on the ground
smoothly.

图 4.24-8
Figure 4.24-8
24.5.8 拆卸标准节及基础节
24.5.8 Disassembly Mast and Basic Mast
依次拆除标准节及基础节，完成整个拆卸工作。
The mast and the basic mast are removed in turn to complete the entire disassembly work.
24.5.9 附着式塔机的拆卸
24.5.9 Disassembly of Anchorage-Type Tower Crane
拆卸附着装置前必须先降低塔身，只有当塔身下降至爬升架下端与最高附着装置之间为安全距离时，
并保证在此道附着装置之下的附着装置处于夹紧有效状态，才能拆卸该道附着装置。
The tower body must be lowered before dismantling the attached device. The attached device can only be
removed when the tower body is lowered to a safe distance between the lower end of the climbing bracket and
the highest attached device, and the attached device under the attached device is in a clamped effective state.
24.5.10 塔机拆散后的注意事项
24.5.10 Cautions After Tower Crane Dismantling
1）塔机拆散后由工程技术人员和专业维修人员进行检查；
1） After the tower crane is dismantled, it shall be inspected by engineering and technical personnel and
professional maintenance personnel;
2）对主要受力的结构件应检查金属疲劳，焊缝裂纹，结构变形等情况，检查塔机各零部件是否有损坏
或碰伤等；
2） The main structural parts should be inspected for metal fatigue, weld cracks, structural deformation and
other conditions; check whether the components of tower crane are damaged or bruised;
3）检查完毕后，对缺陷、隐患进行修复后，再进行防锈、刷漆处理。
3） After the inspection is completed and the defects and hidden dangers are repaired, the anti-corrosion and
paint treatment is carried out.

徐工徐工助您成功
XCMG FOR YOUR SUCCESS
地址：江苏省徐州市经济开发区徐海路80号
Add: No.80 XuHai Road,Economic Development Zone,
XuZhou,JiangSu Province,China
销售信息热线(Domestic sales Tel): 0516-83052720
备件信息热线(S pare parts Tel): 0516-83052613
质量监督电话(Quality supervision Tel): 0516-83258695
官方网址 (Offical website)：www.xcmgjj.com
服务热线 Service hotline

版权所有侵权必究
400-001-5678 All Rights Reserve

TC4 (XGT7022 - HQC Tower Crane)

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

TC4 (XGT7022 - HQC Tower Crane)

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

塔式起重机使用说明书

TOWER CRANE OPERATING INSTRUCTION

3.1 说明................................................................................................................................................. 01-22

5.3 回转机构主要性能参数表............................................................................................................. 02-11

4 Fixed Foundation ...................................................................................................................................... 03-5

1.2 开口销的安装................................................................................................................................... 04-1

5.4 Installation of Basics Mast Assembly ......................................................................................... 04-11

8.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................................... 04-29

12.2 起重臂不同臂长的组成............................................................................................................... 04-40

16.2 操作............................................................................................................................................... 04-49

21.2 Commissioning of Electrical Control System ........................................................................... 04-64

24.4 Drop Tower ................................................................................................................................ 04-93

安全说明 Safety Instructions Ⅰ

Ⅱ 安全说明 Safety Instructions

■ JGJ/T 187-2009 《塔式起重机混凝土基础工程技术规程》

01-2 安全说明 Safety Instructions

——The warning word "Danger" indicates an imminent dangerous situation. If it cannot be

——The warning word "Warning" indicates a potentially dangerous situation. If it cannot be

——The warning word "Attention" indicates a potentially dangerous situation. If it cannot be

—— "Tips" is used to indicate or annotate individual information.

1） Wind Speed/Pressure Conditions:

安全说明 Safety Instructions 01-3

a. 工作状态时塔机顶部风速≤20m/s，相当于风压 250Pa，6 级风速。

2） Environmental temperature conditions:

a. Ambient temperature of working condition: -20℃~ 40℃;

b. Working condition ambient temperature: -20℃~ 40℃;

c. Storage ambient temperature: -25℃~55℃;

d. Transportation ambient temperature: -25℃~55℃。

01-4 安全说明 Safety Instructions

3） Altitude conditions: ≤1000 m。

4） Working humidity conditions: 30～95%。

5） Operating voltage/frequency conditions:

1） It cannot be used under lightning or explosive working conditions.

安全说明 Safety Instructions 01-5

1） Installers must meet the following requirements:

01-6 安全说明 Safety Instructions

安全说明 Safety Instructions 01-7

2） Requirements for tower crane drivers:

01-8 安全说明 Safety Instructions

2.3.3.2 Requirement of Tower Crane Man

安全说明 Safety Instructions 01-9

3） Requirements of Maintenance Personnel:

4） Requirements of Maintenance Personnel In addition to meeting the requirements of maintenance

1） Safety equipment must be used when operating machines.

01-10 安全说明 Safety Instructions

4） Inspection and maintenance records should be kept when necessary.

安全说明 Safety Instructions 01-11

01-12 安全说明 Safety Instructions

1） Command signal is not clear or illegal

3） Workpieces or hangers are not tied up properly

4） Someone on the hangers

5） Incomplete safety devices or insensitive or invalid movements

6） Hanging objects buried underground or linked to ground buildings or equipment

7） Poor light and dark vision

8） Non-preventive cutting measures for edges and corners

9） Diagonal pulled workpiece

10） 遇到大雷雨、暴雨和塔机最高处风速超过 20m/s 时不吊。

01-14 安全说明 Safety Instructions

1） Listen to the instructions of the person in charge of the construction site.

安全说明 Safety Instructions 01-15

5） Check whether there is leakage in the metal structure of tower crane.

1） Test each mechanism of the tower crane with no-load low-speed.

4） Don't lift the overweight load beyond the prescribed range.

6） Don't use limiters and stops as normal parking devices.

10）遇到大雷雨、暴雨和塔机最高处风速超过 20m/s 时不吊。